Quarterlytics / Franchise Brands

Franchise Brands

fran · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker fran
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Franchise Brands
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Delivering on 
our ambitions

Franchise Brands plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 

Strategic Report

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Our purpose

If they grow,  
we grow. 

We are focused on 
building, developing and 
growing market-leading 
franchise businesses.

 Build
 Our purpose is to build market-
leading businesses primarily 
via a franchise model.

Develop
We support our franchisees 
to successfully develop their 
businesses and achieve their goals.

Grow
This provides unity behind our 
purpose and theirs – if they grow, 
we grow.

Scan to view the 
investor section 
on our website

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Financial Statements

110  Independent Auditor’s 

Report to the members  
of Franchise Brands plc

118  Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income
119  Consolidated Statement  
of Financial Position

120 Company Statement  

of Financial Position
121  Consolidated Statement 

of Cash Flows

124  Company Statement  

of Cash Flows

125 Consolidated Statement  
of Changes in Equity
126 Company Statement 
of Changes in Equity
127  Notes forming part of the  
Financial Statements

Contents

Strategic Report

01 

 Financial & 
Operational Highlights

02  At a Glance
04  Investment Case
06  Chairman’s Statement
12  Strategy
14  Strategy in Action
20  Pirtek Review
26  Water & Waste  
Services Review

30  Filta International Review
34  B2C Review
36  Working Responsibly
56  Engaging with  

our stakeholders
62  Financial Review
76  Risk Management

Governance

81  Chairman’s Introduction to 

Governance
82  Board of Directors
84  Management Board
86  Our Governance Framework
88  Corporate Governance  

in Action

93  Audit Committee Report
98  Remuneration Committee 

Report

104 Directors’ Report
109 Directors’ Responsibilities 

Statement

Contents Generation – Sub Page Financial & Operational Highlights

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Financial Highlights

£350.1m
+88% 2022: £186.4m ●●

System sales ●

£121.3m
+74% 2022: £69.8m ●●

Revenue 

£30.1m
+97% 2022: £15.3m ●●

Adjusted EBITDA* ●

£5.0m
-50% 2022: £10.0m ●●

Profit before tax

8.42p
+1% 2022: 8.34p ●●

Adjusted basic earnings per share** ●

1.75p
-74% 2022: 6.65p ●●

Basic earnings per share 

8.31p
+1% 2022: 8.20p ●●

Adjusted diluted earnings per share** ●

1.73p
-74% 2022: 6.54p ●●

Diluted earnings per share 

01

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

£74.7m

Net debt*** 
2022: Net cash £9.8m ●●

2.20p
+10% 2022: 2.00p

Dividend per share 

●   Alternative Performance Measures (see Note 2)
●●  Prior Year Adjustment

Note: The results include, for the first time, several 
prior year adjustments which are set out in Note 1. 
These impact all of the above measures with the 
exception of dividends.

* 

** 

*** 

 Adjusted EBITDA is earnings before interest, 
tax, depreciation, amortisation, exchange 
differences, share-based payment expense and 
non-recurring items.
 Adjusted EPS is earnings per share before 
amortisation of acquired intangibles, share-
based payment expense, exchange differences 
and non-recurring items.
 Adjusted net debt excludes debt on right-of-use 
assets and is the debt measure used for testing 
bank covenants.

Operational Highlights

 Another year of momentous change for the 
business with the acquisition of Pirtek which 
has again doubled the size of the Group.

 The enlarged Group performed strongly in the 
period generating both the profitability and the 
cash flow required to service and reduce the 
debt taken on to fund the Pirtek acquisition.

 During just over eight months of ownership in 
2023, Pirtek traded at record levels, contributing 
as expected to the Group’s results.

 The integration of Pirtek is progressing well, 
with an immediate focus on optimising the 
effectiveness of the business through utilising 
shared resources, in particular technology.

 In the newly named Water & Waste Services 
division, system sales grew by over 18.2% to 
£106.7m (statutory revenue: £48.9m), with 
Metro Rod and Metro Plumb being the main 
drivers of this increase.

 Creation of new centralised international 
IT function that will manage every aspect of 
the digital landscape for the whole business.

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
 
 
 
 
 
At a Glance

33%

41%

Proportion of Adjusted 
EBITDA before Group 
overheads of £2.7m

Our leading brands

7%

19%

1%

  See our Business Building 
Strategy for more detail on 
pages 12 and 13. 

Pirtek* 

Leading European 
provider of on-site 
hydraulic hose 
replacement services. 

Water &  
Waste Services
Drainage, plumbing, 
pump maintenance and 
installation, and services 
to commercial kitchens. 

Filta  
International
Cooking oil filtration, 
biodiesel recycling, bulk 
new oil delivery and 
cleaning services for 
commercial kitchens.

B2C 

Azura 

Leading home  
service brands. 

Leading franchise 
software systems 
developer with over 
30 franchise customers. 

  See our divisional review  
on pages 20-25.

  See our divisional review 
on pages 26-29.

  See our divisional review  
on pages 30-33.

  See our divisional review  
on pages 34 and 35.

£13.3m

Adjusted EBITDA**

£10.9m

Adjusted EBITDA**

73

Total franchisees

85

Total franchisees

£6.1m

Adjusted EBITDA**

159

Total franchisees

£2.3m

Adjusted EBITDA**

327

Total franchisees

£0.2m

Adjusted EBITDA**

 Contribution in period of ownership from 21 April 2023. 

* 
**  Adjusted EBITDA is earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, exchange differences, share-based payment expense, non-recurring items.

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

At a Glance

Building our 
businesses

We are a multi-brand franchisor, focused on 
B2B van-based service, with a presence in 
ten countries across the UK, North America 
and Europe. We are focused on building 
market-leading businesses primarily via 
a franchise model and have over 625 
franchisees across seven franchise brands 
and System sales of £350m, of which 88% 
is as a franchisor.

The underlying demand for our mostly essential 
services is resilient. Our strategy is to grow our 
franchisees’ businesses as we believe “if they 
grow, we grow”. 

Group total 

Adjusted EBITDA**

£30.1m
£5.0m
644Total franchisees

Profit before tax

02 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
 
Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

At a Glance continued

Increasing geographical footprint

North America

How the services  
are delivered
The Filta International 
services of 
cooking oil filtration, 
biodiesel recycling, 
bulk new oil delivery 
and cleaning services 
for commercial kitchens 
are provided by 
127 franchisees. 

Filta has 124 franchisees 
in the US and three 
franchisees in Canada. 

03 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

United Kingdom & Ireland

Revenue**

System sales*

£87m
£26.5m
£6.3m
127Franchisees

Adjusted EBITDA***

How the services  
are delivered
The Water & Waste division’s 
range of services are delivered 
by a combination of franchisees 
and direct labour. 85 franchisees 
across Metro Rod, Metro 
Plumb and Filta Environmental 
provide drainage, plumbing, 
fryer management and related 
services. Willow Pumps is a direct 
labour organisation (“DLO”). 

The Pirtek services in the 
UK and Ireland are delivered 
by 40 franchisees.

The B2C division’s services are 
delivered by 327 franchisees.

Revenue**

System sales*

£189m
£68.3m
£17.9m
452Franchisees

Adjusted EBITDA***

Continental Europe

How the services  
are delivered
Pirtek’s services in Germany, 
Austria, the Netherlands and 
Belgium are mostly delivered 
by a total of 33 franchisees. 
Six centres in Benelux are 
corporately owned. 

Pirtek’s operations in the 
start-up markets of France 
and Sweden are DLOs.

The FiltaFry service is 
delivered by 32 franchisees.

Revenue**

System sales*

£74m
£26.4m
£5.9m
65Franchisees

Adjusted EBITDA***

*  Sales to customers by franchisees, corporate and DLOs. 
**  Revenue is before intercompany eliminations.
***   Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, exchange differences, 

share-based payment expense and non-recurring items.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionInvestment Case

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Investment Case

We build 
market-
leading 
businesses

We have a strong track record of growth and 
have built market leading franchise businesses 
where the underlying demand for our services 
is highly resilient. We have a small share of 
large, fragmented markets with significant 
opportunities for growth. 

04

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Our ambition is to build a market 
leading international B2B multi-
brand franchisor that generates its 
income equally from the UK, North 
America and Continental Europe.”

Stephen Hemsley
Executive Chairman 

aContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Investment Case continued

Provider of essential 
reactive services 

Provider of B2B van-based essential reactive services, with 
resilient underlying demand. Diversification through seven 
market leading franchise businesses in 10 countries.  
Long-established brands with a successful trading history.

Significant opportunities 
for growth

Experienced team, 
strong track record

Small share of all key markets with “manageable” competition. 
Our Maximum Potential Model shows the potential for system 
sales of £1.8bn for Pirtek, Metro Rod and Filta International 
compared to current System sales of £332m for these 
businesses (on an annualised basis).

Proven track record of successfully acquiring and 
integrating businesses to unlock growth. Management 
team and Board are substantial shareholders, with an 
over 30% shareholding.

7Franchise brands in ten countries 

£1.8bn

The Group’s Maximum Potential Model

>30%

Shareholding of Management & Board

  For further reading, see pages 14, 15 and 20-35 

  For further reading, see pages 16 & 17

  For further reading, see pages 7-11, 18-23

Highly cash 
generative business

Capital light as franchisees make investments to expand their 
capacity and grow system sales. Cash generation supports 
deleveraging. Anticipate a net cash position in 2027 through 
only organic growth.

Operational  
gearing 

Operational gearing is a significant driver of organic growth 
in franchise businesses. Accelerated by the continued 
consolidation of functions which are common to all businesses.

Progressive 
dividend policy 

The cash generative nature of the business supports 
deleveraging and a progressive dividend policy.

97%Average cash conversion* 2021-2023

  For further reading, see pages 62-75

05

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

13%Sales per head, Water & Waste Services 

division franchise Support Centre staff CAGR 
2017-2023

47%Dividend growth 2021-2023

  For further reading, see pages 10, 62-75

* 

 Cash from operations + costs of acquisition and re-organisation / 
Adjusted EBITDA.

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionChairman’s Statement

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Chairman’s Statement

Strong 
performance 
in another 
year of 
momentous 
change

£30.1m

Adjusted EBITDA

Scan to see what 
Stephen has to say 
on our website

06

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

* 

 Adjusted EBITDA is earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, 
exchange differences, share-based payment expense and non-recurring items. 

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Chairman’s Statement continued

The enlarged Group performed strongly in the period, 
generating both the anticipated profitability and the 
cash flow required to service and reduce the debt 
taken on to fund the Pirtek acquisition.”

Introduction
2023 has been another year of momentous change 
for the business with the acquisition of Pirtek, which 
has again doubled the size of the Group, following the 
doubling in size in 2022 as a result of the acquisition 
of Filta Group Holdings plc. The expanded Group 
now operates seven brands in ten countries in the UK, 
Continental Europe and North America, giving it a more 
diversified international footprint and a broader range 
of resilient business services. The Group generated 
System sales of £350m in 2023 (statutory 
revenue: £121.3m). 

The enlarged Group performed strongly in the period, 
generating both the anticipated profitability and the 
cashflow required to service and reduce the debt 
taken on to fund the Pirtek acquisition. The Group will 
use the cash flow from its highly cash-generative, mainly 
franchised businesses to de-gear and anticipates being 
in a net cash position in 2027, with this enhanced value 
accruing to shareholders.

Pirtek Europe
On 20 April 2023, we acquired the entire share capital 
of Hydraulic Authority I Limited and its subsidiaries, 
(together “Pirtek”). Pirtek is an established provider 
of on-site hydraulic hose replacement and associated 
services. The service is provided via 73 franchises 
that operate through 217 service centres with over 
850 mobile service units (“MSUs”). Its revenues are 
primarily derived from franchising.

Pirtek operates in eight European countries: the UK, 
Germany, the Netherlands, Belgium, France, Sweden, 
Austria and the Republic of Ireland. In the UK, Germany, 
the Netherlands, Belgium and the Republic of Ireland, the 
business is mostly franchised, whereas the operations in 
the start-up markets of France and Sweden are corporately 
operated. Pirtek has a significant opportunity to expand into 
eight additional European countries under the terms of its 
master licence agreement, which gives it perpetual, royalty-
free use of the brand in 16 European countries. However, 
our priority is to achieve profitability in all existing 
countries before venturing into new markets.

Maximum Potential Model and medium-term target

We have applied our Maximum Potential Model to the Group as a whole, 
including Pirtek for the first time, and have updated the model for Metro 
Rod. This shows the maximum potential for System sales based on our 
current range of services is £1.8bn compared to £332m currently for the 
businesses that have been modelled. 

We have incorporated this methodology into a medium-term strategic 
model potential for the Group as we integrate our portfolio of businesses 
and grow them organically. The model shows the potential for Adjusted 
EBITDA to reach £60m in 2027. 

  The Group’s Maximum Potential Model analysis is on pages 16 and 17

£60m

Medium-term target of adjusted EBITDA in 2027

 Financial targets set out herein are the aspirations of the Group and are not provided as forecasts or 
formal guidance. Actual results may differ. 

07

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Chairman’s Statement continued

The Pirtek division generated total System 
sales of £126.0m (statutory revenue: £42.0m). 
The more developed franchise markets have 
national coverage and are highly profitable, 
whereas the start-up corporate markets in 
France and Sweden and the small Austrian 
operation have yet to reach scale and only 
make a small profit. 

With only a modest amount of adaptation, our  
in-house works management system, Vision, 
will be an ideal replacement for the Pirtek 
works management system, and thereby 
save third party licensing costs. This will result 
in improved functionality, cost savings and 
sharing of information for both the franchisees 
and at corporate level.

We are also working on the closer integration 
of the Pirtek businesses in the various 
countries, which, under previous private 
equity ownership, have historically operated 
on a more stand-alone basis. We also see 
a significant opportunity for co-operation 
with the Metro Rod and Filta businesses at 
both the franchisee and corporate levels. By 
sharing resources, knowledge and particularly 
customers, we believe that growth in System 
sales for the whole Group will be accelerated 
and overhead costs reduced.

The Pirtek business has a significant 
opportunity to continue growing in its 
existing more developed markets through 
the expansion of its reactive business and by 
extending the range of services offered. The 
earlier-stage markets of France, Sweden, and 
Austria also have huge potential to reach scale 
and national coverage, particularly where the 
competition is fragmented. In addition, Pirtek 
has the opportunity to expand into eight more 
European markets, which will be developed 
when the existing early-stage markets become 
more mature and profitable.

The resilient underlying demand for Pirtek’s 
essential reactive services resulted in the 
division trading at record levels during our eight 
months of ownership in 2023, despite some 
softening in demand in the second half of the 
year in the construction and hire-fleet customer 
sectors that particularly impacted Pirtek in 
the UK and Germany. These sectors have 
remained subdued in the year to date, but other 
Pirtek customer sectors are growing strongly, 
including waste management, logistics and rail. 

Following the completion of the acquisition, 
we reviewed Pirtek’s management structure 
and concluded that the previous holding 
company management structure, which was 
needed as an independent private equity-
owned business, was unnecessary as part of 
a larger group. The objective was to integrate 
the Pirtek business into Franchise Brands 
and share as many resources as possible. 
This integration is being led by Chris Stuckey, 
previously Managing Director of Pirtek UK, 
who was promoted to CEO of Pirtek Europe. 

An area of particular focus is IT, where Pirtek 
has a variety of both works management and 
financial systems, and we have the objective 
of unifying these, and other systems around 
the Group, onto common platforms. 

08 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Water & Waste Services division
As most of the Group’s businesses now 
operate in the B2B environment, we have 
renamed the B2B division the Water & Waste 
Services division, which more accurately 
describes its activities. 

This division includes the UK-based businesses 
Metro Rod, Metro Plumb, Kemac, Willow Pumps, 
the Filta UK direct labour operations (“DLO”) 
and the Filta Environmental franchise network. 
The Filta businesses are included for the full 
12 months in this period compared with ten 
months in 2022 following the acquisition in 
March 2022. Overall, System sales grew by 
18.2% to £106.7m (statutory revenue: £48.9m), 
with Metro Rod and Metro Plumb being the 
main drivers of this increase.

Metro Plumb continued to expand with 18 stand-
alone and 19 combined Metro Plumb/Metro 
Rod franchisees, and six territories operated 
by Kemac. This results from seven new stand-
alone franchisees and two leavers over the 
previous 12 months. Metro Plumb System 
sales grew by 22% and now represent 9.6% of 
total Metro Rod and Metro Plumb System sales 
in 2023. We continue to focus on increasing 
the number of stand-alone franchisees and 
broadening the customer base in both the 
commercial and domestic plumbing sectors.

Kemac, the London-based DLO plumbing 
business that operates Metro Plumb corporate 
franchises and provides specialist services to 
several water utilities increased its revenues by 
10.5% in 2023. 

Metro Rod, Metro Plumb and Kemac
Metro Rod and Metro Plumb delivered 
continued strong momentum, with System 
sales growing by 19.7% in the period to 
£71.6m (statutory revenue: £15.2m). The rate 
of growth, however, slowed in H2 to 16% 
compared with 24% in H1. This resulted from 
a planned reduction in our dependency on 
fixed price, high volume, emergency work that 
provides no potential upside for further work. 
The valuable labour resources that have been 
freed up are driving our average order value, 
which increased by 12% during the year on a 
7% increase in jobs completed. 

This growth was spread throughout almost the 
entire network, with 86% of our 42 Metro Rod 
franchisees growing their businesses in the 
period (2022: 91%) and 48% growing by more 
than 20% year-on-year (2022: 61%). 

Willow Pumps
Willow Pumps revenue grew by 2.7% to £18.7m 
(2022: £18.2m), following a significant slowdown 
in H2. However, this can be attributed to the new 
management team, which assumed control of 
the business towards the end of H1, and shifted 
it away from activities that produced significant 
sales but little profit, such as above-ground 
installations and adoptable pump stations. A 
“special projects” division was also launched 
during the year focused on work that would be 
beyond the scope of the Metro Rod franchise 
network. We expect this new activity to make a 
significant contribution in future years. 

The Metro Rod corporate franchises in 
Kent & Sussex operated by Willow Pumps 
were successfully split up and sold to two 
neighbouring Metro Rod franchisees in H2. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Chairman’s Statement continued

Filta UK
Filta UK has undergone a period of considerable 
change since being acquired in March 2022. 
Following the initial management reorganisation, 
which returned the business to profitability, we 
have continued to review how best to deliver 
the wide range of services offered by this 
business, which was made up of the original and 
much-neglected Filta Environmental franchise 
network and two acquisitions that had not been 
effectively integrated. Some of these services 
duplicated Metro Rod and Willow Pumps 
services or could be more efficiently serviced 
by a re-invigorated Filta Environmental franchise 
network. As a result of our review, the following 
further actions have been taken:

•  The previous distribution arrangement 
for the supply of the Cyclone GRU has 
been terminated, and we have acquired 
the intellectual property rights associated 
with this unit. We have sub-contracted 
manufacturing, and now have a reliable 
supply chain of one of the best-performing 
GRUs on the market. This will help ensure a 
consistent supply to our existing customers. 
It also provides us with the ability to push 
ahead with marketing to new customers 
in this rapidly growing market where the 
treatment of waste water to reduce fats, 
oil and grease being discharged into the 
public sewerage system has become a 
legal requirement. 

•  The servicing of Grease Recovery Units 
(“GRUs”) previously undertaken by direct 
labour has been largely transferred to the 
Filta Environmental franchise network. This 
has significantly improved the economics 
of these franchisees’ businesses and has 
allowed us to begin expanding this network. 
This transfer has reduced our corporate 
sales and profits but will allow us to build 
a more robust and sustainable long-term 
business model, which can be expanded 
nationally on a franchise basis.

•  The FiltaSeal business, which provides 
a cost-effective service replacing fridge 
and freezer seals on-site for a wide range 
of customers, is being expanded as a 
DLO by recruiting more technicians and 
by additional marketing to the Group’s 
expanded customer base.

Overall, Filta UK System sales increased by 
35.0% to £12.3m (2022 ten months: £9.1m) 
and on a like-for-like basis by 13% despite 
the transfer of servicing business to the 
franchisees. Now that most of the necessary 
structural changes have been implemented, 
we expect further significant progress in 2024.

Filta International
Filta North America System sales increased 
34% to $108.2m (statutory revenue: $33.0m) 
and by 12% on a like-for-like basis. In sterling, 
System sales increased by 30% to £87.0m 
(2022 ten months: £66.7m) and by 8% on a 
like-for-like basis. The management team 
in North America continued to develop the 
FiltaMax strategic growth initiatives based 
on the Maximum Potential Model and 
experienced robust activity across all key 
customer sectors. Our focus is now on over 
50 metro areas where franchisees can build 
businesses of scale. 

Used oil volumes, sold for recycling into 
biodiesel, increased by 25% to 6.2m gallons, 
and to accommodate this, more franchisees 
have been installing 6,000 gallon tanks. 
However, in local currency, this was more than 
offset by a fall in the average weighted selling 
price of 21% compared with 2022, resulting 
in a 1% year-on-year reduction in revenue. 
In sterling term, a decline in the average 
weighted price of 22% resulted in a decline 
in revenue of 3%. At the start of 2024, the 
price of used oil continued to decline but 
has now stabilised at a lower level, impacting 
revenue and margin in the current year for 
both us and our franchisees. 

Excluding the revenue from used oil sales and 
on a like-for-like basis, System sales in North 
America increased by 19% in local currency 
and 12% in sterling. To reduce our reliance on 
used oil sales and to better align us with our 
franchisees we are transitioning towards an 
income model based on management service 
fee (“MSF”). This will be introduced as fast as 
possible but in some cases may have to wait 
until the renewal of the franchise agreement, 
which could be as long as nine years.

The range of services offered to our 
commercial kitchen customer base is also 
being expanded with the addition of new 
bulk virgin oil sales and a kitchen cleaning 
service, on which MSF will be immediately 
payable. The delivery of virgin oil (FiltaGold) 
has been developed with the roll-out of bulk 
oil handling equipment to franchisees. This will 
enable them to buy virgin oil in bulk, dispense 
it into reusable 17-litre “jugs”, and profitably 
supply it to customers at a competitive price. 
An additional attraction to our customers is 
the ESG benefits arising from the reduction 
in the waste they generate from the use of 
reusable jugs, which will be reported to them 
in the monthly Environmental Statement that 
Filta provides.

09 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Chairman’s Statement continued

We have also strengthened the management 
team of the North American business by 
recruiting John Michals as Chief Operating 
Officer. John joined Filta as the franchisee for 
New Jersey just before the COVID lockdowns 
but has subsequently led one of the fastest-
growing franchises in the network. He is well 
respected by his fellow franchisees, having 
previously been President of the Filta Franchise 
Association. We look forward to working with 
John and using his valuable experience to 
accelerate the growth of the Filta system in 
North America.

Filta’s European markets are at an earlier 
stage and require more work to develop 
a compelling corporate and franchise 
model. A number of different strategies 
are being considered at present to grow 
this business and eliminate its small losses, 
including merging the overhead with the 
established Pirtek business in Europe.

Filta is an almost unique business, with virtually 
no direct competition and a huge potential 
market in the US, where customers can benefit 
from both the cost savings resulting from oil 
filtration and the environmental benefits arising 
from the responsible recycling of used oil and 
fats, oils and grease (“FOG”) management. 
This business has real traction in the US and is 
poised for significantly accelerated expansion 
with the strengthening of the management team. 

10 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

B2C division
The B2C division comprises the ChipsAway, 
Ovenclean and Barking Mad franchise 
businesses. The franchise recruitment and 
retention environment in the UK continues to 
be challenging. Record employment levels, 
high wages, high interest rates, and elevated 
inflation have made people more risk-averse 
and less attracted to self-employment, even 
in the relative safety of a franchise model.

Notwithstanding this backdrop, franchise 
recruitment in 2023 matched that for 2022, 
with 39 new franchisees joining our B2C 
brands, and the number of leavers declined 
from 69 to 59. Overall, we closed the year 
with 327 franchisees compared to 347 at the 
end of 2022. In a difficult market, we consider 
this to be a creditable performance.

In early 2023, we announced that we intended 
to seek a buyer for the B2C division. While 
offers were received, these did not meet 
our expectations, so we decided to suspend 
marketing activity until further notice. This 
remains the current position.

Digital transformation
In my 2020 statement, I announced a three-
year journey to further develop our IT systems 
so that jobs could eventually be booked 
online, deployed to an engineer, reported to 
our customer, and billed with minimum human 
intervention. I anticipated that efficiency gains 
and enhanced sales opportunities would 
cover the additional cost of the more extensive 
digitisation of the business and thereby have 
very little effect on short-term profitability. 

Most of the 2020 technical objectives have 
been met and are being rolled out across 
the business. The recent acquisitions of Filta 
and Pirtek have given us the opportunity 
to implement these developments on an 
international basis and further enhance them 
with the new tools available through AI. As an 
international group that is now more visible, 
we also need to be ever-more vigilant in 
cyber security. 

We are now taking a further strategic step by 
creating a centralised international IT function. 
This function will manage every aspect of 
the digital landscape for the whole business, 
ensuring efficient day-to-day IT operations 
and accelerating new developments that can 
positively impact the Group. This move builds on 
the expertise we acquired with Azura, enhancing 
our systems and platforms. Our aim is to migrate 
most of our UK and European businesses onto 
a uniform platform based on our “Vision” works 
management system and a new accounting 
system, further streamlining our operations.

This will once again increase our IT 
expenditure in the short term, but as we 
replace third-party systems, on which we pay 
licence fees, with our own internally developed 
systems, the additional costs of the roll-out 
will decline. 

Azura, already a SaaS supplier to around 30 
non-group franchise businesses, is also growing 
as its work for the group enhances its software 
platforms, making them more attractive to larger 
third-party users. I anticipate this business 
becoming a more significant contributor to 
group profits over the coming years. 

Corporate governance
In line with the expansion of the Group 
and our ambitions for the future, we have 
developed our corporate governance by 
introducing a two-tier Board structure. The 
plc Board now comprises two Executive 
Directors and three Non-executive Directors, 
two of whom are independent. I am pleased 
to welcome to the plc Board Mark Fryer, 
who joined us as Chief Financial Officer in 
August, and Peter Kear, who joined us as our 
Senior Independent Non-executive Director 
in October. I am also pleased to welcome 
Rob Bellhouse, previously an independent 
Non-executive Director, as Company Secretary.

The Management Board is made up of the 
Chairman, the Chief Financial Officer, the 
divisional CEOs, the Directors of the central 
support functions, and the Company Secretary. 
It is responsible for the day-to-day operational 
and financial management of the business and 
the delivery of the Group’s strategic plan.

Corporate development 
and capital allocation
Following the acquisition of Filta and, more 
recently, Pirtek, our strategic focus is on 
integrating these businesses into the Group 
and repaying the acquisition debt facilities. 

We will also seek to organically grow System 
sales by cross-selling all group services into 
our enlarged customer base, and expanding 
the range of services offered to deepen and 
widen this customer base. We will also seek to 
use our shared central services of finance, IT, 
and marketing to enhance the effectiveness 
of all our businesses while looking to reduce 
costs by sharing resources. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Chairman’s Statement continued

Capital allocation decisions will balance debt 
reduction, a progressive dividend policy 
and organic investment in the Group. The 
Board does not expect to make any further 
acquisitions of scale until the Pirtek acquisition 
debt is substantially repaid. 

Outlook
The acquisitions of Filta and Pirtek have 
significantly advanced our ambition of building 
a market-leading international B2B multi-brand 
franchisor that generates its income equally 
from the UK, North America and Continental 
Europe. The resilient underlying demand for 
the Group’s essential reactive services means 
that the business continues to perform well 
and grow. Its key divisions all achieved record 
results in 2023, despite some softening in 
demand in the second half of the year in the 
construction and hire-fleet customer sectors 
which has continued into the current year. 

The reduced pricing being received for used 
oil in the US also impacted profits in 2023, 
and whilst volumes continue to grow, the 
price continues to soften which will impact our 
income in 2024. The change in the accounting 
treatment of franchise recruitment income 
from taking revenue upfront to spreading it 
over the life of the franchise agreement may 
also impact profit in 2024.

Our short-term operational focus is integrating 
all the Group’s businesses and repaying the 
Pirtek acquisition debt, which is progressing 
well. We are beginning to share resources 
internationally, particularly in IT, which will 
accelerate our operational gearing for both  
us and our franchisees in the coming years.

11

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Conclusion
2023 has been another busy year as we 
build a Group with a truly international reach.  
I would like to welcome our new colleagues 
at Pirtek and look forward to working with 
them for many years to come. 2024 is bringing 
a changed focus as we work on integrating 
the recent acquisition and repaying our debt, 
but I am not expecting this to be any less 
exciting for the excellent corporate team 
we are building.

Of course, none of this would have been 
possible without our dedicated franchisees, 
so I would also like to thank them for their 
continued hard work and commitment to 
building our great business. We truly believe 
that if our franchisees grow, we grow.

Stephen Hemsley
Executive Chairman
19 June 2024 

The Maximum Potential Model, which we 
use to estimate the size of the markets 
in which we operate, demonstrates the 
significant opportunity we have for all our 
B2B businesses. The Group’s System sales 
in 2023 were £350m, but we estimate the 
maximum market potential for Metro Rod, 
Filta International, and Pirtek, based on just the 
existing range of services we offer, to be £1.8bn. 

We have incorporated this methodology into a 
medium-term strategic model that we set out at 
our Capital Markets Day on 20 February 2024. 
The strategic model underscores the Group’s 
medium-term ambitions of growing System 
sales at a compound rate of 11-12% to achieve 
c.£600m in 2027. Operational gearing, enabled 
by technology, will also be a significant driver 
of Adjusted EBITDA growth. Our operational 
gearing KPI is the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to 
System sales which in 2023 was 8.6%. We aim 
to improve this by 30 basis points per annum, 
which, if achieved, would result in an Adjusted 
EBITDA of c.£60m in 2027. 

As a franchised business, the Group is highly 
cash-generative, and we will use this cash 
flow to de-gear, with the modelling indicating 
that we will be in a net cash position by the 
end of 2027. Whilst this is not a forecast, it 
demonstrates the tremendous opportunity  
we have and gives me great confidence in  
our future prospects.

Building the Board:  
Non-executive Director profile

Nigel Wray
While I have been a Director since 
well before the IPO in 2016, I am 
still as enthusiastic as ever about 
the opportunities ahead for all our 
businesses. All our brands currently 
have small market shares of relatively 
large addressable markets, so the 
potential for the business is real. 

The Maximum Potential Model described 
on pages 16 and 17 gives us a toolkit to 
help drive growth throughout the Group. 
The beauty of the Maximum Potential 
Model is that it is entirely practical 
and realistic: it’s simply a question of 
everyone aspiring to do what the best 
of their peers is already doing. I saw the 
model in action when I was a Director 
of Domino’s Pizza Group, and look 
forward to seeing the results when 
applied to Franchise Brands’ portfolio 
of businesses. We also have a team 
of really good, committed people, which 
is the starting point of any business.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategy

Expanding and developing 
our services

Developing a Group 
technology platform

Widening and deepening our range 
of services enables us to drive penetration 
and revenue per customer. We have 
a small share of large, fragmented 
markets as illustrated by the Maximum 
Potential Model. 

Our Group-wide digital platform helps 
enhance the customer experience 
service and increase sales. It also helps 
improve retention, drive efficiency and 
productivity and assists people in doing 
their jobs, in particular our engineers.

Progress in 2023
In our Water & Waste Services division, pump 
sales increased by 21% and tanker sales by 
23%. Metro Plumb also experienced strong 
growth. Pirtek increased technical sales and 
Total Hose Management (“THM”) in its main 
markets of Germany, the UK and Benelux. 
Filta International launched FiltaGold and 
FiltaClean, both royalty-based services.

Progress in 2023
We added further functionality to our core 
Vision works management system which 
included the start of the rollout of advanced 
scheduling to engineers. We continue to 
automate manual, repetitive processes, 
particularly in our Support Centres. We started 
the process to integrate Pirtek onto the 
Group’s IT platform.

Priorities for 2024
Continue to drive pump and tanker sales and 
grow Metro Plumb. Drive THM and technical 
sales at Pirtek. In Filta International, upsell 
FiltaGold and FiltaClean to existing customers 
and target new customers. 

Priorities for 2024
Further strengthen cyber-security of the 
Group. Roll-out our Vision works management 
system across Pirtek’s business. Commence 
establishment of a shared group-wide 
Customer Relationship Management 
(“CRM”) system.

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Strategy

Business 
building 
strategy

We build market-leading 
businesses primarily via 
a franchise model. Our 
business-building strategy 
has five engines of growth.

12

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Strategy continued

Leveraging shared  
central services

Optimising our  
service delivery

Developing  
our businesses

Leverage the investment in technology 
and other central services such as 
marketing and finance to optimise the 
effectiveness of the business across 
functions and geographies.

Our objective is to grow our business 
with a franchise model. However, we will 
invest in DLOs where they accelerates 
the growth of our franchise businesses.

Ability to benefit from cross selling 
and upselling opportunities across 
our brands, and launch our brands 
into new markets. 

Progress in 2023
Established centralised international IT structure 
guided by the “Star Chamber” to approve and 
prioritise major IT projects. Group marketing 
team formed which co-ordinates activity and 
shares ideas across the Group. A Group finance 
function is in the process of being developed.

Progress in 2023
Willow Pumps continues to enhance the 
pump service provided by Metro Rod. The 
franchise channel of Filta UK is replacing the 
direct labour channel in the servicing of GRUs. 
Pirtek is strengthening its central team to 
support franchisees in offering higher value 
“technical” sales.

Progress in 2023
We started to see the benefits of cross selling 
and upselling the complementary services 
within the Water & Waste Services division. 
Cross selling steering group between Pirtek 
and Water & Waste Services division formed 
post the Growth Summit.

Priorities for 2024
Complete formation of centralised IT 
function with further recruitment for 
prioritised projects. Strengthen the Group 
finance function to anticipate ever growing 
audit and compliance requirements, whilst still 
providing relevant management information 
to commercial managers.

Priorities for 2024
Continue using Willow Pumps in the training 
and support of Metro Rod franchisees in 
the provision of pump services. Expand 
the Filta UK franchise system to allow the 
migration of more services from the DLO. 
Investigate how we can further support 
Pirtek franchisees in the expansion and 
diversification of the services they offer.

Priorities for 2024
Target key customers for our range of 
services. Salespeople tasked with selling 
all Group’s range of services. Developing 
the Group CRM will assist the cross selling. 

13 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

We have a proven 
strategy of growing 
franchise businesses, 
including successfully 
unlocking and then 
growing businesses 
we have acquired.”

Julia Choudhury
Corporate Development Director

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategy in Action

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Strategy in Action

Pirtek 
acquisition

In April 2023 we acquired Pirtek,  
the market-leading European provider 
of on-site hydraulic hose replacement 
and associated services, operating 
in eight countries. 

14 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic  
pillar

Scan to hear 
more about our 
Pirtek acquisition

aContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

Strategy in Action continued

Pirtek in numbers

System sales*

£126m
£42m

Statutory revenue*

73Franchisees 
217centres

Pirtek is an established provider of on-site hydraulic 
hose replacement and associated services. The service 
is provided through 217 service centres with over 850 
mobile service units (“MSUs”). 94% of System sales is 
derived from franchise channels. 

The largest businesses are the UK and Germany which account 
for 81% of System sales. Pirtek operates nine corporate franchises 
and DLO operations in the early-stage markets of France 
and Sweden. 

*  Contribution in period of ownership from 21 April 2023.

15

Franchise Brands plc 
Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

The Pirtek team is like a family with our people being 
the best in the business. They do the impossible 
every day and they do it within the hour.”

Chris Stuckey
CEO Pirtek Europe

System sales are primarily generated by providing 
an emergency response service to a wide range of 
commercial customers who use hydraulic equipment 
in their operations. Typically, a hydraulic hose will fail 
when equipment is in use and needs replacing on site. 

Pirtek targets a one-hour response time, 24/7/365, 
with the demand for this time-sensitive service being 
greatest in sectors with high labour costs, well evolved 
customer service standards and high downtime costs. 
In most cases, Pirtek’s highly trained technicians can 
assemble and fit a replacement hose from the stock and 
equipment held on the MSU, enabling a first time fix. 

Pirtek is expanding its range of services from the critical 
emergency response, allowing it to provide total 
solutions to customers. These expanded services 
include total hose management which involves 
the inspection and cataloguing of all hoses in a 
customer’s premises which are then registered and 
tagged, allowing both the emergency and scheduled 
replacement. Technical engineering and full preventive 
maintenance programmes are also being developed.

Pirtek has a diverse portfolio of thousands of customers 
across a wide range of end markets including waste 
disposal, industrial, construction, plant rental, logistics, 
maritime and rail. 

Key points
•  High degree of resilience due to emergency reactive 

services. Targets a one-hour response time. 

•  Diverse portfolio of thousands of customers across 
a wide range of end markets. The largest customer 
accounts for <1% of revenues.

•  Carries out approximately 500,000 jobs per annum.

•  Supplies c.2,500 core products to franchisees.

•  Management service fees range from 15% to 19.5%. 
Product sales charged at cost plus handling fee. 

Range of services
•  Emergency on-site hydraulic service

•  Non-urgent hose replacement

•  Trade counter service and support

•  Planned maintenance and servicing

•  Total hose management (THM)

•  Hose flushing, testing and fluid analysis

•  Ram repair and manufacture, oil spill products

Pirtek’s perpetual, royalty-free master license agreement 
enables trade in a further eight European markets which 
will be developed when the existing early-stage markets 
become more mature and profitable.

  Read the Pirtek divisional review on pages 20-25

aContents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionContents Generation – Section

Contents Generation – Page

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Strategy in Action

System sales in 2023
System sales of the Group’s main 
businesses of Metro Rod, Filta 
International and Pirtek* in 2023.

Metro Rod

Filta International

£72m
£90m
£170m*

Pirtek

Total

£332m 

* 

 Pirtek 2023 system sales of £170m are annualised figures 
for UK & Ireland, Germany & Austria, Benelux.

16

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic  
pillar

Maximum 
Potential 
Model

Our Maximum Potential Model allows us to estimate 
the potential System sales using our current data 
of how franchisees are performing in each territory. 

The methodology is based on “best of the best” 
metrics being achieved by franchisees in each 
territory including market penetration and revenue 
per site or address. We multiply these metrics out 
against third party data for the total potential number 
of customers to establish maximum potential System 
sales for each business.

The model allows us to map the potential by franchise 
territory and optimise territories by developing plans 
for increasing penetration and spend. 

Scan to read more 
about our maximum 
potential model

aStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Strategy in Action continued

What’s the potential?
Our modelling shows maximum potential System 
sales of £1.8bn for Metro Rod, Filta International 
and Pirtek compared to only £332m currently.

Metro Rod 

Filta International

£293m
£752m
£746m

Pirtek 

Total Group maximum 
potential System sales

£1.8bn

17

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Maximum Potential Model  
Methodology

The Maximum Potential 
Model in action

We map total potential customers through the 
most appropriate data measure for each brand. 

A combination of third party data extracted using 
Standard Industrial Classification (“SIC”) codes and 
existing customer data are used to estimate the total 
number of potential customers. 

For Pirtek, we have made some modifications due 
to the non-fixed or mobile nature of its customer base. 
For example, a construction company has multiple 
sites and work is carried out across a number of 
franchise territories. 

Using industry data, we have split Pirtek’s UK market 
into mobile and technical sales. THM and technical 
sales are relatively new services and under-exploited 
sectors, hence their impact is under-represented 
in the data.

A number of the Group’s businesses have been 
excluded from this analysis, for example, if the 
operation is sub-scale, as the data would not be 
meaningful. The following are excluded: Metro Plumb, 
Willow Pumps, Metro Rod B2B2C (Business to Business 
to Consumer) and domestic customers, Pirtek France, 
Pirtek Sweden, the B2C division and Azura. Hence the 
current market size of £332m is less than the Group’s 
total System sales of £350m. 

Strategic drivers
These strategic drivers can be applied to all the 
Group’s franchise brands:

•  Map potential by franchise territory. 

•  Franchise territory development: “Hot spot” and “not spot” 

territory penetration.

•  “Use it or lose it” to focus franchisees on developing  

under-exploited areas.

•  Long-term territory development plan for increasing 

penetration and spend per customer.

Growth drivers
These drivers help grow sales for each of 
our businesses: 

•  Widen and deepen the range of services.

•  Industry sector expansion based on margin expectations.

•  Deepen custom relationships and grow share of wallet.

•  Cross sell and upsell services across the Group’s brands.

•  Contact strategy for lapsed or low-spend businesses.

•  Optimise franchise networks.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Strategy in Action continued

Growth 
Summit

In November 2023, we held our inaugural 
Growth Summit in Amsterdam, bringing 
together some 65 leaders from ten countries.  
The main objective was to connect everyone 
across the Group and develop ideas to grow 
the business.

“If they grow, we grow”.

Focus

  Generating ideas to 
grow System sales 

  Optimising and 
growing our 
franchise networks

  Identifying 
Group technology 
opportunities

  Integration and 
efficiencies to drive 
operational gearing 

18

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic  
pillar

Scan to read 
more about our 
growth summit

a 
Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Strategy in Action continued

Live poll result for attendees

96% 

felt more connected to each 
other, the Group, the strategy 
and our culture

19

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

We have big ambitions and a clear growth strategy. This event 
was a great success and helped everyone connect with each 
other, our strategy and our culture.”

Stephen Hemsley
Executive Chairman

Connecting with each other 
and developing growth ideas
We hosted an inaugural Growth Summit in 
November 2023 in Amsterdam. Some 65 
leaders from across ten countries got together 
for two days joined by the plc Board. Given 
we have doubled in size twice over the past 
two years, and grown from 290 to more than 
650 people in the Support Centres and DLOs, 
it was a great opportunity to get our leaders 
together face to face to develop relationships. 
We developed ideas to grow sales, accelerate 
the growth of the business, shared experiences 
and ideas. 

The format was highly participatory and 
interactive with breakout groups and 
presentations by the team on their best 
growth ideas with prizes given out for the 
best ones. We hosted panel discussions 
with the leadership team to discuss the 
growth opportunities for each division, our 
development which included our guiding 
principles, and how we bring these to life. 

The feedback

What an inspirational event we had. 
Great to meet a lot of new colleagues 
and establish relationships to share 
ideas and cooperate to grow the 
business further!”

Peter de Ru
Operations Director,  
Pirtek Benelux

A fantastic, thought-provoking event. 
It was great to see everyone and meet 
the wider Franchise Brands team.’’

Above all it was energetic and fun and 
a number of the growth ideas the team 
generated are already being implemented. 

Abigail Smith 
Group Marketing Manager,  
Water & Waste Services

aContents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section  
Pirtek Review

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Pirtek Review

Contributing 
as expected

Pirtek traded at record levels, contributing  
as expected to the Group’s results during  
just over eight months of ownership in 2023. 

20

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Pirtek Review continued

Priorities in 2024

  Integration within the 
Group, in particular 
consolidation of 
technology

  Leverage best practice 
within Pirtek, develop 
cross selling 

  Implement the Maximum 
Potential Model 

21

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

The integration of Pirtek is progressing well, and the Maximum 
Potential Model has shown significant opportunities for growth. 
With Franchise Brands as permanent owners of the business, 
we are optimistic that these opportunities can be realised.”

Chris Stuckey, CEO Pirtek Europe

Pirtek traded at record levels 
During just over eight months of ownership in 
2023, Pirtek traded at record levels, contributing 
as expected at the time of the acquisition. The 
Pirtek division generated total System sales of 
£126m, statutory revenue of £42m and Adjusted 
EBITDA of £13.3m in this period.

The largest businesses of the UK & Ireland, 
Germany & Austria and Benelux which have 
national coverage and are substantially 
franchised, performed well and contributed 
94% of System sales. The start-up markets 
of Sweden and France, which are DLOs, 
contributed 6% of System sales. They have 
regional coverage and make a small profit.

New management and integration
During the year, Chris Stuckey, previously 
Managing Director of Pirtek UK, was promoted 
to CEO of Pirtek Europe. Adam Burrows, 
previously Sales Director of Pirtek UK, was 
promoted to Managing Director of Pirtek UK. 

The Pirtek businesses have historically 
operated on a more stand-alone basis. 
Following the senior management changes, 
we are integrating Pirtek more closely and 

encouraging the sharing of resources, 
systems, knowledge and customers. An 
area of particular focus is IT and we are 
customising our Vision works management 
system to replace outdated Pirtek third party 
systems. We expect this will result in improved 
functionality and cost savings for both the 
franchisees and corporate. 

Significant opportunities for growth
The Maximum Potential Model has shown that 
Pirtek has a significant opportunity to grow its 
developed markets through the expansion 
of its reactive business and by broadening 
the range of services offered in existing and 
adjacent markets. The earlier-stage markets 
also have huge potential to reach critical mass, 
particularly as competition is fragmented. 

Cross selling opportunities 
We also see a significant opportunity for 
co-operation with the Metro Rod and Filta 
businesses at both the franchisee and 
corporate levels. We believe this will lead to 
an acceleration of System sales growth for the 
Group and efficiencies will lead to a reduction 
in overheads and drive operational gearing.

£126.0m

system sales* 

£41.9m

revenue* 

£13.3m

adjusted EBITDA*

* 

 Contribution in period of ownership from 21 April 2023.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Pirtek Review continued

UK & Ireland

The UK & Ireland business generated 
System sales of £56m and statutory 
revenue of £16m in the period of 
ownership. Established in 1988, 
it is the largest business in the 
Pirtek division with 86 service centres 
and 40 franchisees providing full 
national coverage operating with 
333 mobile service vehicles.

Pirtek is the market leader in reactive hose 
replacement and repair, and is actively 
expanding its range of services to grow 
planned work including THM and technical 
sales which currently account for less than 
10% of total sales. The top three sectors are 
plant and rental (13%), waste management 
(12%) and transport and logistics (10%). 

The business renewed and won a number 
of important contracts during the year, in 
sectors such as rail and waste management. 
A number of these contracts diversified 
the sector focus away from construction 
and plant hire, a key area of focus. We also 
carried out large scale (>£50k) project work 
for customers in the aerospace, food and 
beverage, engineering and metals and 
recycling industries. 

The ethos of Pirtek is to build relationships, 
create opportunities and increase sales. 
A key area of focus in 2023 was rolling 
out the Growth Tools, originally developed 
in the UK to grow national accounts, 

22 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Priorities in 2024 

Pirtek UK & Ireland

  Implement Maximum 
Potential Model 

  Continued focus on technical sales 
and THM

  Sales growth initiatives including 
further development of the 
customer portal and local sales

  Cross selling to Metro Rod customers

to franchisees to grow their local customer 
base. The tools help franchisees drive 
opportunities in their local markets. 

The growth tools include CRM sales calls, 
local marketing, promotion of the customer 
portal, technical sales and THM. The customer 
portal has proved very popular, with 50% of 
our national account customers now using it 
and 45% of portal customers having placed 
orders on the platform.

70 service centres now offer technical sales 
which increased 30% in 2023. 41 service 
centres offer THM and the number of hose 
lines recorded increased 50%. 

Three service centres were sold by 
franchisees to centre managers, and Pirtek 
bought back one underperforming franchise 
which is now managed corporately. Fee 
income is generated on each of these resales. 
Pirtek UK has two franchise territories that are 
managed corporately. 

£56m

system sales* 

£16m

revenue* 

40

franchisees

* 

 Contribution in period of ownership from 21 April 2023.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Pirtek Review continued

Germany & Austria

The German and Austrian business 
generated System sales of £47m 
and statutory revenue of £11m in the 
period of ownership. It is the second 
largest business in the Pirtek division 
with 98 service centres and 22 
franchisees providing full national 
coverage in Germany operating 
with 350 mobile service vehicles. 

The German business accounted for 36% 
of the Pirtek division’s System sales. The 
top three sectors are construction (36%), 
industrial (20%) and logistics (12%). 

THM accounts for 18% of sales and grew 
strongly by 20% in 2023. We expanded 
the range of THM customers carrying out 
some large scale works. For example, 
we replaced all outdated and defective 
hydraulic hose lines on a number of injection 
moulding machines and recorded those in 
the THM database. We also retrofitted safety 
components. In another project, we are 
replacing outdated and defective hoses on 
tooling machines for a global market leader 
in rail components. We expanded our range 
of THM services with a pressure accumulator 
management service. We also carried out 
a number of larger (>£50k) projects for an 
industrial equipment manufacturer, and rail 
and construction customers. 

23 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Priorities in 2024 

Pirtek Germany and Austria

  Drive further geographic 
expansion of service centres 
and vans 

  Continued expansion of THM and 
technical sales through additional 
sales resource

  Use the Maximum Potential 
Model to help optimise the 
franchise network

£47m

system sales*

£11m

revenue* 

22

franchisees

* 

 Contribution in period of ownership from 21 April 2023.

We opened a new centre in Trier, near 
the Luxembourg border, which gained 
tremendous traction during the year. We also 
rolled out initiatives to help franchisees buy vans 
and open new centres. The concentration of 
physical Pirtek locations in Germany has yet 
to reach the critical mass achieved in the UK 
and Ireland. We therefore continue to work 
with franchisees to expand the number of 
physical locations to optimise service delivery. 
We are supporting franchisees to split their 
existing territories and add additional centres 
and vans which will continue to drive System 
sales going forward. 

In response to demand, we expanded our 
central billing of national account customers, 
This reduces the administrative burden 
for customers, making it easier for them 
to transact with Pirtek. This will be further 
developed in 2024.

Our Austrian operation is sub-scale, with 
three franchisees operating in the five largest 
cities in Austria. This includes two service 
centres in Vienna and an owned centre 
in Graz. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Pirtek Review continued

Benelux
Benelux

The Pirtek business in the Netherlands 
and Belgium generated System sales 
of £16m and statutory revenue of £8m 
in the period of ownership. It has 11 
franchisees, 24 service centres and 
108 vans.

24 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Pirtek Benelux traded well in 2023 driven 
by strong sales growth which was assisted 
by a substantial increase in project work. 
The business operates six service centres 
corporately, two in Rotterdam and four 
in Belgium. The Dutch owned service 
centres performed well, in particular the 
Europoort centre. 

Pirtek Benelux has a diversified client 
base with the top 15 customers accounting 
for 14% of total sales. The business carried 
out a number of major (>£100k) projects for 
a range of customers in the engineering, 
maritime, offshore contracting, aerospace and 
defence, elevator & escalator and equipment 
rental. The client base was further diversified 
during the year with increases in offshore 
transportation and waste management. 

By the end of the year all franchisees were 
converted to a royalty model which aligns 
our interests with that of the franchisees. 

Total hose management is an important 
part of the growth potential following the 
conversion to the royalty-model and sales 
increased by nearly 80% in 2023. 22 service 
centres are using the THM portal. 

We built on our position in Belgium, opening 
a new service centre in Antwerp harbour. 
We introduced outbound CRM following its 
success in the UK and a number of service 
centres are now participating. 

Priorities in 2024 

Pirtek Benelux

  Focus on driving technical sales 
and non core products with 
additional sales focus 

  Grow System sales in owned 
centres in the Netherlands 
and Belgium

  Use Maximum Potential 
Model to identify potential new 
customers and increase spend 
of existing customers

£16m

System sales*

£8m

Revenue*

11

franchisees

* 

 Contribution in period of ownership from 21 April 2023.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Pirtek Review continued

France

Pirtek France generated System sales 
and statutory revenue of £5m each in 
the period of ownership.

The French business, which is a DLO, is 
at an early-stage having been established 
in 2021 and 2022 through three 
small acquisitions. 

The business has eight service centres, 
six of which are in the Île de France region, 
with two in Lyon and Grenoble. The service 
centres operate 42 vans. The three main 
sectors are construction (40%), rental (20%) 
and industrial (8%). A priority is to diversify 
the customer base. 

In 2023 we optimised our coverage in the 
Île de France region, ensuring engineers 
and vans were most effectively located. 
We also closed the centre in Bondoufle 
and acquired a new centre in Étampes, 
which is some 50km to the south west 
of Paris. 

25 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

This represented our first expansion outside 
of the Greater Paris area, although still within 
the Île de France region. The service centre 
in Étampes allows us to service a proven 
industrial area in addition to the cities of 
Chartres and Orleans. We also made good 
progress building up the service centre in 
the east of the Île de France. 

During the year we focused on building up 
the MST base by recruiting new engineers 
and increased numbers substantially over 
the course of the year. However, the 
environment to recruit and retain MSTs 
remains challenging.

During the year the management team 
was completed with the recruitment of 
sales and IT managers. This is facilitating 
a rapid integration with the wider Group, 
particularly in the area of technology, 
where plans are underway to roll out 
the Vision works management system.

The French market provides significant 
potential for expansion given its size, which 
is between that of the UK and Germany, 
and where mobile services are advanced 
but less so than the UK and Germany. 

Sweden

Priorities in 2024 

Pirtek France

  Expand geographic coverage 
around the Île de France and 
Rhône-Alpes region

  Increase capacity of vans 
and technicians and expand 
service offering

  Diversify customer base away 
from construction

£5m

System sales*

£5m

Revenue*

42

vans

Pirtek Sweden

  Expand regional coverage 
in Stockholm

  Expand THM 

  Diversify the customer base

£2m

System sales*

£2m

Revenue*

25

vans

* 

 Contribution in period of ownership from 21 April 2023.

Pirtek Sweden generated System sales 
and statutory revenue of £2m each in 
the period of ownership. 

The Swedish business is at a relatively early 
stage having been established through the 
acquisition of a DLO in 2017. It continues to 
operate as a DLO with an office in Stockholm, 
a service centre in Gothenberg and operates 
a total of 25 vans.

During the year, we added additional vans 
in Malmo and Östergötland to increase 
the geographic reach and we continue to 
optimise the service delivery footprint. 

We made good progress diversifying our 
sector coverage from construction to waste 
management and other less cyclical sectors. 
We also won our first THM client in the injection 
moulding sector. We are now focused on rolling 
out the proven growth tools with the initial focus 
on outbound CRM. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionWater & Waste  

Services Review

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Water & Waste Services Review

Continued 
strong 
growth 

The newly named Water & Waste Services division 
had an excellent year. The main drivers of growth 
were Metro Rod and Metro Plumb. The division also 
experienced integration and cross selling benefits.

26

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

 Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Water & Waste Services Review continued

I was very pleased by the continued strong growth of the newly 
named Water & Waste Services division. The main drivers of growth 
were Metro Rod and Metro Plumb. The division also benefited from 
the integration of shared services and cross selling.”

Peter Molloy, CEO Water & Waste Services division

An excellent year
The newly named Water & Waste Services 
division, which includes Metro Rod, Metro 
Plumb, Kemac, Willow Pumps and Filta UK, had 
another excellent year, growing System sales 
by over 18% to £106.7m and statutory revenue 
by 16% to £48.9m. Renaming the division 
provides more clarity and differentiates the 
business from Pirtek. 

Continued strong growth
2023 was a year of significant progress on 
multiple fronts. The Metro Rod and Metro 
Plumb businesses performed particularly 
strongly with System sales growing by 20% 
to £72m and statutory revenue growing by 
23% to £15.2m. This was driven by a 12.5% 
increase in average order value as higher 
value tankering and pump work grew faster 
than reactive repair work.

Divisional integration and cross selling
We increasingly realised the benefits of 
integration and cross selling across the division. 
The journey to integrate and share central 
services such as marketing, finance, HR, 
technical, health & safety is well underway. 

We have also transferred some activities to 
centres of excellence in the division such as 
the Metro Rod contact centre which now deals 
with Willow Pumps and Filta’s out of hours calls, 
resulting in improved administrative efficiencies. 

Increased levels of cooperation across the 
business resulted in £3.2m of work being 
subcontracted by one business to another 
within the division. 

We continued to grow pump sales with the 
expert help of Willow Pumps. 113 national 
account customers bought two or more 
services across the division, an increase 
of 82%. This resulted in a 36% increase in 
System sales from cross selling from £16m 
to £22m. We see significant opportunities 
to introduce customers to other services, 
including those offered by Pirtek.

Diversifying the customer base
As planned, we have reduced our dependency 
on certain sectors, in particular hospitality, to 
have a more diversified customer profile. 

£106.7m

system sales 

£48.9m

revenue 

£10.9m

adjusted EBITDA

Priorities in 2024

  Accelerate cross selling, 
including to the Pirtek 
customer base

  Continue to grow Metro 
Plumb through focused 
management and 
acceleration of sales

  Further drive efficiency and 
productivity for franchisees 
and Support Centre 
through automation and 
labour optimisation

27

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Water & Waste Services Review continued

Metro Rod experienced continued 
momentum in 2023 driven by initiatives 
to widen and deepen our range of 
services to higher value work.

One of the faster growing revenue streams 
was local drainage which really ties into 
the principle of “if they grow, we grow”. 
We continued to expand our range of services 
to higher value tanker work (up 23%) and pump 
work (up 21%). Tanker work now accounts for 
17% of System sales and pump work for 4% of 
System sales.

Our franchisees are seeing the benefit of their 
investment in growing System sales, with 31 
(out of 42) franchisees exceeding £1m in sales, 
two exceeding £3m and 11 exceeding £2m. 
The average size of a Metro Rod franchisee in 
2023 was £1.6m. 

We benefited from new franchisees joining the 
business by acquiring businesses from exiting 
franchisees. These new franchisees grew 
their System sales at 30-35%. We continued 
to drive operational gearing into the business 
through increased automation. 

We sold part of the Kent & Sussex corporate 
franchise to franchisees who have the ability 
to accelerate the growth of the business. 
Finally, we set up a new recruitment function 
to help franchisees hire labour, with good 
initial results.

28 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Priorities in 2024 

  Continue to drive 
local sales

  Continue to accelerate 
tanker and pump sales

  Accelerate our 
recruitment capability  
for franchisees and 
support centre

Metro Plumb, which includes Kemac, 
our specialist plumbing business, 
remains our fastest growing revenue 
stream.

System sales increased by 22% and 
we attracted a net five new Metro Plumb 
franchisees during the year, taking the 
total of independent franchisees to 18. In 
addition, 19 Metro Rod franchisees operate a 
Metro Plumb franchise. 

A total of 821 clients used our plumbing 
service in 2023, an increase of 10%. We are 
helping our franchisees to win more local 
work through sales and marketing support, 
including our first ever TV advert. 20% of 
the sales from our dedicated Metro Plumb 
franchisees are generated locally. We have 
reduced our dependence on lower value 
insurance work. 

We have 91 NVQ plumbers in the network and 
a growing number of these have specialist 
skills. We expanded our range of services 
during the year and 21 franchisees now offer 
leak detection services.

Our strategy of creating independent 
Metro Plumb franchisees as opposed to 
having combined Metro Rod and Metro Plumb 
franchisees is proving successful. Eight Metro 
Plumb businesses achieved over £200,000 
in sales, and three businesses achieved sales 
of over £500,000. 

Priorities in 2024 

  Recruit more new 
stand-alone Metro 
Plumb franchisees

  Help franchisees sell 
locally by increasing 
marketing and 
online sales

  Recruit dedicated 
corporate management 
for Metro Plumb 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Water & Waste Services Review continued

Filta UK is on a journey from being 
predominantly a DLO to a franchised 
business and a highlight of the year was 
the continued development and growth 
of the franchise network.

Seven new franchisees joined the network 
taking the total to 25 and more work was 
carried out by the franchisees as they took 
on more of the servicing of GRUs previously 
undertaken by direct labour. By Q4, 75% of 
all Filta’s Fats Oil and Grease maintenance 
work was completed by the franchise 
network, including reactive and extra works, 
a 47% increase from the period immediately 
following the acquisition of Filta.

Towards the end of the year, we acquired 
the intellectual property rights of our market-
leading GRU and the supply of units from 
the sub-contract manufacturer was restored 
following nearly a year of disrupted sales. We 
expect to reap the benefits of having a secure 
supply chain in 2024. 

Overall, Filta UK System sales increased by 
35% to £12.3m and revenue increased by 
27% to £11.0m. The business continued to be 
integrated into the Water & Waste Services 
division in 2023, benefiting from improved 
health and safety, technical and HR. 

Priorities in 2024

  Continue to grow and 
develop the franchise 
network enabling more 
work to be passed 
to franchisees

  Expand and develop the 
FiltaSeal customer base

  Roll out Vision works 
management system 

Priorities in 2024

  Accelerate expansion 
of Metro Rod 
pump expertise

  Deliver and expand 
strong order book for 
Special Projects division

  Expand the core 
Service and Supply & 
Installation business

The new management team shifted 
the business towards higher margin 
activities while continuing to build 
on initiatives with Metro Rod to drive 
pump sales.

A significant investment was made into the 
newly formed special projects division. This 
activity represents a slight change of direction 
but we are using our skills to develop capital 
light, higher margin business by managing 
larger projects using a well-established supply 
chain. This is expanding our customer base 
and our markets from our traditional service 
and installation sectors. 

Pump service work average order value 
increased by 11% year on year across 15,241 
completed jobs, increasing revenue by £1.3m. 
Willow Pumps continued to build on initiatives 
with Metro Rod to deliver pump services in 
an optimum way and a record £3.1m of sales 
was delivered by the Metro Rod network to 
external customers. Willow Pumps helped 
to upskill 18 new pump engineers across 15 
Metro Rod franchises, delivering 720 hours of 
in-house and field training. 

Finally, the Metro Rod Kent & Sussex 
territory that was managed by Willow Pumps 
was re-franchised in November allowing 
Willow Pumps to focus on its core business.

Overall, revenue increased 3% to £18.7m. 

29 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionFilta International Review

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Filta International Review

Implementing 
FiltaMax  

Filta North America 
continued to develop the 
FiltaMax strategic growth 
initiatives based on the 
Maximum Potential Model 
and experienced robust 
activity across all key 
customer sectors.

30

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Filta International Review continued

Priorities in 2024

  Convert more franchise 
owners from a fixed to a 
percentage based royalty

  Roll out FiltaGold and 
upsell FiltaClean

  Recruit high quality 
and ambitious franchise 
owners in over 50 key 
metro markets to build 
businesses of scale

31

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Filta North America experienced a year of robust activity, 
with strong growth in System sales, the roll out of two new 
services and the development of the FiltaMax strategic growth 
initiatives based on the Maximum Potential Model.”

Jason Sayers, CEO Filta International

A year of robust activity 
Filta North America System sales increased 
37% to $108.2m (statutory revenue: $33.0m) 
and by 12% on a like-for-like basis. In sterling, 
System sales increased by 30% to £87.0m 
(2022 ten months: £66.7m) and by 8% on a 
like-for-like basis. Excluding the revenue from 
used oil sales and on a like-for-like basis, 
System sales in North America increased by 
19% in US dollars and 12% in sterling.

25% growth in waste oil recycling volumes
Waste oil recycling volumes increased over 
25% to 6.2m gallons assisted by the continued 
roll-out of larger 6,000 gallon holding tanks in 
the franchisees’ depots to total 65. However, 
growth in volumes was more than offset by a 
21% fall year-on-year in the average weighted 
selling price, resulting in a year-on-year 
reduction of 1% in revenue in local currency 
revenue and a 3% reduction in sterling terms. 

Transitioning to a full royalty model
We are transitioning towards an income model 
based on MSF to better align us with our 
franchisees and to reduce our reliance on 
used oil sales. This will be introduced as fast 
as practicable, but worst case, will have to wait 
until the renewal of the franchise agreement.

FiltaClean and FiltaGold Bulk Oil
We expanded our range of services during 
the year with the launch of FiltaClean, a new 
steam-based, eco-friendly deep cleaning 
service for commercial kitchens. We also 
launched FiltaGold Bulk Oil, a new bulk virgin 
oil supply service which includes the roll-out 
of handling equipment to franchisees. Both 
are royalty-based services which will help 
drive MSF income and further improve our 
ESG credentials.

Implementing FiltaMax strategy
We continued to develop the FiltaMax 
strategic growth initiatives based on the 
Maximum Potential Model with a focus on 
territory optimisation in the over 50 key 
metro markets identified for major growth. 

Strengthening the corporate team
We were pleased to appoint John Michals 
as the new Chief Operating Officer to help 
execute the FiltaMax growth plan. John 
became a Filta franchise owner in 2019 and 
grew his business rapidly from a start-up to 
over $3m of sales. See page 42.

£90.5m

system sales 

£27.4m

revenue 

£6.1m

adjusted EBITDA

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Filta International Review continued

Expanding our range of services
Our range of services continued to develop 
in 2023 with the launch of FiltaGold Bulk Oil 
and FiltaClean, both royalty-based services.

•  FiltaFry, the microfiltration of cooking 

oil and full fryer management is our core 
service. This can help double the usable life 
of cooking oil, saving customers money as 
well as reducing labour costs and improving 
employee health & safety. In 2023 Filta 
carried out services at over 8,500 customers 
every week.

•  FiltaBio is provided as part of FiltaFry’s 
filtration service. Once the oil comes to 
the end of its useful life, franchisees collect 
the oil and store it in holding tanks at their 
depots prior to collection for recycling 
into biodiesel. Customers benefit by 
not having to store and dispose of the 
oil themselves and the environmental 
benefits of recycling the oil. 

•  FiltaGold Bulk Oil was launched in 

2023. While many franchise owners have 
supplied virgin cooking oil to customers, 
with FiltaGold Bulk Oil we have developed 
bulk-oil handling equipment for franchisees 
which allows them to buy virgin oil in bulk 
and more profitably supply it to customers 
at a competitive price.

•  FiltaClean was also launched in 2023. 

We see a substantial opportunity 
to vertically expand by upselling to 
existing FiltaFry customers who are 
natural customers of the service.

The maximum potential for Filta 
is significant
Filta is an almost unique business, with 
virtually no direct competition. In the US, it has 
a less than a 1% share of a large, fragmented 
market and a substantial opportunity for 
growth. Our Maximum Potential Model shows 
the potential to service 1.1m potential sites 
and generate System sales of $925m 
compared to $109m in 2023.

We made good progress in 2023 
implementing FiltaMax. We are upgrading 
and optimising the franchise network, 
seeking to replicate the success of the 
larger franchisees. 

We attracted new high-quality franchisees 
during 2023. Six existing franchise owners 
expanded by buying additional territories; 
six sales of new territories took place 
and seven resales, five of which were in 
key metro areas. As a result, the number 
of franchise owners decreased from 133 
to 127 demonstrating the commitment of 
the FiltaMax strategy of growing with our 
higher quality franchise owners.

32 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Filta International Review continued

Our new bulk virgin oil supply service 
launched in 2023 provides substantial 
environmental benefits through reduced 
packaging waste.

How FiltaGold works
The FiltaGold service allows us to competitively 
buy virgin oil in bulk, deliver it to franchisees in 
a tanker for storage in new 27,000 litre tanks 
and for them to dispense it via a machine (see 
photo) into reusable 17-litre eco jugs. The jugs 
are delivered to the customer and empty jugs 
returned to the depot to be washed and refilled.

FiltaGold has significant environmental 
benefits which are valued by our customers. 
Cooking oil is traditionally sold in “jugs-in-a-
box” which consist of a plastic jug supported 
by a cardboard outer layer. When the oil is 
used, the “jugs-in-a box” are thrown away. 
Each time a reusable eco jug is used, plastic 
and cardboard is saved. 

While 67 franchise owners sell fresh oil to 
customers, five franchise owners now sell fresh 
oil to customers in bulk through FiltaGold at a 
higher margin. Filta benefits from a royalty on 
sales. Filta is experiencing strong demand for 
the service from franchisees and customers.

33 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

FiltaClean was also launched in 2023 
and offers a steam-based, eco-friendly 
and safe deep cleaning service for 
commercial kitchens.

How FiltaClean works
FiltaClean uses a combination of kitchen-
rated cleaning products and steam-based 
cleaning techniques to remove grease and 
grime from equipment. The service is eco-
friendly as steam cleaning minimises the 
use of chemicals.

FiltaClean helps our customers improve 
cleanliness and sanitation and comply with 
health and safety regulations. The thorough 
and effective steam-powered cleaning can 
also help increase kitchen efficiency and 
productivity, including extending the life 
of equipment. Our service is flexible and we 
work with customers to schedule effectively 
to ensure minimal downtime. 

We see a significant opportunity for Filta 
franchise owners to upsell FiltaClean to 
existing customers as well as attract new 
customers. 33 franchisees have already 
signed up for the FiltaClean royalty-
based service.

FiltaGold Benefits

  Quality and convenience 
for customers 

  Reduced packaging 
waste for customers, 
reported in their 
Environmental 
Impact Reports

  Higher margin for 
franchisees and royalty 
income for Filta 

FiltaClean Benefits

  Eco-friendly kitchen 
cleaning 

  Enhanced hygiene 
and compliance with 
regulations

  Substantial opportunity 
to sell royalty-based 
service to existing and 
new customers

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionB2C Review

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

B2C Review

A creditable 
performance

The B2C division performed creditably against 
the backdrop of a challenging labour market 
which impacted franchise recruitment and 
retention. ChipsAway, which accounts for 81%  
of the division’s profits, performed more robustly.

34

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

B2C Review continued

Priorities in 2024 

  Migration of B2C to 
Vision platform

  Further testing of Artificial 
Intelligence for quotations

  Continue to invest in 
training for franchisees 
and technicians for electric 
vehicles and ADAS

35

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

The B2C division comprises ChipsAway, Ovenclean and Barking Mad, 
three leading home-service brands and has over 320 franchisees. 
My team was pleased to deliver a creditable performance in a 
challenging environment.”

Tim Harris, Managing Director, B2C Division

The B2C division comprises the ChipsAway, 
Ovenclean and Barking Mad franchise 
businesses. The franchise recruitment and 
retention environment in which the B2C division 
operates continues to be challenging, with 
people more risk-averse and less attracted to 
self-employment, even in the relative safety of a 
franchise model.

Notwithstanding this backdrop, franchise 
recruitment in 2023 matched that for 2022 with 
39 new franchisees joining our B2C brands, and 
the number of leavers declined from 69 to 59. 
ChipsAway performed more robustly, recruiting 
25 new franchisees (2022: 20) with 30 leavers 
(2022: 40). Overall, we closed the year with 
327 franchisees compared to 347 at the end 
of 2022. In a difficult market, we consider this 
to be a creditable performance.

Underlying trading in the franchise communities 
of all three brands remained robust, as our 
generally older and more financially secure 
customer base is reasonably resilient to the 
current cost-of-living pressures. 

The average turnover of a ChipsAway franchisee 
increased 12% to £103,294, breaking £100,000 
for the first time (2022: £92,547). Our franchisees 
continued to benefit from a substantial quantity 
of leads which are generated by our national 
marketing activity. The team delivered 361,000 
consumer leads during the year.

Against a difficult trading environment, 
we maintained divisional revenue at £6.1m 
for 2023 (2022: £6.1m). Adjusted EBITDA at 
£2.3m was slightly lower than 2022 but higher 
than our cautious forecast. The previous year 
also benefited from £100,000 of exceptional 
revenue from a domain name sale. ChipsAway 
continues to be our largest brand, generating 
81% of the B2C division’s Adjusted EBITDA 
(2022: 76%). 

Earlier in 2023 we announced that we intended 
to seek a buyer for the B2C division, and whilst 
offers were received, these did not meet our 
expectations, and we decided to suspend 
marketing activity until further notice. This 
remains the current position.

£26.2m

system sales 

£6.1m

revenue 

£2.3m

adjusted EBITDA

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionWorking Responsibly

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly

Our guiding 
principles

We have five guiding principles 
that inform the way we work 
with each other, support our 
franchisees, and serve our 
customers and communities.

We demand integrity
We are professional 
in everything we do 
and treat people 
with respect.

We empower people
We empower our 
people and expect them 
to take ownership of 
a situation and to be 
accountable for their 
actions and the results 
they generate.

We are fair
We consider that fairness 
and transparency are 
essential to creating high-
trust working relationships 
with each other, and with 
our franchisees, partners, 
suppliers, and customers.

We challenge ourselves
We set high standards, 
are demanding of 
ourselves, prepared to 
challenge the norm and 
have a relentless focus
on continuous 
improvement.

We work as a team
We place a huge 
amount of importance 
on teamwork 
between our 
colleagues and our 
franchisees to create 
a dynamic business.

36

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued

Overview
Working responsibly is an imperative and we are 
committed to doing what we can to contribute to a 
more sustainable future. Our focus is on developing 
a business that builds economic and social value 
and protects our environment in everything we do. 
Our goal is to create an inclusive, fair and rewarding 
environment where our colleagues and franchisees 
can thrive. We also want to have a positive impact 
on the communities in which we work and live, 
and operate to the highest standards of integrity, 
transparency and accountability. We acknowledge 
the significant risk posed by climate change and 

that we have a part to play in addressing the impact 
this will have. We are committed to reducing our 
environmental impact wherever we can. 

Our approach to ESG
We progressed our ESG journey in 2023. We support 
the aims and recommendations of the Taskforce on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”), and 
we are pleased to present our first TCFD report. The 
Board fully supports the TCFD Recommendations 
and is bringing the Company’s disclosures and 
reporting fully in line with its methodology. 

UN goal:

How we principally contribute:

Good health 
and wellbeing

 – Mental Health First Aiders training. 
 – Employee assistance programme for all staff.
 – Highly developed health and safety processes and training. 
 – Flexible working arrangements.

Gender 
equality

 – High proportion of females in our Support Centres:  

60% in Metro Rod and 59% in B2C. 

 – Leadership development opportunities for female managers.

Decent work 
and economic 
growth 

 – Development opportunities, rewards and recognition. 
 – Share option scheme which covers c250 people.
 – Create local employment in the community.
 – Opportunities through apprenticeship scheme.

Sustainable 
cities and 
communities 

 – High standards of quality and sustainability.
 – Manage and commitment to reduce environmental impact.
 – Accreditations and certifications.

37 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

In April 2023, we acquired Pirtek, a business with 
a strong commitment to sustainability and which 
is implementing a number of initiatives with the 
objective of reducing the environmental impact 
of delivering its range of services. Pirtek also 
prides itself on a strong health and safety culture, 
and its high standards are reflected in its range 
of accreditations. 

In late 2023 we extended Filta’s range of services 
with the introduction of FiltaGold. We are committed 
to reducing plastic and cardboard waste. Through 
FiltaGold bulk oil we are able to buy virgin oil in bulk, 
dispense it at our depots into reusable 17-litre “jugs”, 
and supply it to our customers. Each time an Eco-Jug 
is used, plastic and cardboard is saved. An additional 
benefit to our customers is the ESG benefits arising 
from the reduction in the waste they generate from 
the use of recycled jugs, which we report to them in 
our monthly Environmental Impact Reports. 

We were delighted to welcome nearly 300 more 
people to the Franchise Brands family with the 
acquisition of Pirtek. Our support centre teams play a 
key role in our success by supporting our franchisees 
and helping them to grow their business. 

We believe in providing everyone with a great working 
environment and opportunities to develop, learn and 
grow in an environment which promotes diversity 
and inclusion, equality and well being. With over 
650 people in Franchise Brands across ten different 
countries, the career development opportunities for 
our people have never been greater.

Helping our 
franchisees and 
employees work 
more responsibly

Environment
 +  Reduce, Re-Use, 

Recycle

 +  High quality 

and sustainable 
service delivery
 +  Education and high 
standards of training

 +  Environmental 

Impact Reports for 
Filta customers

Social
 +  Creating local 
employment

 +  Apprenticeships and 

work experience
 +  Contribution to 

community projects, 
charities and activities

Governance 
 +  Upholding 

high standards
 + Being transparent
 + Being accountable

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued

Social
A great working environment 
Our commitment to diversity and inclusion
We believe in the importance of creating and maintaining 
a diverse and inclusive working environment where team 
members feel welcome and can be themselves. We are 
committed to promoting equality of opportunity for all our 
people. In 2023 we rolled out equality, diversity and inclusion 
(“EDI”) training in the Water & Waste Services division. We aim  
to create a working environment in which all individuals are 
able to make best use of their skills, free from discrimination  
or harassment, and in which all decisions are based on merit.

Gender pay gap
We reward our people fairly. This includes upholding equal pay. 
As part of our commitment to be an Employer of Choice we report 
on our Gender Pay Gap. Our gender pay gap reduced slightly to 
26% in 2023 (2022: 28%). Our gender pay gap is due largely to 
the nature of our business with predominantly male engineers 
who command a higher salary than office workers and the fact 
we, so far, have fewer women in senior management.

Share ownership
Our strong ownership culture is one of the keys to our success 
and around 250 people in the Group have share options.

Women in the business
We continue to be proud of the number of women we have in 
the Metro Rod & Metro Plumb Support Centres. We also have 
a growing number of women in management positions across 
the business.

38 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

At 31 December 2023

Metro Rod and Metro Plumb Support Centre
Water & Waste Services DLO and corporate 
franchises
Pirtek Support Centres
Pirtek DLO and corporate franchises
Filta International
B2C Support Centre
Azura
Franchise Brands plc

Total

 Full-time equivalent members of staff

Total number 
of Full Time 
Equivalents

% of male  

employees

% of female  
employees

103

207
179
107
40
17
14
13

680

40%

78%
75%
88%
68%
41%
86%
77%

72%

60%

22%
25%
12%
33%
59%
14%
23%

 28%

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued
Social continued

Creating a great work 
environment 
Our people are at the heart of our 
business and our most valuable 
resource. They play a key role in 
supporting our franchisees and helping 
them to grow their businesses. We 
support our people in a number of 
ways, are always receptive to ideas  
and feedback and encourage our 
people to get involved. 

In 2023, the Water & Waste Services 
division set up a Leadership Team Focus 
Group to develop staff engagement aid 
retention and develop their Employee 
Value Proposition. It included a particular 
emphasis on pride and purpose, 
empowerment and ownership and 
satisfying work. We are looking forward 
to more of the initiatives discussed by the 
focus group being rolled out.

39 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Some of the ways we create a great work environment

Information sharing and meeting management 
•  All staff briefings, Q&As and weekly calls
•  All staff lunches with guest speakers 
•  “Meet and greets” and coffee with the  

Making a difference 
•  Charity and volunteering opportunities
•  Paid charity volunteer programme
•  Team days out volunteering

Managing Director initiatives

Reward & Recognition
•  Share options 
•  Incentives for cross selling and referring
•  Long service awards
•  Employee of the month awards 

Making things easier
•  Access to Electric Vehicle pool cars and 

Cycle to Work scheme
•  Work wear laundry service
•  Employee benefits and discounts platform 

to buy everyday goods and services 

Flexible working
•  Four-day shift pattern trial at Pirtek DLOs
•  Pirtek Germany initiatives 

Health and wellbeing
•  Mental health first aiders 
•  Healthcare services, assistance programmes
•  Health and safety inductions for employees 

Personal development
•  Manager and leadership development 

training

•  One-on-one coaching for high potential 

individuals 

•  Pirtek University, online portal for externally 

hosted seminars on various topics

•  Opportunities to attend external events 

and conferences

•  EDI, respect in the workplace programmes

Helping our franchisees recruit 
and retain people
The recruitment and retention of labour, in 
particular engineers and technicians, is the 
biggest constraint on our growth. So it’s important 
we do as much as we can to help our franchisees 
hire the labour they need. 

In 2023, the Water & Waste Services division 
established an in-house recruitment capability 
centralising all recruitment for the Metro Rod  
and Metro Plumb franchise networks, as well  
as support centre roles across the division.  
The initial results have been very promising in 
terms of improved candidate recruitment quality 
and quantity together with cost savings by not 
using external agencies. 

Pirtek Germany rolled out initiatives to help 
franchisees hire mobile service technicians (“MSTs”). 
They launched an online funnel on social media for 
fast and easy job applications and also produced a 
new video highlighting the benefits of the MST role. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued
Social continued

Interviews with our senior leaders

I come from an engineering background, so 
being able to lead a franchise business in this 
sector with a market-leading brand is fantastic.

As Sales Director over the past few years, 
my main focus was building up the national 
accounts for our franchise network. I really 
enjoyed contributing towards franchise 
business owners’ growth and seeing the  
results in their local territories. 

Experiencing how we can positively impact a 
family or small business with a large contract 
is very motivating. For example, you can take 
on a substantial, £1m+ contract for a large 
customer where a small franchise receives 
£10,000 of work and it makes a massive 
difference to the franchisee’s business. 

Another benefit for me was personal 
development. What attracted me to the 
role was the opportunity to manage various 
functions within the business, whether that be 
CRM, marketing, sales or operations. It really 
stretched me from a personal point of view. 
Working for people like Chris Stuckey, formerly 
Managing Director of Pirtek UK, helped me to 
understand the softer sides of developing as a 
manager. The experience I took from the team 
was something I really enjoyed. Coming to 
Pirtek from a larger organisation, it was great 
to be able to put structures in place for our 
sales presence and culture in order to build 
a high performing sales team.

In every business, it always comes down to 
the people. In my new role I am keen to help 
my leadership team grow, so one of my main 
priorities now is people development. 

I think this is a really great time for me to learn 
from people across different functions. After 
all, the excitement of franchising is that you 
get to influence people across all sorts of 
businesses. It still really fascinates me!

Over the last 30 plus years, Pirtek has built 
a very good business in the UK and Ireland. 
However, Franchise Brands’ Maximum Potential 
Model has highlighted the significant potential 
for growth in these markets. We have many 
different growth opportunities, in particular 
through the broadening of the range of 
services. With the right mindset and culture,  
I see huge potential for Pirtek UK and Ireland  
in the next three to five years. 

Technology will play a key role in this. We see 
technological advances every day, week 
and month that will help our business. Prior 
to joining Franchise Brands, we weren’t very 
forthcoming about innovation and trying new 
things, but there are group systems we can 
benefit from that will help drive efficiencies, 
productivity and operational gearing. We’ve 
also got some great untapped talent, that 
over the next few years can come through 
this business and become the next leaders 
to help drive success. 

Working with Franchise Brands has been 
supportive, but not restrictive. There’s so much 
support available and everyone is willing to 
share their experiences and provide advice. 
I really love the collaborative approach. It was 
great to meet the team in Amsterdam at the 
Growth Summit, to come together and share 
ideas. With Franchise Brands, I feel really 
empowered and so does my team.

Adam Burrows
Managing Director, Pirtek UK

Growing 
together 

I find it fascinating that there are 
businesses of different sizes in the Pirtek 
franchise network all of which are pushing 
in the same direction. While an important 
part of our competitive edge is the full 
national service we can provide, we are 
reliant on the franchise business owners  
to deliver these services locally and we 
help make a real difference to them as 
they realise and maximise their potential.  
“If they grow, we grow”.

40 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

I’ve been with Pirtek since 
2017. The franchise model 
is what really fascinates 
me and it was the reason 
I originally joined Pirtek. 
I enjoy making a real 
difference to our franchisees 
as we grow together.”

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued
Social continued

Harald Overwater
Managing Director, Pirtek Benelux 

Leading by 
example

I previously held a Managing Director role 
for 20+ years but I had never worked in 
franchising. I thought, how great would 
it be to work with intrinsically motivated 
self‑employed business owners? So that  
was something that attracted me to the role. 

41

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Interviews with our senior leaders continued

The key strength of Pirtek is that the service 
we offer is required in all sorts of businesses 
and industries – from transportation to 
construction, healthcare and everything 
in between. This creates a wealth of 
opportunities, and makes our business 
resilient, and less vulnerable to economic 
downturn. When the economy is up, we 
prosper from increasing equipment installation 
and a shortage of technical skilled labour. 
When the economy is down, we benefit 
from higher demand for repairs, because 
of companies postponing replacements. 
This is how we have been able to grow.

We are the market leader in reactive 
maintenance. A key factor behind our growth 
is the value of the mission-critical service we 
provide to customers, targeting to be on site 
within an hour. When you need an urgent 
repair, you call the company that you trust.  
Our national coverage that we have built up 
over the years, with 24 centres and over 100 
vans, is very difficult for competitors to replicate 
and would require a huge investment. We also 
monitor our performance, and report it to our 
customers continuously. This helps us keep 
existing customers and attract new ones. 

We are expanding our range of services, 
offering preventive maintenance services to our 
reactive customers, showing them how it can 
help lower operational costs. Looking forward, 
we have predictive maintenance, where our 
technology can help predict a potential failure. 
This “stepping stone” approach is how we 
grow our business and ensure customers 
understand the range of services we offer. 

My team is small, focused and multifunctional so 
it’s easy for us to step in for each other when 
needed. I have a strong legal background so 
can advise on labour and customer contracts. 
While my main role is advising and coaching 
my team, I often chip in on the sales side to 
support my team wherever I can. 

With our expanding range of services, we 
provide our people with opportunities to 
grow. That means technicians who work 
well in reactive maintenance are able to 
develop their skill set and gain experience 
in preventive and predictive maintenance. 
We’re all about offering new challenges and 
experiences. This is how we retain talent: we 
offer them opportunities to grow alongside a 
positive work-life balance. 

Leading by example is an effective way to 
help franchisees to grow their businesses.  
So if you want to launch new initiatives, it either 
requires a leap of faith from franchisees, or you 
can just show them. My best tool: if I want to try 
out something new, I use my own centres and 
demonstrate how it works.

My experience with Franchise Brands has 
opened a whole different world. They are truly 
interested in helping you grow your business 
and having Franchise Brands as our forever 
home means we can develop some longer-
term plans to build a truly great business. The 
Franchise Brands team radiates a lot of energy 
and that cascades down into the local teams, 
stimulating ideas which we all saw first-hand at 
the Growth Summit in Amsterdam. Suddenly, 
sparks fly, which for me for me is a lot of fun!

I joined Pirtek seven  
years ago and felt I could 
make a great contribution 
given its blend of technical 
and service nature. Helping 
franchisees to grow 
their businesses was 
a huge plus.”

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued
Social continued

John Michals
Chief Operating Officer,  
The Filta Group Inc.

From franchisee 
to franchisor 

My background is in financial commodities 
and I appreciated its customer centric 
qualities. Filta has an immense customer 
value proposition and having seen this for 
myself first hand out on a job with a former 
colleague, I immediate said, how can I buy 
a franchise and when can I start?

42 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Interviews with our senior leaders continued

I bought the New Jersey franchise business in 
2019 which was a start-up. Basically, I walked 
off the commodity desk on a Friday and 
started with Filta on Monday! 

We grew the business very quickly – from $170k 
revenue in 2019 to $3.5m last year. How did 
I achieve this? By breaking down all barriers 
– real and artificial. Access to capital was 
also an important factor. And then of course, 
making strategic decisions around how to 
utilise that capital in the New Jersey business. 
We invested heavily in operations, ensuring we 
had capacity. We never left a customer waiting 
for anything. As we started to fill up, we just 
developed more vans and routes. And then 
we started to focus more on optimising cash 
collection, furthering growth.

The referral side of our business is a proven 
way to sell. We’re bringing a fresh approach 
to a traditionally old-fashioned industry. 
There are some chefs and kitchen managers, 
especially the more established and seasoned 
ones, who have a certain way of doing things. 
They’re not as innovative or willing to hear 
new approaches until they see them in action. 
And then they wonder why didn’t they make 
the change to Filta sooner. 

The key is to get in front of customers and talk 
to them about the value propositions for our 
range of services. Customers understand the 
importance of disposing of a smelly waste bin; 
health & safety in the kitchen, and how much 
oil they are using. We focus the conversation 
on how to assist them to solve these issues 
and work with them without even talking about 
the cost of a service. From there, it’s referral 
based, and the word spreads quickly.

When FiltaMax was introduced to the network last 
year I was really excited at the opportunity to say, 
wow, this is what Filta could look like in the future. 
Franchisees were saying “I thought I was at the end 
of my run, but I’m actually right in the middle or I’ve 
actually got a lot more to go here”. So it was a good 
– what I call – “gut check” moment for everybody 
in the network when they saw the potential,  
and a wake-up call for some franchisees too.

On 1 January 2024 I joined Filta’s corporate 
team in Orlando as Chief Operating Officer, with 
responsibility for operations and sales. What 
attracted me to the role was the opportunity 
to put my stamp on the brand. I’ve always 
been an advocate of a rising tide lifts all boats 
mentality. If we strengthen the entire network 
and continue to build revenue and brand 
awareness, that helps everybody on a bigger 
level. However, what’s attractive about Filta 
Max is that it has a measurement of objective 
success, irrespective of the type and location 
of the business.

It’s a unique experience, being both part 
of the corporate leadership team but also 
a franchisee. While I still own my Filta 
franchise, my general manager has taken 
the management of the business from me, 
operating on an arm’s-length basis. 

Attending the Growth Summit in Amsterdam 
was really a decision point for me in becoming 
Filta’s COO. I was able to experience what 
Franchise Brands was about, something that 
was new to me being a franchisee. Seeing how 
each business integrates with each other and the 
growth opportunities was very exciting. So I’m 
very positive about the future and look forward  
to playing my part in achieving great success.

A Filta franchisee who 
was a former colleague 
invited me to go out 
on a job with him and 
I immediately saw the 
immensity of the customer 
value proposition…”

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued
Social continued

Our contribution to the communities in which we operate 

2023 was a busy year for our Water & Waste Services division which contributed in numerous ways 

Helping raise awareness of important 
environmental issues
Metro Rod produced a number of reports 
and articles on helping customers and the 
community to raise awareness of the risks 
of neglected drainage systems, pollution 
prevention advice and the effects of water 
pollution to their businesses. 

Metro Rod undertook research among 
manufacturing businesses to raise awareness 
of the role industry may play in polluting water. 
The findings revealed that although 90% of 
respondents saw pollution prevention as 
important to their business, many are unaware 
of the specific manufacturing activities that can 
contaminate water. 

Furthermore, two fifths (41%) are unaware they 
are responsible for the correct disposal of 
hazardous substances and 35% are unaware 
they are responsible for the correct disposal 
of commercial waste and recycling.

Three out of five businesses (63%) don’t have 
a pollution incident response plan in place, 
outlining the actions they should take to reduce 
the level of pollution created by an accident on 
site, meaning that if an issue does arise, they 
aren’t fully prepared to prevent the environment 
from unnecessary harm.

43 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Supporting charities and 
community interests
We supported a wide range of charitable 
causes. The Metro Rod annual conference 
culminated with a charity auction for two 
causes which are close to the hearts of our 
franchise network. The first was to raise funds 
for a Bionic Hero Arm for the granddaughter 
of one of our franchisees, and the second to 
raise funds for Parkinson’s Foundation. In total, 
we raised over £15,500. 

Metro Rod marked 40th 
anniversary with celebrations 
and charity commitment
In 2023, Metro Rod celebrated its 40th 
anniversary. Established in 1983 by Gill 
Walker with a single depot in Cheshire, 
Metro Rod has grown significantly since then. 
To celebrate the milestone, staff from the 
business’s support centre and the plc Board 
met together with Gill at its Macclesfield 
headquarters in June for a summer party.

Combining Breast Cancer Now’s annual “wear 
it pink” day with Halloween, we ran a bake-
off style competition and bake sale to raise 
funds. The day also included a best-dressed 
competition where anyone who entered 
would donate to the charity. 

Metro Rod partnered with DOSportUK to be a 
season partner for the 2023/2024 basketball 
season alongside committing to DOSportUK’s 
“Starting 5” project, where the company is 
looking to bring on board five new partners 
for the new season. Since being established 
as a community interest company in 2017, 
DOSportUK has had one clear mission – 
to provide sporting and physical activity 
opportunities to people with a disability. 

Keen to use the anniversary as an opportunity 
to give back to the communities we operate 
in, Metro Rod launched a ‘40,000 meals for 40 
years’ initiative where each of our franchisees 
will donate 40 bags of food to local food 
banks – equating to more than 2,000 
packages provided to people in need.

The initiative culminated with a volunteer day 
at FareShare in Manchester. FareShare is the 
UK’s largest charity fighting hunger and food 
waste and their mission to save good food 
from going to waste and redistribute it to 
frontline charities. Our team was grateful for 
the opportunity to help out in the warehouse 
and on deliveries. They gained a first hand 
appreciation of how much food waste and 
food insecurity there is in the UK, and how 
FareShare is working with charities across the 
UK to tackle this. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued
Social continued

Our contribution to the communities in which we operate

Tree planting update
Metro Rod continued with its tree 
planting initiative during 2023, working with 
ReviewForest and their tree planting partner, 
Eden Reforestation Project. A tree is planted 
for each Google review received.

1,448

trees planted

For every review 
we’ll plant a tree
Each and every written review  
for Metro Rod plants a new tree.

We are committed to contributing positively to 
the communities we are part of, and through 
this support, we aspire to empower these 
children with the confidence and skills needed 
to thrive in competitive environments. This effort 
reflects our dedication to making a meaningful 
difference in their lives, aligning with our broader 
mission to promote sustainability, inclusivity, and 
growth within our community engagements.

Filta International
In the US, Filta International raised money 
for two charities at their annual conference. 
Children’s Burn Foundation ($8k) and UCP 
Autism School ($8k).

Pirtek also partnered with a local rugby team 
they sponsor, Burntwood FC, to plant trees 
to offset the carbon footprint of the Pirtek 
National Training Centre. They are planting 
over 300 trees in the grounds of the club.

Fluthilfe-Ahr is committed to the ongoing 
reconstruction projects on site, such as the 
establishment of a new children’s and youth 
centre and playgrounds for different age 
groups in a residential area.

Pirtek’s charitable initiatives
In the UK and Ireland, Pirtek are huge 
supporters of grass roots sports and teams 
and believe sport is an excellent way to 
unite people and foster a strong sense of 
community and belonging. In 2023, Pirtek UK 
and Ireland helped local rugby, football and 
boxing clubs, and girls youth teams. 

We encourage our employees to participate 
in charity work and our support extends 
from helping fundraise for marathons to local 
partnerships such as Pirtek Norwich’s food 
collection work with the Trussell Trust and 
Norwich foodbank. 

As part of various Pirtek Germany 
anniversaries, the franchisees of the Pirtek 
Centres Saar/Palatinate, Rhineland and Wesel/
Rees, with the support of the franchisor team 
in Cologne, collected donations to support 
further reconstruction measures for the flood 
disaster in the Ahr valley. A total of €7,000 
was collected which was presented to the 
chairwomen of Fluthilfe-Ahr. 

The franchise partners of Pirtek Wesel/Rees, 
Pirtek Rhineland, Pirtek Ruhr Region and 
Pirtek Germany were busy in 2023 collecting 
donations to support Club Kohlenwäsche 
in Essen. Club Kohlenwäsche focuses its 
support on humanitarian, social, medical, 
cultural and educational purposes. The aid 
benefits needy and disadvantaged children 
and young people directly on site in the Ruhr 
region. A total of €6,500 was raised. 

Pirtek Benelux was pleased to extend its support 
to a local pony farm that serves to help young 
children develop key skills. They are introduced 
to equine care and riding skills that foster 
discipline, responsibility, and a strong work ethic. 
Our sponsorship seeks to equip these young 
individuals with experiences that not only enrich 
their emotional and personal development but 
also prepare them for competitive opportunities 
in equestrian sports and beyond. 

44 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued

Environmental

Priorities in 2024
Approach and performance
We acknowledge the significant 
environmental risk posed by climate 
change and are committed to reducing 
our environmental impact. This is the third 
year we have reported Scope 1, 2 and 3 
GHG emissions and we have identified 
measures to help tackle our top three high 
emitting areas of liquid fuels, fuel used 
within road travel, and electricity use.

Actions taken in 2023
The nature of our van-based businesses 
means vehicle emissions are an important 
area of focus. We made significant progress 
developing and trialled a scheduling tool 
to improve labour utilisation and efficiency 
which is helping reduce mileage and fuel 
consumption for our engineers. 

Activities planned for 2024
Further development of the labour 
scheduling tool which has the potential 
to be rolled out across all our networks. 
Continued monitoring and trialling of the 
viability of electric and hybrid vehicles and 
equipment. Campaigns on safe, and fuel-
efficient driving (“SAFED”) across the Group 
with a view to improving miles per gallon 
across all vehicles. 

45 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Franchise Brands plc Streamlined 
Energy and Carbon Reporting 2023
This SECR report reflects the period 1 January 
2023 – 31 December 2023. This is Franchise 
Brands plc’s fourth reporting year, the first 
being 1 January 2020 – 31 December 2020. 
The 2020 and 2021, and 2022 data points 
have also been included in this report to 
allow for direct year-on-year comparison.

Methodology
Franchise Brands plc was responsible for 
the internal management controls governing 
the data collection process. Compare 
Your Footprint and Green Element were 
responsible for the data aggregation, any 
estimations and extrapolations applied (as 
required), the GHG calculations and the 
resultant emissions statements. 

Greenhouse gas emissions were 
calculated according to the Greenhouse 
Gas Protocol Corporate Greenhouse Gas 
Accounting and Reporting Standard. This 
standard is internationally accepted as 
best practice. The figures were calculated 
using UK government 2022 carbon factors, 
expressed as tonnes of carbon dioxide 
equivalent (tCO2e).

Scope and subject matter
The report includes sources of environmental 
impacts under the operational control 
of Franchise Brands plc which are 
Support Centres for each brand and 
corporate operations. 

Greenhouse Gas sources included in the process:

GHG Protocol 
Category

Scope 1: 
Fuel used in Fuel 
used in company 
vehicles, natural 
gas (boilers), diesel 
for electricity 
generation,  
other fuels

Scope 2: 
Purchased 
electricity*

Scope 3: 
Fuel used for 
business travel in 
employee owned 
or hired vehicles

Data Source

Natural gas consumption was reported in one of two ways: kWh and spend in GBP. 
Those in spend were converted into kWh, using the average price per kWh in 2023, at 
the time of this report (6.21p/kWh in the UK, 10.56p/kWh in the Netherlands, 5.84p/kWh 
in Belgium, 7.65p/kWh in Germany, and 8.65p/kWh in France.

Companies reported their fuels used in company vehicles in litres or spend metrics. 
For data available in spend on diesel fuel, this was converted to litres using the average 
fuel price in 2023: 158p/L for diesel in the UK. 

Litres of both fuels were converted to kWh using 2023 conversion factors calculated 
by DEFRA.

Companies provided their 2023 annual electricity consumption in kWh. 

Only three locations (Kemac- Homestead, Filta EU – Germany, Filta EU – the Netherlands) 
did not provide in kWh, and instead only provided a total spend. To convert the spend 
into kWh, the average cost per kWh at time of reporting for each country in 2023 was 
used. According to the Department for Energy Security and Net Zero and the Energy 
Guide, the average cost for standard electricity in the UK in 2023 was 26.5 p/kWh. In 
the Netherlands, the average cost in 2023 was 26.5p/kWh, and 24.9p/kWh in Germany, 
according to the Statistical Office of the European Union (Eurostat). 

Many Franchise Brands’ companies utilise leased or employee-owned vehicles for 
business travel. 

Expensed mileage in employee-owned or rental vehicles was reported in a spend 
format rather than by consumption (e.g. litres of fuel or distance). The reimbursement 
rate of 45p per mile was utilised to convert the spend to distance, which was then 
converted into kWh using 2023 conversion factors calculated by the UK Government.

Companies reported fuels used in leased vehicles either in a spend format or in litres. 
When the data was only provided in a spend format, the average fuel price per litre in 
2023 was used to convert the spend into litres. In 2023 the average price for diesel 
was 158p/L in the UK.

Litres were converted to kWh using 2023 conversion factors provided 
by the UK Government.

* 

 Dual reporting of electricity emissions have been presented in line with the GHG Protocol. Location-based electricity 
emissions use the average grid fuel mix in the region/country where the electricity was purchased and consumed 
– for SECR, location-based is mandatory. Market-based electricity emissions use where provided the supplier’s tariff-
specific intensity factor and fuel mix, and where this is unavailable, the local grid’s residual fuel mix intensity factor is 
used. For SECR, market-based is optional, and has been calculated for 2022 and 2023 only. 

The Kyoto Protocol seven groups of GHGs are included in the emissions calculations: CO2, N2O, CH4, HFCs, PFCs, 
SF6, and NF3. The greenhouse gas emissions were calculated using UK government 2023 conversion factors, 
expressed as tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (tCO2e).

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued
Environmental continued

Franchise Brands Year-on-Year Energy and Greenhouse Gas Performance

Location

Energy consumption: (kWh)

– Electricity

– Gas

– Transport fuel

– Other fuels (heating oil)

Total energy consumption

GHG Emissions (tCO2e)
Scope 1

Emissions from combustion of gas in buildings

Emissions from heating oil

Emissions from combustion of fuel for transport purposes

Scope 2

Emissions from purchased electricity – Location Based

Emissions from purchased electricity – Market Based

Scope 1 & 2

Total Scope 1+2 emissions – Location Based

Total Scope 1+2 emissions – Market Based

Scope 3

Category 6: Business travel (Emissions from business travel in rental cars or employee 
vehicles where company is responsible for purchasing the fuel)

Category 3: Emissions from upstream transport and distribution losses and excavation 
and transport of fuels not included in scope 1 – Location Based

Category 3: Emissions from upstream transport and distribution losses and excavation 
and transport of fuels not included in scope 1 – Market Based

Total emissions – Location Based

Total emissions – Market Based

Intensity (tCO2e / £ million EBITDA)
EBITDA £m

Intensity ratio: tCO2e / £ million EBITDA (location based)
Intensity ratio: tCO2e / £ million EBITDA (market based)

2023 Data

UK

Europe

USA

Total

640,044

119,694

7,132,497

40,634

214,032

1,065,094

3,994,897

–

83,165

–

1,202

–

937,241

1,184,788

11,128,596

40,634

7,932,869

5,274,023

84,367

13,291,259

21.90

10.02

1,021.37

132.54

245.36

1,185.83

1,298.65

194.86

–

–

28.65

68.35

223.51

263.21

–

–

–

31.55

31.55

31.55

31.55

216.76

10.02

1,021.37

192.74

345.26

1,440.89

1,593.41

677.93

947.36

0.29

1,625.58

465.11

275.48

489.18

283.94

2,328.87

2,465.76

1,446.35

1,494.51

77.37

81.92

30.1

48.05

49.65

7.08

7.08

38.92

38.92

1.29

1.29

747.67

780.20

3,814.14

3,999.19

126.71

132.86

Methodology: GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard.
Calculated and verified as accurate by Green Element Limited and Compare Your Footprint Limited, UK.

46 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued
Environmental continued

Franchise Brands year-on-year energy and greenhouse gas performance

Location

Energy consumption: (kWh)

– Electricity

– Gas

– Transport fuel

– Other fuels

Total energy consumption

GHG Emissions (tCO2e)
Scope 1

Emissions from combustion of gas in buildings

Emissions from heating oil

Emissions from combustion of fuel for transport purposes

Scope 2

Emissions from purchased electricity – Location Based

Emissions from purchased electricity – Market Based

Scope 1 & 2

Total Scope 1+2 emissions – Location Based

Total Scope 1+2 emissions – Market Based

Scope 3

Category 6: Business travel (Emissions from business travel in rental cars or 
employee vehicles where company is responsible for purchasing the fuel)

Category 3: Emissions from upstream transport and distribution losses and 
excavation and transport of fuels not included in Scope 1 – Location Based

Category 3: Emissions from upstream transport and distribution losses and 
excavation and transport of fuels not included in Scope 1 – Market Based

Total emissions – location based

Total emissions – market based

Intensity (tCO2e / £ million EBITDA)
Adjusted EBITDA £m

Intensity ratio: tCO2e / £m (location based)

Intensity ratio: tCO2e / £m (market based)

59.6%

602.7%

(2.5)%

96.3%

9.0%

604.2%

97.3%

(59.5)%

39.2%

37.2%

2020

2021

2022

2023

Franchise Brands had UK-only  
operations in 2020 and 2021

Global total

Global total

2022 to 
2023  

% Change

460,927

133,507

335,859

189,632

5,045,390

5,952,495

40,199

587,263

168,610

11,417,733

20,700

937,241

1,184,788

11,128,595

40,634

6,518,185

12,194,306

13,291,258

39,609

5,679,433

24.5

9.7

895.70

107.50

–

34.7

9.9

30.78

5.08

1,138.20

2,523.16

71.30

–

138.47

251.69

2,697.49

2,810.71

216.75

10.02

1,021.37

192.73

345.26

1,037.40

1,254.10

–

–

1,440.88

1,593.41

(46.6)%

(43.3)%

118.40

271.30

437.10

1,625.58

271.9%

274.10

378.50

777.11

747.68

(3.8)%

–

–

782.88

780.21

(0.3)%

1,429.90

1,903.90

–

6.64

215.3

–

–

8.47

224.7

–

3,911.70

4,030.68

3,814.14

3,999.20

15.26

256.32

264.12

30.01

127.10

133.26

(2.5)%

(0.8)%

96.6%

(50.4)%

(49.5)%

Methodology: GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard.
Calculated and verified as accurate by Green Element Limited and Compare Your Footprint Limited, UK.

47 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Franchise Brands year-on-year normalised  
GHG emissions by scope

)

m
£
/
e
2
O
C

t
(

300

250

i

I

A
D
T
B
E
g
n
s
u
s
n
o
s
s
m
e
G
H
G
d
e
s

i

i

i
l

a
m
r
o
N

200

150

100

50

0

2020

2021

2022

2023

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 3

Figure 1: Franchise Brands’ year-on-year normalised GHG Emissions, 
split by Scope. Emissions have been normalised by Adjusted EBITDA.

The intensity ratios reduced significantly in 2023 as 
adjusted EBITDA increased by 96.6% but total energy 
consumption increased by only 9%.

Restating of 2022 results
The 2022 international electricity conversion factors, 
excluding the UK, became available after the creation and 
submission of the 2022 SECR. As such, 2021 conversion 
factors had been used to calculate the emissions for 
electricity purchased outside the UK. Following the UK 
government’s environmental reporting guidance, the 
2022 figures have been recalculated using the 2022 
conversion factors and are restated in the table shown.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 – Metro Rod and Pirtek UK have both been 

awarded a silver medal as a recognition of their 
EcoVadis sustainability rating for 2023. Metro 
Rod also has a Supply Chain Sustainability 
School Silver award.

 – These accreditations reflect the level of 

engagement in the School rather than how 
advanced a business is in addressing the 
sustainability agenda.

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued
Environmental continued

Energy efficiency actions
Over the financial year 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023, Franchise Brands has implemented several energy efficiency 
measures across all of its companies. These include:

Water & Waste Services division:
 – Scheduling tool for engineers which is being actively 
used in Metro Rod is reducing travel time and carbon 
emissions.

 – An electric pool car is based at the Metro Rod  
Support Centre together with charging points.

Pirtek:
 – Pirtek UK has five leased electric cars as part of a 

process to move all the fleet to electric.

 – Pirtek UK’s National Training Centre has been converted 
to 100% solar power with unused energy released back 
to the grid. 

 – Second year of “leave a review and we plant a tree” scheme.

 – PV solar panels installed on Pirtek Belgium’s 

 – Willow Pumps added three electric vans and two hybrid 

corporate centre.

cars to the fleet.

 – Willow Pumps installed LED lighting sensors in their office. 

Filta International:
 – We acquire blocks of solar energy for the Orlando  

support centre.

B2C division
 – We have evaluated three different brands of electric vans 
and are moving to commissioning fully fitted electric vans 
for a trial.

 – Pirtek Germany uses eco-electricity power supply. 

The business is also testing electric vans. 

 – Sweden has two electric cars and a monthly fuel mileage 

control scheme to encourage eco-friendly driving.

 – Pirtek Austria has one electric car in the business. 

Azura
 – Azura operates a predominantly remote working model 

which saves business travel and energy. 

Franchise Brands will continue to measure Scope 1, 2 and aspects of Scope 3 and are 
looking to continue to improve energy efficiency throughout 2024. Actions we are taking to 
help reduce our carbon footprint are included in activities planned in 2024, see page 45. 

48 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued

Taskforce on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD)

The Company Secretary, Rob Bellhouse, will 
coordinate the activities of the working group, 
which will start its work during 2024.

The Board recognises that they, and the 
businesses, should make significant progress 
in developing a deeper understanding of 
the potential impacts of climate change on 
the business during 2024 and beyond. The 
intention is to approach climate change and 
the implementation of TCFD in a responsible 
and diligent manner, whilst taking into account 
the resources available to the Group. 

The Board is therefore bringing the 
Company’s disclosures and reporting in line 
with the TCFD methodology. This first TCFD 
report is consistent with the requirements 
of the Regulations and aligns with the TCFD 
Recommendations and Recommended 
Disclosures. However, we are aware that there 
is more work needed before we are able to 
align fully with the requirements to which the 
Group is now subject.

Everyone has a part to play in addressing 
the impact of climate change and Franchise 
Brands is no exception. We anticipate that 
there will be both risks and opportunities for 
our business as the effects of climate change 
become more pronounced. We support the 
aims and recommendations of the TCFD, 
which aims to improve the reporting of 
climate-related risks and opportunities. While 
we are not adopting TCFD, that initiative sets 
out eleven Recommended Disclosures against 
its four central Recommendations.

The acquired businesses have been, or are in 
the process of being, fully integrated into the 
Group. The impacts of climate change, both as 
risks and opportunities, were not considered 
explicitly by the Group until this year. Based 
on our current understanding, the Board and 
senior management team do not consider 
those risks and opportunities to be material 
to the Group’s strategy and growth ambitions. 
However, this is a matter of growing importance 
which we will continue to evaluate and we are 
keeping that initial conclusion under review. 

The Companies (Strategic Report) (Climate-
related Financial Disclosure) Regulations 
2022 (the Regulations) came into force in 
2022 and require UK companies in scope 
to report on a basis aligned with the TCFD 
Recommendations. Over the past two years,  
the Group has grown significantly, both 
organically and through the acquisitions 
of Filta in 2022 and Pirtek Europe in April 
2023. As a result of the latest acquisition, 
we now have more than 500 employees 
and are therefore required to report under 
the Regulations. The Board and senior 
management team have been focused 
on delivering the significant growth in our 
business seen over recent years, including 
the two major acquisitions referenced 
above, each of which effectively doubled 
the size of the Group at the relevant time. 

We have engaged specialist consultants to 
help us plan and deliver our climate change 
and TCFD journey. In the second half of 2023 
the management board reviewed the TCFD 
Recommendations and the need to report in 
line with the Regulations. Proposals for how 
we might best approach these obligations 
were considered and approved by the  
Board in December 2023. The Board has 
agreed that climate change should now  
be considered as an integral part of the 
strategy, risks and operations of the Group.  
A Climate Change Working Group was created 
to consider the potential impacts of climate 
change, both as risks and opportunities, to the 
Group’s businesses. To reflect the importance 
of the issue, the working group will be chaired 
by an Executive Director, Mark Fryer, and will 
report through him directly to the Board. 

49 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Non-Financial and Sustainability 
Information Statement
Franchise Brands plc is a UK-incorporated 
company with shares admitted to trading on the 
AIM market and had more than 500 employees 
during the year ended 31 December 2023.  
As such, it is within the scope of the changes 
to the Companies Act 2006 made by the 
Companies (Strategic Report) (Climate-related 
Financial Disclosure) Regulations 2022  
(the Regulations).

The disclosures we are required to make by 
the Regulations are set out on pages 49 to 55 
within this Strategic Report. The Company is 
not obliged to make the additional disclosures 
contemplated in the Regulations as it is not a 
traded company and due to the nature of the 
Group’s business activities.

TCFD at a glance
The table on the following pages sets out 
our current status in relation to each of the 
TCFD Recommended Disclosures (with the 
corresponding requirement of the Regulations  
in brackets): 

R 

P 

A 

C 

M 

 Review and improve

 Partially aligned with 
the Recommendations

 Aligned with the Recommendations

 Continuous improvement

 Maintain

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued
Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) continued

TCFD Pillar and Recommended 
Disclosure (Regulations requirement)

Governance

Describe the Board’s oversight 
of climate-related risks 
and opportunities 

(A description of the governance 
arrangements of the company 
in relation to assessing and 
managing climate-related risks 
and opportunities)

Actions taken in 2023

Current status

Current 
status 
rating

Actions to be taken in 2024 and beyond

•  Board review of the importance of climate 

change to the Group.

•  The agreement to create a Climate Change 
Working Group from across the business, 
directly accountable to the Board.

The Board has recently assumed overall responsibility and accountability 
for the management of climate-related risks and opportunities. The Board 
has put in place appropriate oversight arrangements. Mark Fryer, an 
Executive Director, will provide regular updates to the Board in his role 
as chair of the Climate Change Working Group. The remit of the Working 
Group is explained in the introduction on the previous page.

P

The Board formally reviews the risk register at least twice annually 
(with the register being updated ahead of those reviews) and the Board 
will consider, as and when relevant, the potential impact of climate change 
to the Group. 

During 2024 the Board will oversee the 
work of the Climate Change Working 
Group. The first step will be to refine our 
understanding of the potential materiality 
of climate-related risks and opportunities 
to the Group, which will be considered 
by the Board during the year. 

Where judged to be of strategic 
importance to the Group, the Board 
will consider the potential risks and 
opportunities arising from climate 
change in its strategic planning and 
decision-making.

Describe management’s role 
in assessing and managing 
climate-related risks 
and opportunities

(A description of how the 
company identifies, assesses, 
and manages climate-related 
risks and opportunities)

•   Management Board review of the 

importance of climate change to the Group 
and how best to approach the risks and 
opportunities that this presents, now and 
in future years.

The Management Board has agreed to ‘own’ the Group’s practical 
response to climate-related issues. It will review the findings and 
recommendations of the Climate Change Working Group and decide how 
best these can be implemented and integrated across all parts of the 
business. The Management Board will also decide when systems and 
processes need to be updated or introduced to support our response  
to climate change.

The Working Group will use our risk management framework at each 
quarterly meeting to evaluate the likelihood and potential impact of all risks 
identified on a ‘bottom up’ basis at subsidiary company level and also flag 
any opportunities for review by senior management.

The individual members of the Management Board, as business leaders 
or heads of central functions, are responsible for developing the response 
to climate change for their own part of the organisation. This will include 
responsibility or the mitigation of identified risks and developing strategies 
and plans to pursue opportunities.

R

During 2024 the Management Board 
will supervise the further development of 
the Group’s approach to climate change. 

Senior management will ensure that all 
climate-related risks and opportunities 
are added to our corporate risk 
register and that all material risks 
and opportunities are incorporated 
into our business plan and budgets.

50 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued
Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) continued

Actions taken in 2023

Current status

Current 
status 
rating

Actions to be taken in 2024 and beyond

•  The risk reviews undertaken in 2023 

identified climate change as a potential key 
corporate risk for the first time.

•  Our reviews highlighted lower levels of 

risk linked to climate change, primarily cost 
pressures due to regulatory intervention.
•  Some of our existing business activities 

already address climate change risks and 
opportunities – for example, Filta in the US 
supplies used cooking oil for conversion 
into biodiesel fuel.

As already highlighted, the potential impacts of climate change on our 
businesses are only beginning to be assessed. Post year-end, we have 
completed an initial high-level ‘top down’ review of risks and opportunities, 
over each of the short-, medium- and longer-term. We regard the short-
term as the next 12-18 months, the medium-term as the end of the Group’s 
four-year strategic planning horizon (therefore the end of 2027) and the 
longer-term as being anything beyond that.

P

The principal climate-related risks and opportunities that we have identified 
are set out in the table on page 55 below. Based on our initial high-level 
review, we do not currently judge any of these to be material to the Group. 

•  Certain of our businesses are already 

addressing risks and opportunities arising 
from climate change, none of which is 
having a material impact on the Group.

Our initial assessment of climate-related risks and opportunities did not 
identify any that have, or that we currently expect will have, a material 
impact on the business model or strategy of the Company.

P

Accordingly, the Directors do not believe that the disclosure of 
actual and potential impacts is necessary for an understanding of the 
Company’s business.

During 2024 we intend to undertake 
more detailed ‘bottom up’ reviews of 
climate-related risks and opportunities at 
subsidiary company level throughout the 
year, which will consider these over each 
of the time horizons explained opposite. 

We intend to work with external TCFD 
specialists to refine and deepen our 
understanding of climate-related risks 
and opportunities, further assess their 
materiality and impact on our business, 
strategy and financial planning.

A strategic priority for the company 
during 2024 is to develop further our 
understanding of climate-related risks 
and opportunities and ensure that, where 
material, these are incorporated into our 
business, strategy, and financial planning 
in the short-, medium-, and long-term.

TCFD Pillar and Recommended 
Disclosure (Regulations requirement)

Strategy

Describe the climate-related 
risks and opportunities the 
organisation has identified 
over the short, medium, 
and long term

(A description of (i) the 
principal climate-related risks 
and opportunities arising in 
connection with the operations 
of the company, and (ii) the time 
periods by reference to which 
those risks and opportunities 
are assessed)

Describe the impact 
of climate-related risks 
and opportunities on 
the organisation’s 
businesses, strategy, 
and financial planning

(A description of the actual 
and potential impacts of the 
principal climate-related risks 
and opportunities on the 
business model and strategy 
of the Company)

51

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued
Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) continued

Actions taken in 2023

Current status

Current 
status 
rating

Actions to be taken in 2024 and beyond

Based on our current understanding of the likelihood and impact of 
climate-related risks and opportunities over the short-, medium- and 
long-term, we believe that our business model and strategy is resilient. 
Our businesses are diverse, both geographically and by business sector. 
A number of our businesses have identified upside opportunities as well as 
downside risks, none of which are currently viewed as material to the long-
term performance of the Group. 

R

In subsequent years we will reassess the 
resilience of our strategy using scenario 
analysis, starting with a scenario aligned 
with the Paris Agreement of 1.5-2.0°C 
of climate change. Once completed, 
we will undertake further analysis 
across a range of possible scenarios. 

Accordingly, the Directors do not believe that this disclosure is necessary 
for an understanding of the Company’s business.

•  The revision of the Group’s risk 

management framework in 2023 enables 
all categories of risk to be rated and 
directly compared.

•  The process for the identification, 

assessment and management of climate-
related risks is therefore fully integrated into 
the Group’s risk management framework.
•  For further details of the risk management 
framework, please see page 76 of this 
annual report

Franchise Brands has policies and procedures in place for the timely 
identification, assessment and management of risk. Risk management 
is an integral part of the Group’s business and risks. Managing the 
business implicitly includes managing risks and vice versa, at every level 
of management and across all business activities. The risk framework is 
reviewed regularly and the corporate risk register is updated and reviewed 
at least twice annually by the Board. 

P

Until recently, climate change has not been considered explicitly as 
part of these identified risks. By utilising our standard approach to risk 
management, as described above and further explained on page 76 the 
identification, assessment and management of climate-related risks will be 
fully integrated into the Group’s risk management framework.

During 2024 the Climate Change 
Working Group members will utilise 
the Group’s existing risk management 
processes to identify and assess climate-
related risks and opportunities, on a 
‘bottom-up’ basis. All material risks and 
opportunities identified will be raised 
directly with senior management and 
brought to the Board’s attention.

We anticipate that this will be complete 
by the end of 2024.

In future years, the Working Group will 
undertake scenario analysis modelling 
to help plan our climate change strategy, 
which will form part of the Group’s 
strategic and financial planning.

TCFD Pillar and Recommended 
Disclosure (Regulations requirement)

Strategy continued
Describe the resilience of 
the organisation’s strategy, 
taking into consideration 
different climate-related 
scenarios, including a 
2°C or lower scenario.

(An analysis of the resilience 
of the business model and 
strategy of the company, taking 
into consideration of different 
climate-related scenarios)

Risk management

Describe the organisation’s 
processes for identifying, 
assessing, managing climate-
related risks and how 
these are integrated into 
the organisation’s overall 
risk management.

(A description of how processes 
for identifying, assessing, and 
managing climate-related risks 
are integrated into the overall 
risk management process in 
the company)

52 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued
Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) continued

Actions taken in 2023

Current status

The Group measures and reports on a wide range of energy consumption 
data. The associated GHG emissions across Scope 1 and 2 and estimated 
Scope 3 data are on page 46 of this Annual Report. The calculation 
of emissions is in line with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol and shows 
performance against the prior years’ performance. The Group also 
reports in line with the Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR) 
regulations, supporting the disclosure on how the Group manages its 
energy consumption and carbon emissions. This data forms the principal 
metrics and KPIs used to monitor the impact of climate change on our 
business, and vice versa.

Current 
status 
rating

P

Actions to be taken in 2024 and beyond

Our key focus for the next few reporting 
periods will be developing a deeper 
understanding of the key climate-related 
issues which will or could impact the 
business in a range of scenarios.

As we develop our response to climate 
change, including the implementation of 
TCFD, we expect to identify and disclose 
additional metrics and KPIs.

•  During 2023 we have developed 

our measurement of GHG emissions, 
including Scope 3. 

•  During 2023 we have implemented the 
Group methodology for the reporting of 
Scope 1, 2 and Scope 3 emissions in the 
Pirtek Europe business.

Detailed reporting of the Group’s energy consumption and the Scope 1, 
2 and 3 GHG emissions are on page 46 of this Annual Report.

P

As we are not a significant GHG emitter, and do not believe that our 
suppliers and customers are significant emitters, we do not currently 
believe that we face material risk in this area.

Whilst the Group already reports its 
Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions, 
during 2024 we intend to undertake 
further work to enhance our Scope 3 
emissions calculations.

We will also determine the most useful 
metrics and targets for the Group to 
adopt when reporting against the 
TCFD recommendations.

TCFD Pillar and Recommended 
Disclosure (Regulations requirement)

Metrics and targets

Disclose the metrics used 
by the organisation to 
assess climate-related risks 
and opportunities in line 
with its strategy and risk 
management process.

(The key performance indicators 
used to assess progress 
against targets used to 
manage climate-related risks 
and realise climate-related 
opportunities and a description 
of the calculations on which 
those KPIs are based)

Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, 
and, if appropriate, 
Scope 3 greenhouse gas 
(GHG) emissions, and the 
related risks.

53 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued
Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) continued

TCFD Pillar and Recommended 
Disclosure (Regulations requirement)

Actions taken in 2023

Current status

Current 
status 
rating

Actions to be taken in 2024 and beyond

Metrics and targets continued
Describe the targets used 
by the organisation to 
manage climate-related 
risks and opportunities and 
performance against targets.

•  We have been measuring and reporting 
Scope 1 and 2 emissions and estimating 
and reporting our Scope 3 emissions for 
a number of years.

(A description of the targets 
used by the company to 
manage climate-related 
risks and to realise climate-
related opportunities and 
of performance against 
those targets)

We expect that the reporting of Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions will continue 
to be the bedrock of our reporting. As the Group develops its response to 
climate-change risks and opportunities, we will identify other metrics we 
can use to track these and monitor progress.

R

It is important to recognise that most of the Group’s operations are 
delivered by mobile engineers and service technicians, or ‘man in a van’. 
As our business grows, it inherently requires more vans on the road 
to support the increased volume of orders that we anticipate. At the 
present time, electric vehicles have proven to be impractical for many of 
our operations. While we continue to explore the possible use of hybrid 
vehicles and remain open to advances in EV technology, we anticipate 
that our emissions are likely to increase in absolute terms, in line with our 
growth ambitions.

Our initial target is likely to be to limit the growth in our GHG emissions 
within our own operations (excluding future acquisitions) to a rate that is 
lower than the growth in the business, most probably as measured by 
system sales and/or numbers of vans on the road. We will refine these 
targets in subsequent years.

The priority for 2024 is to improve our 
understanding of the potential impacts 
of climate change and to identify any 
potential key metrics that we can 
use to measure these, and our own 
environmental impact.

Once we have better defined the 
impacts, we will be able to set more 
granular targets for each of our 
businesses and then define the key 
performance indicators that we can use 
to track performance against these.

Over the following years we expect 
to develop a carbon reduction plan 
that can put us on a journey leading to 
net zero. Initially, this will be a roadmap 
to net zero for Scope 1 and 2, and for 
Scope 3 following that. 

Principal climate‑related risks and opportunities
As noted in the table above, we have conducted an initial high-level review of the risks and opportunities associated with climate change, including informal consideration of different climate 
change scenarios. We intend to undertake a deeper ‘bottom-up’ analysis during 2024, which we will report on in next year’s Annual Report. We regard the short-term (S, in the table below) as the 
next 12-18 months, the medium-term (M) as the end of the Group’s four-year strategic planning horizon (therefore the end of 2027) and the longer-term (L) as being anything beyond that. Based on 
our current understanding, none of the risks or opportunities is believed to be material to the Group at this time under any realistic scenario.

54 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Working Responsibly continued
Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) continued

The risks and opportunities identified to date, and the time horizons over which we currently anticipate these could appear, are:

Operating segment

Risks

Opportunities

Group-wide  
(central and  
multi-segment)

S/M/L Changing weather patterns create more seasonality in our business, making forecasting more challenging 

and creating the risk of under- or over-supply of engineer and technician capacity at times in the year

M/L

Use of solar power for offices and our direct labour 
organisations’ premises

M/L

Ability for mobile engineers and technicians to work outdoors throughout the year, if extremes of 
temperature or rainfall become normal

S/M Rising costs of, or restrictions on, accessing ultra-low emission zones, including having to invest in  

Euro 6/VI compliant vehicles

M/L

Rising costs or reduced availability of materials due to disruption of national and international supply  
chains due to extreme weather events affecting production and distribution facilities

S/M/L Cost of meeting new legal or regulatory requirements implemented in response to climate change

Pirtek Europe

S/M/L Disruption in ability to service customers due to extreme weather

Water & Waste 
Services

M/L

Prolonged spells of dry weather reduces demand for reactive drainage work

L

If electric vehicle technology does not improve, costs of owning and operating diesel-fuelled vehicles 
could increase

S/M/L Susceptibility of hydraulic hoses to increased temperatures, 
plus opportunities to offer Total Hose Management services

S/M/L Resilience projects (flood defences against rising sea levels, 

storm surges etc) often use hydraulics extensively, so increase 
market opportunities

M/L

M/L

M/L

Increased frequency and severity of wet weather increases 
demand for reactive drainage work

Increased frequency and severity of cold weather increases 
demand for reactive plumbing work

Possible increase in demand for installation and servicing  
of ground- and air-sourced heat pumps

Filta International L

US coastal cities become at risk of flooding leading to population migration, disrupting existing franchise network M/L

Food becomes more expensive and people eat out less than at present, or dietary habits change, in either 
case reducing demand for oil filtration

Increased frequency and severity of wet weather 
reveals blocked drains and increases demand for FOG 
management solutions

Oil for paint manufacture becomes expensive or supply-constrained, leading OEMs to adopt alternative 
technologies, or making paint sufficiently expensive to undermine franchise economics

S/M/L Ability to perform SMART repairs on electric vehicles, with 

circa 125 technicians already trained 

Dietary habits change so that ovens and hobs no longer require such frequent cleaning

B2C

L

L

L

Key: S = short term M = medium term L = long term

55 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionEngaging with  

our stakeholders

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Engaging 
with our 
stakeholders

How we engage with our business partners 
and counterparties and how our business 
affects others matters to us. Our goal is to 
be a good corporate citizen.

56

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Section 172 statement

In performing their duties, the Directors of 
the company always act in the way they 
consider, in good faith, would be most likely 
to promote the success of the Company for 
the benefit of its members as a whole. But 
the Directors also reflect on the potentially 
competing interests of a wide range of other 
stakeholders and considerations. 

As the law requires, these include:

•  the need to foster the company’s business 
relationships with suppliers, customers 
and others;

•  the impact of the Company’s operations 
on the community and the environment;

•  the desirability of the company maintaining 

a reputation for high standards of 
business conduct;

•  the need to act fairly as between members 

•  the likely consequences of any decision 

of the Company; and

in the long term;

•  the interests of our franchisees and 

•  the interests of the company’s employees 

their employees.

and the wider workforce;

   Read about key decisions our Board has taken in 
light of the Section 172 factors on pages 60 & 61

Our stakeholders
Within the wider universe of all potential 
stakeholders, the Directors have a clear 
understanding of who can correctly be 
regarded as a key stakeholder. Processes 
are in place to engage with these parties to 
understand their perspectives and to ensure 
that these are considered in our decision-
making and the actions we take.

As a progressive, principle-led Group, we are 
committed to working in partnership with all 
our stakeholders. In 2023, the groups that 
we regarded as our key stakeholders and how 
we engaged with them are shown overleaf:

The Board is provided with regular updates 
on stakeholders’ views at its meetings. 
In particular, the views of our employees, 
our franchisees, as well as the shareholders 
and lending banks who fund our business, 
are discussed in detail on a regular basis.

57

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Principal stakeholders

 Employees

 Franchisees

 Shareholders

 Lending banks

 Customers and  
local communities

 Suppliers

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Our stakeholders

Employees and the wider workforce

Franchisees

Shareholders

Importance to the Group
Our committed and dedicated employees are our most 
important resource. They play a key role in supporting 
our franchisees and helping provide them with the 
tools they need to grow their businesses. 

We aim to cultivate and maintain a positive working 
environment and provide learning and development 
opportunities, recognition and rewards.

How we engaged
•  Presentations, forums, visits, webinars, social and 

charity events, updates and communication bulletins.

•  Visits by senior management to all of our 

group businesses.

•  Providing support for hybrid and flexible working.

•  Share options granted and exercised.

Importance to the Group
Our franchisees are the very backbone of the Group. 
It is their commitment, hard work and entrepreneurialism 
that helps us grow our business. Our teams provide 
all the support and development they need to grow 
their businesses and maintain the highest brand and 
operational standards.

Importance to the Group
Our shareholders finance our development and growth 
plans to support the long-term development of the Group. 
Engaging with them regularly to communicate progress, 
understand their perspectives, discuss short- and long-term 
issues, and ensure their views are taken into account is 
critical to the long-term success of the Group.

How we engaged
•  Conferences and award dinners for Metro Rod, 

Metro Plumb, Filta and Pirtek franchisees.

How we engaged
•  Formal reporting (Annual Report, Interim Report and 

trading updates).

•  Regional meetings, one-on-one meetings, franchisee 

•  Capital Markets Day and Investor Presentations open 

forums, calls, webinars, franchisee visits.

to all investors.

•  “Together we’re stronger” podcast.

•  Regular meetings and calls with institutional investors 

on a 1:1 basis.

•  Regular engagement on digital platforms.

•  Retail investor presentations, both virtual and in person.

58 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Our stakeholders continued

Lending banks

Customers and local communities

Suppliers

Importance to the Group
During the year we took out a new, significant bank 
facility to part-fund the acquisition of Pirtek and provide 
us with funding for working capital and other purposes. 
The facilities provides us with long-term capital that we 
are using to accelerate the growth of our business. We 
engage with them at senior management levels to ensure 
that they know how our business is performing and we 
can learn their views and future intentions.

How we engaged
•  Formal reporting (submission of reports, accounts, 

budgets and forecasts).

•  Regular meetings with all of the lenders.

•  Regular calls with the banks, individually and 

collectively, to discuss progress in implementing 
our plans.

Importance to the Group
We are passionate about providing the highest possible 
customer service. Understanding the needs of our 
customers, evaluating our performance delivery against 
KPIs and evaluating feedback helps us continually improve. 
We are committed to making a positive contribution to the 
communities we work in.

How we engaged
•  Meetings, reviews, calls, surveys, performance ratings.

•  Our “Connect” portal allows customers to self-serve.

•  Customer and industry conferences and seminars.

•  Extensive community initiatives, including 
school engagement, sports sponsorships 
and charitable causes.

•  “Meet the buyer” events.

Importance to the Group
Our suppliers provide us and our franchisees with 
the highest possible quality of products, equipment and 
services. This allows us to deliver a first-class service to 
our customers. Regular reviews take place to ensure a 
supply chain free of slavery and human trafficking.

How we engaged
•  Supplier expos at franchise conferences.

•  Demonstrations and site visits.

•  Expansion of supplier relationships.

•  Continued introduction of new suppliers 

to franchise networks.

59 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Our stakeholders continued

Key Board decisions in the year

How we considered these wider 
interests in 2023
Like all companies, our Directors make 
decisions throughout each working day and 
consider the range of stakeholder interests 
as part of their role. To illustrate this, there 
were a number of significant decisions made 
by the Board, acting collectively, during 2023 
that took into account a wide range of factors, 
including those required by section 172(1) 
of the Companies Act:

Key of factors considered:

Financial  
impact
Long-term  
impact

Community and 
the environment

Reputation

Employees and  
wider workforce

Acting fairly  
between members
Fostering business  
relationships

60 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Acquisition of Pirtek

Bank debt to part-fund the  
acquisition of Pirtek

How the Directors fulfilled their duties 

How the Directors fulfilled their duties 

We believe that our ‘buy and build’ strategy is in our 
shareholders’ best interests, and that our focus on essential, 
reactive, van-based services is what we are best at doing. 
We also buy businesses for the long-term, not to make a 
short-term turn.

Pirtek is a business we have followed for some time that 
fits perfectly into our strategy and business model. It has 
an unmatched customer USP and strong market reputation. 
There are overlaps between its customer base and that of 
our Water & Waste Services division.

While the vendors of Pirtek Europe wanted to receive cash 
as most of the consideration for the acquisition, this also fitted 
with how the Board wished to manage our balance sheet. 
The carefully considered use of debt enables businesses to 
accelerate growth and to improve the long-term returns to 
equity investors. We have also strengthened our relationships 
with a group of high-quality lending banks which should have 
long-term benefits.

Key considerations:

Key considerations:

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Our stakeholders continued
Key Board decisions in the year continued

Placing to part-fund the  
acquisition of Pirtek

Decision to retain the B2C division

Changing the governance structure  
of the Group

How the Directors fulfilled their duties 

How the Directors fulfilled their duties 

How the Directors fulfilled their duties 

The Board wished to part-fund the acquisition of Pirtek 
through an issue of equity. As well as issuing shares 
as vendor consideration, we undertook an institutional 
placing to open up the opportunity to a wide range of 
professional investors. The placing also enabled the 
management shareholders of Pirtek Europe and our 
own Directors and senior management team to invest. 

Having marketed the B2C division for sale, the Board 
concluded that the offers received did not properly 
reflect our belief in the long-term value of the business. 
Leaving the business for sale for an extended period of 
time was also unsettling and demotivating for the B2C 
team. We will therefore retain this profitable and cash-
generative set of businesses.

The previous Board was dominated by executives with 
operational accountability. Through the changes we have 
made, the plc Board is now more clearly focused on strategic-
level risks and opportunities, with a stronger non-executive 
component to bring enhanced independent scrutiny and 
challenge. The introduction of the Management Board has 
created a forum focused on the opportunities available 
across the Group, and where operational performance can 
be scrutinised in more depth, including in relation to ESG 
plans and performance.

Key considerations:

Key considerations:

Key considerations:

61

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionFinancial Review

A strong trading performance and continued 
efficiency gains combined with cost savings 
from integrating Filta and Pirtek have enabled 
the Group to increase Adjusted EBITDA by 
97% to a record £30.1m.”

Mark Fryer, Chief Financial Officer

Adjusted EBITDA

£30.1m
£5.0m

Profit before tax

Financial Review
At close of business on 20 April 2023, we 
acquired the entire share capital of Hydraulic 
Authority 1 Limited and its subsidiaries (together 
“Pirtek” or “Pirtek Europe”). The acquisition was 
announced to the Stock Exchange on 21 April 
2023. The Group’s results for the year ended 
31 December 2023 therefore include a maiden 
contribution, for just over eight months, from 
Pirtek; the first full-year contribution from Filta, 
which was acquired in March 2022, and the 
B2C division, which is included as a continuing 
operation as it is no longer being actively 
marketed for sale.

Systems sales, which comprise the underlying 
sales of our franchisees and the statutory 
revenue of our Direct Labour Operations 
(“DLO”), increased by 88% to £350.1m in the 

period (2022: £186.4m). System sales are a 
KPI of the Group and are considered a good 
indicator of Group performance as it allows 
total sales to end customers to be visible on 
a comparable basis across all businesses 
within the Group. Statutory revenue comprises 
many different types of revenue, including 
the MSF, which is now recorded on a net 
basis, as well as the statutory revenue of our 
DLOs. Statutory revenue increased by 74% 
to £121.3m (2022: £69.8m) after the prior year 
adjustments referred to below.

A strong trading performance and continued 
efficiency gains combined with cost savings 
from integrating Filta and Pirtek have enabled 
the Group to increase Adjusted EBITDA 
by 97% to a record £30.1m (2022: £15.3m). 
Adjusted EBITDA, although an alternate 

performance measure, is the most important 
KPI used in managing the business. Overall 
Adjusted EBITDA / System sales for 2023 has 
grown to 8.6% (2022: 8.2%), demonstrating 
the operational gearing arising from the 
integration of the acquisitions and the 
continuing digitisation of the business.

Another important KPI of the business, which 
drives organic investment, debt repayment 
and dividends, is cash conversion (cash from 
operations / Adjusted EBITDA). Excluding 
the acquisition and re-organisation costs 
for Pirtek in 2023 and Filta in 2022, the 
cash conversion rate increased to 100% 
(2022: 90%) demonstrating the strong 
cashflow performance of the Group’s 
franchise businesses.

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Financial Review

2023 highlights

  System sales increased  
by 88% to £350.1m 

  Adjusted EBITDA/ 
System sales for 2023 
increased to 8.6% 

  Cash conversion increased 
to 100% (2022: 90%)

62 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Financial Review continued

Alternative Performance 
Measures explained

Why do we use System sales?
Systems sales comprise the underlying 
sales of our franchisees and the 
statutory sales of our DLOs.

System sales is a KPI of the Group 
and is considered a good indicator of 
Group performance as it allows total 
sales to end customers to be visible 
on a comparable basis across all 
businesses within the Group.

63 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Prior Year Adjustments
Following the Group’s recent material acquisition 
and subsequent increase in market capitalisation, 
the Group has become an Other Entity of Public 
Interest (“OPIE”) and as such the audit of its 
accounts is now in scope for the purposes of 
the Financial Reporting Council’s audit quality 
review processes. Following challenges from our 
auditors, BDO LLP as part of the audit process on 
the application of accounting standards, we have 
extensively reviewed our existing accounting 
policies to ensure they comply with the latest 
accounting standards and are consistent across 
the enlarged Group. This has caused a significant 
delay in publishing this year’s results. We are 
confident this will not re-occur in future years.

As a result of this extensive review, several 
prior year adjustments are incorporated into 
the 2023 statements to reflect corrections 
needed in the 2022 Annual Report. The 
adjustments are laid out in greater detail in 
Note 1 on pages 127 to 128 of the Annual 
Report. The overall impact of the adjustments 
in 2022 is a reduction in statutory revenue of 
£29.3m and a reduction in adjusted EBITDA of 
£0.0m. The principal adjustments are:

•  We have identified that certain transactions 
in the Group’s Metro Rod Limited, The Filta 
Group Limited, Filta Deutschland GmbH 
and ChipsAway International subsidiaries 
had been incorrectly treated in respect 
of IFRS 15. National account revenue has 
historically been treated gross, with these 
subsidiaries being the principal. We are 
now treating this revenue net, as following 
consideration of the underlying contracts, 
facts and circumstances, we consider these 
subsidiaries to be acting as a commission 
agent for their franchisees.  

The businesses only have momentary 
control of the incoming order following 
acceptance of the job ahead of passing it to 
the incumbent franchise in a back-to-back 
arrangement where local Franchisees have 
a right of first refusal on the order received. 
Operational fulfilment also rests with the 
franchisee. The impact of this is to reduce 
revenue in the year ended 31 December 
2022 by £29.3m, with an equivalent 
reduction in cost of sales; there is no profit 
impact of this change. 

•  We have identified further transactions in 

the Metro Rod Limited subsidiary that have 
been treated incorrectly in respect of IFRS 
15. National account revenue has historically 
been recognised at the point of invoice, as 
we considered this to be our performance 
obligation. We now consider our 
performance obligation to be the passing 
of the work order to the franchisee, having 
considered the underlying contracts, facts 
and circumstances. Therefore, revenue is 
now recognised at this point. The impact of 
this is to increase revenue and profit before 
tax in the year ended 31 December 2022 
by £0.2m. In the Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position this adjustment increases 
Trade and Other Receivables for Accrued 
Income by £3.5m (2021: £2.6m), increases 
Trade and Other Payables for Accruals by 
£2.7m (2021: £2.1m) and increases Retained 
Earnings by £0.7m (2021: £0.6m). In the 
Consolidated Statement of Cashflows the 
impact is an increase in profit of £0.2m, a 
£0.8m reduction in cash flows from trade and 
other receivables and a £0.7m reduction in 
cash flows to trade and other payables. 
•  We have identified that certain transactions 
in the Group had been incorrectly treated 
in respect of IFRS 15 in regard to the 
timing of recognising franchise sales and 

related training fees. Within Metro Rod Limited, 
ChipsAway International Limited, Ovenclean 
Limited and Barking Mad Limited in the past we 
have recognised the initial franchise fee when 
we have delivered the training for the new 
franchises to operate in line with the necessary 
standards on completion of the franchise sale 
(at a point in time). This is however considered a 
pre-opening activity necessary for the franchisee 
to operate and not a distinct performance 
obligation in the franchisee contracts of these 
subsidiaries. We are now recognising this 
revenue over the life of the franchise agreement 
on a straight line basis, as our obligation is to 
provide a license for the franchise to operate, 
which extends over the life of the agreement. 
The impact of this is to reduce revenue and 
profit before tax in the year ended 31 December 
2022 by £0.2m. At 31 December 2022 this 
also created current deferred income of £0.1m 
(2021: £0.3m) and non-current deferred income 
of £0.1m (2021: £0.5m), increased liabilities held 
for sale by £0.8m (2021: nil), decreased assets 
held for sale by £0.1m (2021: nil), reversed 
previously held other debtors of nil (2021: £0.1m) 
and decreased Retained Earnings by £1.1m 
(2021: £0.9m) in the Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position. In the Consolidated statement 
of Cashflows this decreased profit by £0.2m, 
increased cashflows from receivables £0.0m 
and decreased cashflows to payables £0.2m. 

•  Franchise Brands plc acquired Filta Group 
Holdings plc in March 2022. A valuation 
exercise was completed in the prior year as 
part of the purchase price allocation exercise 
as required by IFRS 3. Corrections required 
were identified, including incorrect rates 
and unsuitable valuation models for certain 
intangibles. Another valuation was completed 
to correct these points subsequent to the 
12-month measurement period. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Financial Review continued

Prior Year Adjustments continued 
•  The review occurred outside the permitted 
time period, and as such requires correction 
as a prior year adjustment, not as a fair value 
adjustment. The revaluation decreased 
the fair value of intangibles acquired by 
£1.0m (reduced software acquired by £2.7m, 
reduced indefinite life brands by £0.1m, patent 
technology by £0.4m and customer relations 
by £0.6m; however, increased franchise 
agreements by £2.8m) and reduced the 
deferred tax liability by £0.3m at recognition 
with the corresponding impact being a 
£0.7m increase in goodwill. The impact on 
the Consolidated Statement of Income is a 
£0.2m increase in amortisation of acquired 
intangibles and a £0.0m increase in relation 
to the deferred tax credit. The impact on 
the Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position is a £0.4m reduction in intangible 
assets and a £0.3m decrease in deferred 
tax liability. The impact on the Consolidated 
Statement of Cash Flows is a £0.1m reduction 
in profit, a £0.2m increase in the adjustment 
for amortisation of acquired intangibles and a 
£0.0m decrease in the adjustment for income 
tax with nil impact to operating cash flows. 
•  In previous periods cash transferred to the 
Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) was included 
as part of the EBT reserve. As this cash 
is held on our behalf, it is now accounted 
for in cash and cash equivalents. This has 
increased cash at 31 December 2022 by 
£0.1m and increased cash at 31 December 
2021 by £0.0m in the Consolidated and 
Company Statement of Financial Position 
with the corresponding decrease in the 
EBT reserve. In both the Consolidated and 
Company Statement of Cashflows this has 
decreased the purchase of shares by the 
EBT £0.1m, increased cash at the beginning 
of the period by £0.0m and increased cash 
at the end of the period by £0.1m. 

64 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

•  Cash outflows of £1.7m for the year ended 

31 December 2022 with regards to deferred 
consideration were incorrectly presented 
as operating cash outflows. As the deferred 
consideration was related to the purchase 
of Willow Pumps Limited, these should 
be recorded as investing activities. As a 
result, these have been reclassified in the 
Consolidated and Company Statement of 
Cash Flows for the year ended 31 December 
2022, increasing cash flows from operations 
by £1.7m and increasing cash outflows from 
investing activities by £1.7m, with no overall 
impact on cash flows.

•  The company incurred costs of £1.0m in the 
acquisition of Filta Group Holdings, expensed 
as non-recurring costs. Of this, £0.9m were 
directly attributable costs therefore the 
treatment of this was incorrect, in accordance 
with IAS 27 that requires measurement of 
investment in subsidiaries at cost for the 
Company. The correction removes these 
non-recurring costs and increases the 
investment in group companies. This change 
is reversed on consolidation in line with IFRS 
3 and so has no impact on the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income. In 
the Company Statement of Comprehensive 
Income it decreases non-recurring costs 
by £0.9m and increases profit £0.9m. In the 
Company Statement of Financial Position, 
it increases investment in subsidiaries by 
£0.9m; and in the Company Statement of 
Cash Flows there is a £0.9m increase in cash 
flows used in the acquisition of subsidiaries.

•  We have identified that corrections were 

required in recording intercompany debtors 
in the company, as they had been incorrectly 
netted off against creditors in the prior periods. 
These were originally shown within Trade 
and Other Payables, so adjustments to the 

Company Statement of Financial Position were 
required to increase both Trade and Other 
Receivables and Trade and Other Payables 
by £0.6m (2021: £0.3m). There is no change 
to profit or reserves. The adjustments had no 
overall impact on cashflows. In the Company 
Statement of Cashflows it decreased cash 
flows from trade and other receivables by 
£0.3m, with an equivalent decrease in cash 
flows to trade and other payables.

•  We have identified that corrections were 

required in relation to the treatment of trade 
debtors recognised in Metro Rod Limited for 
Local Account sales. In such transactions, the 
work is sourced by the Franchisee but billed 
by Metro Rod Limited. The Group is obtaining 
MSF Royalty income only on the transaction 
and does not have the credit risk for the full 
amount. Trade debtors should, therefore, 
reflect only the amounts due to the Group 
being the MSF Royalty income. If advanced 
payments are made to the franchisee before 
receipt of the full payment from the customer, 
this should be recorded as a franchisee 
loan debtor. Given that this is a contractual 
obligation to the franchisee, the Group has 
recorded the open commitments at year-
end in Note 22. When payment is collected 
from the customer the assets recorded are 
de-recognised and a trade payable recorded 
for the amounts due to the Franchisee. The 
impact to the Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position is a £0.1m (2021: £0.4m) 
reduction in trade and other receivables and 
a reduction of £0.1m (2021: £0.4m) in trade 
and other payables. There is no impact on 
the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. 
The impact on the Consolidated Statement 
of Cash Flows is a £0.2m reduction in cash 
flows from trade and other receivables and 
a £0.2m reduction in cash flows to trade and 
other payables.

The following restatements have been made to 
improve disclosures:

•  Within Note 7 of the financial statements, 

prior year revenue has been disaggregated 
further to better understand the Group’s 
revenue streams to ensure compliance with 
the requirements of IFRS 15.

•  Within Note 14 of the financial statements 
prior year, intangible assets with indefinite 
useful lives have been disaggregated further 
to show Filta International and Filta UK as 
separate CGUs in line with the conclusions 
reached by Group management in the prior 
year. There is no impact on intangibles. The 
note now also includes the recoverable 
amount for all CGUs as required by IFRS.

•  In Note 5 of the financial statements, 
the segment reporting note has been 
restated to show the assets arising from the 
consolidation as unallocated assets rather 
than assets from another segment.

•  Within Note 6 of the financial statements 
additional disclosures have been made 
within the Filta Group Holdings section 
regarding the primary reasons for the 
business combination, and the amounts of 
revenue and profit or loss of the acquiree 
since the acquisition date included in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income for 2022 as required by IFRS 3.
•  Within Note 4 of the financial statements 

we have restated trade and other 
payables within the categories of financial 
instruments table, as it previously included 
deferred income, which is not defined as a 
financial instrument.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Financial Review continued

Summary statement of income

System sales
Statutory revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Administrative expenses
Adjusted EBITDA
Depreciation & amortisation of software
Finance expense
Impairment loss
Foreign Exchange
Adjusted profit before tax
Tax expense
Adjusted profit after tax
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Share-based payment expense

Non-recurring items
Other gains and losses
Tax on adjusting items
Statutory profit

65 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

2023  
£’000

350,053 
 121,265 
 (50,060)
 71,205 
 (41,104)
 30,101 
 (4,417)
 (5,711)
(96)
 (146)
 19,731 
 (5,153)
 14,578 
 (7,718)
 (838)

 (6,159)
 — 
 3,174 
 3,037 

2022  
(restated)  

£’000

 186,353 
 69,839 
 (33,898)
 35,941 
 (20,684)
 15,257 
 (2,281)
 (235)
—
—
12,741
(2,560)
10,181
(1,693)
(535)

(1,708)
1,232 
 649 
8,126

Change  
£’000

163,700 
51,426 
(16,162)
35,264 
(20,420)
14,844 
(2,136)
(5,476)
(96)
(146)
6,990 
(2,593)
4,397 
 (6,025)
 (303)

 (4,451)
 (1,232)
 2,525 
 (5,089)

Change  

%

88%
74%
48%
98%
99%
97%
94%
2330%
100%
100% 
55%
101%
43%

(63%)

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Financial Review continued

Summary statement of income continued 
Divisional trading results
Following the acquisition of Pirtek, the decision was taken to rename the B2B Division as Water & Waste Services division to better distinguish the Group trading activities. The divisional trading 
results may be analysed as follows:

System sales
Statutory revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
GP%
Administrative expenses
Divisional EBITDA
Group overheads
Adjusted EBITDA

System sales
Statutory revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
GP%
Administrative expenses
Divisional EBITDA
Group overheads
Adjusted EBITDA

Pirtek  
£’000

Water & Waste 
Services  
£’000

Filta 
International  

£’000

125,976
41,947
(11,408)
30,539
73%
(17,221)
13,318
—
—

106,661
48,880
(23,284)
25,596
52%
(14,689)
10,907
—
—

90,482
27,117
(17,349)
9,768
36%
(3,671)
6,097
—
—

Water & Waste 
Services 
(restated)  

£’000

Pirtek  
£’000

Filta 
International  

£’000

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

90,223
42,473
(20,111)
22,362
53%
(13,112)
9,250
—
—

69,560
23,750
(15,659)
8,091
34%
(2,877)
5,214
—
—

B2C  

£’000

26,189
6,106
(1,207)
4,899
80%
(2,583)
2,316
—
—

B2C  
(restated)  

£’000

25,773
6,138
(1,063)
5,075
83%
(2,618)
2,457
—
—

Azura  
£’000

Inter-company  

£’000

2023  
£’000

745
745
(0)
745
100%
(531)
214
—
—

Azura  
£’000

797
797
(1)
796
100%
(625)
171
—
—

—
(3,530)
3,188
(342)
10%
342
—
—
—

Inter-company  

£’000

—
(3,319)
2,936
(383)
12%
383
—
—
—

350,053
121,265
(50,060)
71,205
59%
(38,353)
32,852
(2,751)
30,101

2022 
(restated)  

£’000

186,353
69,839
(33,898)
35,941
51%
(18,849)
17,092
(1,835)
15,257

On consolidation, certain inter-company revenues and Costs are eliminated to reconcile the Group’s statutory revenues, gross profit, and administrative expenses to the underlying entities. These include 
the work undertaken by Metro Rod on behalf of Willow Pumps and the IT development work undertaken by Azura on behalf of various Group subsidiaries. The net effect on Adjusted EBITDA is zero.

66 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Financial Review continued

Pirtek Europe
Pirtek Europe operates through a network of depots providing on-site hydraulic hose 
replacement in eight European countries. It was acquired in April 2023, and therefore, 
the trading results summarised below comprise just over eight months of  
post-acquisition contribution.

System sales
Statutory revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
GP%
Administrative expenses
Adjusted EBITDA

Franchise  

£’000

118,687
34,771
(9,954)
24,817
71%
(11,178)
13,639

DLO  

£’000

Central Costs 
£’000

2023  
£’000

7,289
7,292
(1,570)
5,722
78%
(5,305)
417

—
(116)
116
0
0%
(738)
(738)

125,976
41,947
(11,408)
30,539
73%
(17,221)
13,318

Like other businesses in the Group, System sales comprise the sales made to third parties 
by franchisees; franchise territories operated corporately in each country; and by the DLO 
operations in the corporate markets of France and Sweden. 94% of System sales were 
generated by franchisees and 6% by DLOs. 

Statutory revenue is made up of MSF and other fee income generated from franchisees (46%), 
the sale of materials used in the core hose replacement business (25%), and the sales revenue 
generated by the corporate operations (28%). The business also generates some revenue from 
the sale and resale of franchise territories, but as the business has national coverage in its 
largest markets of the UK, Germany and the Netherlands, this is less than 1% of revenue.

When the Pirtek business in Europe was first established in 1998, the franchise model was set 
up as it had been in other countries, with franchisees paying a low percentage MSF but being 
tied in under the franchise agreement to purchase all their materials from the franchisor at a 
mark-up. This structure required constant policing to ensure compliance. In 2017, the company 
began transitioning to the current model whereby materials are supplied at cost, and a higher 
MSF Royalty income is received in exchange. This better aligns the interests of the franchisee 
and franchisor in growing the business, particularly where the service has a high labour, as 
opposed to material element in the sale, such as with total hose management. The transition 
was completed in the UK, the Republic of Ireland (“RoI”), Germany, and Austria before the 
acquisition. It was finally completed in the Netherlands and Belgium by the end of 2023.

67 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

The UK and the RoI are the most developed markets, generating £55.8m or 44% of Pirtek 
Europe’s System sales and £6.8m or 51% of its Adjusted EBITDA. RoI, which is operated from the 
UK facility, was started in 1994 and generates 8% of territory System sales. Both the UK and RoI 
are almost entirely franchised, with only two corporate franchises in York and Aberdeen. Materials 
supplied to franchisees make up 27% of the division’s Statutory revenue, but these are sold at a 
small margin, with almost all gross profit arising from the MSF on System sales and other small 
fees that franchisees pay for training and other add-on services.

Germany & Austria are the next most developed markets, with Germany having been established 
in 1996. Austria, which was started in 2014 and is operated from the German facility, generates 
4% of territory System sales. The combined business generated £46.5m or 37% of Pirtek 
Europe’s System sales and £4.2m or 32% of its Adjusted EBITDA. Like the UK, materials are 
supplied to the franchisees at cost, and it only has one corporate franchise in Graz, Austria, 
so once again, the vast majority of income is generated from MSF and other fee income 
from franchisees.

Benelux, which comprises the operations in the Netherlands and Belgium, were started in 1997 
and 1998, respectively. Belgium, which operates from the Netherlands facility, generates 19% 
of territory System sales. The combined business generated £16.4m or 13% of Pirtek Europe’s 
System sales and £2.6m or 19% of its Adjusted EBITDA. Benelux operates six of the 24 depots 
as corporate franchises, contributing 24% of System sales in these territories. As mentioned 
above, Benelux only completed the MSF transition at the end of 2023, so gross profit was 
generated from both the margin on materials supplied to franchisees and MSF on System sales.

The DLO operations in France and Sweden contributed £7.3m or 6% of the division’s System 
sales and £0.4m or 3% of its Adjusted EBITDA. These early-stage operations do not have national 
coverage, making the acquisition of national customers more challenging. Whilst they are currently 
sub-scale, we intend to continue to invest in growing the footprint of depots and service vans and 
expect them to make a more meaningful contribution over the coming years. Like most franchise 
businesses, it is necessary to establish the business model’s viability in new territories before 
promoting the opportunity to franchisees, which we may do in the future.

The central costs mostly represent the cost of the Pirtek Europe senior management team 
based in Acton, London.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Financial Review continued

Water & Waste Services division
The Water & Waste Services division comprises Metro Rod, Metro Plumb, Filta UK’s franchise activities and the DLO operations of Willow Pumps, Filta UK and Kemac. The organisation of these 
activities within this division reflects both management responsibilities and our internal KPIs. The results of the Water & Waste Services division may be summarised as follows:

System sales
Statutory revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
GP%
Administrative expenses
Adjusted EBITDA

Metro Rod  

£’000

Willow Pumps 
£’000

75,671
19,203
(4,020)
15,183
79%
(7,595)
7,588

18,659
18,659
(12,399)
6,260
34%
(4,406)
1,854

Filta UK  
£’000

12,331
11,018
(6,865)
4,153
38%
(2,688)
1,465

2023  
£’000

106,661
48,880
(23,284)
25,596
52%
(14,689)
10,907

Metro Rod 
(restated)
£’000

62,916
15,641
(2,747)
12,894
82%
(6,556)
6,338

Willow Pumps 
£’000

18,175
18,175
(12,196)
5,979
33%
(4,134)
1,845

Filta UK  
(restated) 
£’000

9,132
8,657
(5,168)
3,489
40%
(2,422)
1,067

2022 (restated) 
£’000

90,223
42,473
(20,111)
22,362
53%
(13,112)
9,250

Change  
£’000

16,438
6,407
(3,173)
3,234
(0%)
(1,577)
1,657

Change 
 %

18% 
15% 
16% 
14% 
(1%)
12% 
18% 

Metro Rod
Metro Rod comprises the franchise and direct labour activities of Metro Rod and Metro Plumb 
and Kemac. The results may be summarised as follows:

Statutory revenue of £19m includes MSF; other fee income from franchise sales & resale and 
training; DLO customers’ revenue from corporate franchises and Kemac; and the revenue 
generated from the National Advertising Fund (“NAF”). As MSF is the key driver of Adjusted 
EBITDA, it is re-analysed and compared to System sales as follows:

System sales
Statutory revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
GP%
Administrative expenses
Adjusted EBITDA

2023  
£’000

2022 (restated)  

£’000

75,671
19,203
(4,020)
15,183
79%
(7,595)
7,588

62,916 
15,641 
(2,747)
12,894
82%
(6,556)
6,338

Change  
£’000

12,755 
3,562 
(1,273)
2,289
(3%)
(1,039)
1,250

Change  

%

20%
23%
46%
18%
(4%)
16%
20%

Overall, System sales at Metro Rod and Metro Plumb increased by 20% to a record £71.6m 
(2022: £59.8m), compared to a 21% increase in MSF. We continue to support Metro Rod’s 
franchisees with initiatives to widen and deepen the range of services offered, particularly those 
with a high average order value, such as pump service, which increased by 21%, and tankering, 
which increased by 23% during the year. These activities have an average order value of over 
three times that of drainage. 

System sales
MSF income
Effective MSF %
Other gross profit
Gross profit

2023  
£’000

2022 (restated)  

£’000

 71,616 
 13,404 
18.7%
1,779
15,183

 59,814 
 11,085 
18.5%
1,809
12,894

Change  
£’000

11,802
2,319
—
(30)
2,289

Change  

%

20%
21%
0.2%
(2%)
18%

MSF represented 69% (2022: 71%) of Statutory revenue and increased marginally to 18.7% from 
18.5% of System sales in 2023. We continue to use MSF incentives to encourage franchisees to 
grow System sales, offering a lower rate in activities where we are targeting growth. Therefore, 
the overall rate for the year depends on the mix of sales and the level of allowable costs that 
may be deducted from sales when calculating the MSF payable, which in turn depends on the 
type of work undertaken. We anticipate the MSF percentage will decline over time as System 
sales increase, driven partly by these incentives.

68 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Financial Review continued

Water & Waste Services division continued
Metro Rod continued
Other gross profit includes the gross profit generated by Kemac and the corporate franchise 
in North Scotland and the gross profit on franchise sales and resales. It also includes the costs 
incurred by the national advertising fund, which is a non-profit generating and is run on behalf 
of the franchisees.

Off-setting, to some extent, the move to higher-margin work is the increasing amount of work 
that is being subcontracted to Metro Rod, which, whilst still reflected in Willow Pumps revenue 
(before consolidation eliminations), is at a far lower margin than would have been the case had it 
undertaken the work itself. This is more efficient for the Group as it leverages Metro Rod’s national 
coverage in drainage and gives the Metro Rod engineers practical experience in pump work 
following their training.

Administration expenses grew by 16%, less than the 20% growth in System sales, due to the 
operational gearing inherent in a franchise business, accelerated by the continuing investment 
in the Group’s digital transformation. As a result of this operational gearing, Adjusted EBITDA 
grew by 20% to £7.6m (2022: £6.3m).

As a result of this business’s changing focus, revenue has only increased by 3% during the period, 
but the gross margin contribution has increased by 5% as the gross margin percentage increased 
to 34% from 33% in 2022. Overheads increased by 7% as a result of the recruitment of the new 
team for the Special Project Division. Overall, Adjusted EBITDA grew very marginally.

Willow Pumps
Willow Pumps comprises the core DLO pump & business and the Metro Rod corporate 
franchises in Exeter and Kent & Sussex (which was sold in the second half of 2023). 

The results for the division may be summarised as follows:

Statutory revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
GP%
Administrative expenses
Adjusted EBITDA

2023  
£’000

18,659
(12,399)
6,260
34%
(4,406)
1,854

2022  
£’000

18,175
(12,196)
5,979
33%
(4,134)
1,845

Change  
£’000

484
(203)
281
1%
(272)
9

Change  

%

3%
2%
5%
2%
7%
0%

Willow Pumps’ core business has historically had two distinct revenue streams: Service revenue 
and Supply and install revenue (“S&I”). A third revenue stream was launched in Q2 2023 with the 
establishment of a Special Project Division.

S&I revenue is generated from the design, supply, and installation of pump stations, which historically 
have been large projects performed in discrete phases over several accounting periods. Service 
revenue is generated from the routine service and maintenance of above and below-ground pumps 
and drains. The new management team at Willow is migrating the business away from high-revenue, 
low gross margin business in pump station design & installation and above-ground pump work to 
higher margin work that can be completed in shorter time frames. This is now being complimented 
by a newly recruited team that runs the Special Projects Division. This work will include more 
significant, longer-term work, but much of the risk and cash-flow challenges will be mitigated by the 
use of subcontractors. We expect this new activity to start contributing H2 2024.

69 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Filta UK
Filta UK comprises the DLO services of fridge & freezer seal replacement; the supply, installation 
and maintenance of Grease Recovery Units (“GRUs”); extraction vent cleaning & servicing; pump 
& drainage repair and maintenance; and the Filta Environmental network of 25 franchisees. 

The results for 2023 and the comparative ten months from the acquisition in March 2022 may 
be summarised as follows:

System sales
Statutory revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
GP%
Administrative expenses
Adjusted EBITDA

2023  
£’000

2022 (restated) 
£’000

12,331 
11,018 
(6,865)
4,153 
38%
(2,688)
1,465

9,132 
8,657 
(5,168)
3,489 
40%
(2,422)
1,067

Change  
£’000

3,199 
2,361 
(1,697)
664 
(2%)
(266)
398

Change  

%

35%
27%
33%
19%
(6%)
11%
37%

System sales increased by 35% to £12.3m from £9.1m and on a like-for-like basis by 13%. FiltaSeal 
grew strongly during this period as more technicians were recruited, allowing us to service a larger 
range of national accounts more efficiently on an increasingly country-wide basis. The revenue 
generated from the installation of GRUs was impacted by a dispute with our supplier that held 
up the delivery of these units. This has now been resolved through the acquisition of intellectual 
property, and we expect strong growth in this area in 2024 and beyond. The cost of resolving this 
matter was £0.8m, which has been considered exceptional. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Financial Review continued

Statutory Revenue increased by 27% to £11.0m from £8.7m and has increased by 6% on a like-for-like basis. Administrative expenses were well controlled and declined by 7% on a like-for-like basis, 
resulting from the annualisation of overhead savings made following the acquisition in 2022 and further savings made possible by subcontracting the GRU servicing work to franchisees. 

Adjusted EBITDA increased by 37% to £1.5m from £1.1m and by 14% on a like-for-like basis on System sales, up by 13% on a similar basis. This is considered a creditable result as a significant margin is 
being transferred to franchisees to improve their viability so that we can grow this franchise system robustly and sustainably in the future.

Filta International
Filta International operates a franchise network that comprises Filta’s franchise activities in North America and mainland Continental Europe. The results for 2023 and the comparative ten months 
from acquisition in March 2022 may be summarised as follows:

System sales
Statutory revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
GP%
Administrative expenses
Adjusted EBITDA

North America  

£’000

87,004 
26,506 
(17,011)
9,495 
36%
(3,171)
6,324 

Europe  
£’000

3,478 
611 
(338)
273 
29%
(500)
(227)

2023  
£’000

North America 
£’000

90,482 
27,117 
(17,349)
9,768 
36%
(3,671)
6,097 

66,700 
23,273 
(15,398)
7,875 
34%
(2,516)
5,359 

Europe  
£’000

2,860 
477 
(261)
216 
36%
(361)
(145)

2022  
£’000

69,560 
23,750 
(15,659)
8,091 
34%
(2,877)
5,214

Change  
£’000

20,922 
3,367 
(1,690)
1,677 
2%
(794)
883

Change  

%

30% 
14% 
11% 
21% 
6% 
28% 
17% 

System sales increased 30% to £90.5m (2022 ten months: £69.6m), a like-for-like increase 
of 8%. The like-for-like increase in North America was 9% and 1% in Europe. System sales in 
North America comprise MSF income; used oil sales; equipment and supplies sales; the fees 
generated from the sale and resale of franchise territories; and national corporate accounts 
(“NCA”), marketing and IT revenues.

in the average dollar price. Used oil sales are accounted for on a gross basis, with the margin 
reflected as gross profit. Filta’s margin in 2023 averaged 17% (2022: 18%). Whilst reported 
revenue from used oil sales increased by 8% to £17.6m from £16.3m and gross profit by 3% to 
£3.0 from £2.9m, on a like-for-like basis, revenue and gross margin (in sterling) declined by 10% 
and 14% respectively. 

Equipment & Supply revenue in North America consists of revenue from selling new and 
replacement MFUs, spare parts, and supplies to franchisees. In 2023, revenue increased by 
14%, but on a like-for-like basis, it fell by 4%, reflecting the franchisees’ reduction in cashflow 
from the sale of used oil.

MSF revenue in North America currently mainly consists of the fixed monthly fee paid by the 
franchisees for each mobile filtration unit (“MFU”) in operation. The high price of used oil in 2022 
and the early months of 2023 encouraged the franchises to expand their capacity by purchasing 
additional MFUs. This drove MSF in 2023, which increased by 38% to £3.1m (2022: £2.3m) and, 
on a like-for-like basis, by 13%. Our strategy is changing to one where MSF will be based on 
System sales so that our interests are aligned with franchisees and not focused principally on 
selling more MFUs. We hope to negotiate this transition with each franchise as soon as possible. 

Used oil revenues, all of which is generated in North America, are derived from the sale of 
used cooking oil for biodiesel production. Filta administers the programme through national 
agreements with biodiesel companies, which involves the franchisees collecting and storing 
the oil before local pick-up via tankers organised centrally. On a like-for-like basis, volumes in 
2023 increased by 25% over 2022 to 6.2m gallons, however, this was offset by a 21% decline 

70 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Financial Review continued

Filta International continued
Area Sales revenue in North America is derived from the sale and resale of franchise territories. 
Many new franchisees are introduced by external brokers who are paid a 5-10% commission. 
The commission payable is recognised when the transaction is completed. Six new franchises 
and seven resales were completed during the period.

The NCA, marketing, and IT revenues in North America are the additional fees charged to 
franchisees for generating and administering the national accounts and providing marketing and 
IT systems. Revenue from these high-margin activities increased by 49% in 2023 or 24% on a like-
for-like basis, reflecting the strong growth in the core franchise business. The NCA revenues will 
eventually be absorbed in the percentage MSF as this is rolled out.

Overall, Adjusted EBITDA in North America, including oil sales, increased by 18% to £6.3m 
(2022: £5.4m). If the gross margin on oil sales is excluded and without any reapportionment of 
central overheads, Adjusted EBITDA from the core franchise business grew by 37% to £3.3m 
(2022: £2.4m) or 14% on a like-for-like basis.

System sales in Europe are generated from fryer management, seal replacement and GRU 
installations. Overall, System sales grew by 22% and on a like-for-like basis by only 1%, although 
gross profit grew on a like-for-like basis by 5%, reflecting the sales mix. The slow recovery of 
this sub-scale business from the effects of the COVID-19 shutdowns continues. This has been 
compounded by hold-ups in rolling out the GRU due to the supply problems that also impacted 
Filta in the UK, referred to above. In 2022, additional sales people were recruited in an attempt 
to accelerate growth, but this has not been successful, and the additional costs have resulted in 
an increased, albeit relatively small, loss of £0.2m in the period.

B2C Division
The B2C division comprises the ChipsAway, Ovenclean and Barking Mad franchise businesses. 
The results of the division may be summarised as follows:

System sales
Statutory revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
GP%
Administrative expenses
Adjusted EBITDA

2023  
£’000

2022 (restated)  

£’000

Change  
£’000

Change  

%

26,189
6,106
(1,207)
4,899
80%
(2,583)
2,316

25,773
6,138
(1,063)
5,075 
83%
(2,618)
2,457

416
(32)
(144)
(176)
(2%)
35
(141)

2%
(1%)
14%
(3%)
(3%)
(1%)
(6%)

Overall, System sales of the B2C division grew by 2% in 2023. This was driven by a 10% 
increase in the average order values at ChipsAway which represents 72% of divisional System 
sales. The key Statutory revenue streams are MSF and Area Sales income. MSF income is 
primarily made up of fixed monthly fees, as this remains the most effective method of generating 
income given the large number of franchisees with a lower level of individual sales. MSF income 
overall was flat as whilst the fixed monthly fee was increased, the number of franchisees over 
the period reduced to 327 at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: 349). Notwithstanding the 
challenging franchise recruitment and retention environment, ChipsAway performed robustly, 
recruiting 25 new franchisees (2022: 20) with 30 leavers (2022: 40). Overall, 39 new franchisees 
were recruited (2022: 39) and 59 (2022: 69) left the system.

Prudent cost control resulted in administrative expenses declining slightly during the period. 
Adjusted EBITDA declined by 6% to £2.3m (2022: £2.5m), but if the one-off £0.1m income from 
the sale of the MyHome domain name were excluded from 2022, profits were flat year-on-year. 

71

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Financial Review continued

Azura
Azura is a SaaS supplier of franchise management software to the Group and 30 other franchise 
businesses. The 2023 results may be summarised as follows:

Adjusted & statutory profit

Statutory revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
GP%
Administrative expenses
Adjusted EBITDA

2023  
£’000

745
(0)
745
100%
(531)
214

2022  
£’000

797
(1)
796
100%
(625)
171

Change £’000 

(52)
1
(51)
0%
94
43

Statutory revenue is comprised of third-party income of £0.4m (2022: £0.4m) and charges to Group 
companies of £0.3m (2022: £0.4m), which are eliminated on consolidation. Azura continues to 
develop its software solution with £0.2m capitalised in 2023, which will be amortised over a 5-year 
period. The enhanced platform is now being targeted at larger international multi-site franchisors 
rather than its traditional market of smaller domestic franchise businesses. It has also been 
building its internal resources to support the further digital enablement of the Group’s businesses 
by improving the functionality of the Vision works-management platform and developing this for 
a roll-out to the Pirtek businesses in the UK and continental Europe.

72 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Adjusted EBITDA
Depreciation & amortisation  
of software
Finance expense
Foreign exchange
Adjusted profit before tax
Tax expense
Adjusted profit after tax
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Share-based payment expense
Non-recurring costs
Other gains and losses
Tax on adjusting items
Statutory profit

2023  
£’000

2022 (restated) 
£’000

Change  
£’000

 30,101 

15,257

14,844

 (4,417)
 (5,807)
 (146)
19,731
 (5,153)
 14,578 
 (7,718)
 (838)
 (6,159)
 — 
 3,174 
 3,037 

 (2,281)
 (235)
 — 
12,741 
(2,560)
10,181 
(1,693)
(535)
(1,708)
1,232 
649 
8,126 

 (2,136)
 (5,572)
 (146)
6,990 
(2,593)
4,397 
(6,025)
(303)
(4,451)
(1,232)
2,525 
(5,089)

Change  

%

97%

94%
2371%
100%
55%
101%
43%

(63%)

Software depreciation and amortisation increased 94% to £4.4m (2022: £2.1m), primarily due to 
the acquisitions of Pirtek and the full twelve-month impact of the Filta acquisition. The finance 
expense reflects the additional interest cost of the debt taken to acquire Pirtek combined with 
the increasing base rate over the year. 

The overall effective tax rate of the Group has increased from 20% to 26% as a result of the 
increase in the UK tax rate to 25%, a full-year charge in respect of Filta North America, where 
the combined state and federal corporate tax rate is 27%, and the acquisition of Pirtek, where 
tax rates can be higher than in the UK. For example, the combined state, local, and trade taxes 
are 30% in Germany. 

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Financial Review continued

Adjusted & statutory profit continued
The non-recurring costs of £6.2m (2022: £1.7m) reflect the Pirtek acquisition costs of £3.6m 
and the subsequent one-off re-organisation costs of £1.5m, the one-off costs of the Filta 
Cyclone GRU dispute of £0.5m, software written off as a result of the adjustments referred 
to above of £0.3m, and other costs of £0.3m. The tax on adjusting items reflects the tax relief 
available on some of these exceptional costs. The exceptional item in 2022 is mainly related 
to the acquisition and subsequent reorganisation costs of the Filta acquisition.

The increase in the amortisation of acquired intangibles reflects the additional intangible assets 
acquired with the Pirtek acquisition and the full twelve-month impact of the Filta acquisition. 
See Note 6.

The increase in the share-based payment expense principally reflects additional grants made 
to the Pirtek team and other new employees who joined the group during the year.

As a result of the costs incurred in acquiring Pirtek, statutory profit after tax reduced by 63% to 
£3.0m (2022: £8.1m).

Earnings per share
The adjusted and basic EPS is shown in table: 

Adjusted profit after tax /  
Adjusted EPS
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Share-based payment expense
Non-recurring costs
Other gains and losses

Tax on adjusting items
Statutory profit after tax / Basic EPS

2023  
£’000

EPS  
p

 14,578 
 (7,718)
 (838)
 (6,159)
—

 3,174 
3,037

8.42
 (4.46)
 (0.48)
 (3.56)
—

 1.83 
1.75

2022  
(restated) 
£’000

10,181
 (1,693)
 (535)
 (1,708)
 1,232 

 649 
8,126

EPS  
p

8.34
 (1.39)
 (0.44)
 (1.40)
 1.01 

 0.53 
6.65

During the year, the Group issued 63,472,968 new ordinary shares of 0.5p each (“ordinary 
shares”) in consideration for the acquisition of Pirtek. This increased the total number of ordinary 
shares in issue to 193,784,080 at the year-end (31 December 2022: 130,311,112).

The Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) started the year holding 1,770,683 ordinary shares, 
purchased 18,420 ordinary shares during the year at an average price of £2.00, disposed of 
226,418 ordinary shares in respect of the exercise of employee shares options, and therefore 
ended the year holding 1,562,685 ordinary shares. On 31 December 2023, there were 10,347,231 
shares under option, of which 2,480,394 were vested and capable of exercise.

The total number of ordinary shares in issue on 31 December 2023, net of the EBT holding, 
was 192,221,395 (31 December 2022: 128,540,429), and a basic weighted average number 
of ordinary shares in issue of 173,090,691 (2022: 122,126,350).

Adjusted basic EPS increased by 1% to 8.42p (2022: 8.34p as restated), and basic earnings per 
share decreased by 74% to 1.75p (2022: 6.65p as restated). 

73 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Financial Review continued

Financing and cash flow
A summary of the Group cash flow for the period is set out in the table below.

2023 
 £’000

30,101
(6,159)
(61)
23,881
(4,498)
(986)
(1,350)
(522)
(48,894)
(136,747)
—
100,012
94,106
(13,000)
(5,374)
(2,687)
192
(3,371)
859
1,621
10,935
(278)
12,278

2022  

(restated)
£’000

15,257
(1,708)
(1,512)
12,037
(2,629)
(422)
(1,088)
—
4,320
—
(1,680)
—
—
(2,953)
—
(1,156)
(2,370)
(2,339)
(41)
1,679
9,057
199
10,935

Adjusted EBITDA
Acquisition and reorganisation costs
Working capital movements
Cash generated from operations
Taxes paid
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of software
Purchase of IP
Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash
Acquired debt repaid
Deferred consideration
Funds raised via debt
Funds raised via equity
Bank loans repaid
Interest Paid
Lease payments
Funds supplied to EBT
Dividends paid
Other net movements
Net cash movement
Net cash at beginning of year
Exchange differences on cash and cash equivalents
Net cash at end of year

74 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

The Group generated cash from operating activities of £23.9m (2021: £12.0m), resulting in a 
cash conversion rate of 79% (2022: 79%). However, if the cost of the Pirtek and Filta acquisitions 
and reorganisation is added back, the rate of cash conversion in 2023 was 100% (2022: 90%). 

Taxes paid increased as profits increased, and the Group moved to quarterly advance 
payments. Purchases of property, plant, and equipment increased due to the addition of 
the Pirtek DLO operation. The purchase of IP relates to the purchase of the Cyclone GRU IP. 

The acquisition of subsidiaries represents the acquisition of Pirtek for £210.8m, which was 
financed with bank debt of £100m, £93.5m from the issue of new shares (after costs), and 
£17.6m new shares given as consideration shares. Immediately after the acquisition Franchise 
Brands settled Pirtek’s preference shares and loans and borrowings in order to consolidate 
Group borrowings. The total value of this post-acquisition settlement was £137.3m, comprising 
£78.2m loans and borrowings, £0.6m acquisition costs, £21.7m interest on preference shares 
and £36.8m in relation to the nominal value of the preference shares. Cash acquired of £7.0m 
is deducted to result in an acquisition of subsidiaries in the Consolidated Statement of Cash 
Flows of £48.9m. In 2022, Filta was acquired in an all-shares transaction, so it did not involve 
cash movement. 

Bank loans repaid represent the repayment of the loans taken out in April 2023 to finance the 
acquisition of Pirtek. Dividends paid in 2023 represent the combined cash cost of the 2022 
final and the 2023 interim dividends.

After these outflows, the Group finished the period with cash of £12.3m (31 December 
2022: £10.9m) and gross debt, including hire purchase debt of £87.0m. Lease debt of £7.6m 
(2022: £1.6m) increased considerably due to the acquisition of Pirtek, which funds the vans 
used in its DLO operation using lease finance.

Cash
Term loan
RCF
Loan fee
Hire purchase debt
Adjusted (net debt)/net cash
Other lease debt
(Net Debt) / Net cash

31 Dec 2023  

£’000

12,278
(50,000)
(36,908)
749 
(837)
(74,718)
(7,567)
(82,285)

31 Dec 2022 
(restated)
 £’000

10,935 
— 
—
— 
(1,132)
9,803 
(1,624)
8,179 

Change  
£’000

1,343 
(50,000)
(36,908)
749 
295 
(84,521)
(5,943)
(90,464)

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Financial Review continued

Financing and cash flow continued
The Group had headroom of £23.0m on its bank facilities (total facility including accordion 
option of £110.0m less £87.0m in use) at 31 December 2023.

The Group’s adjusted net debt, as used to test the bank covenants, was £74.7m at 31 December 
2023, which represents 2.48x Adjusted 2023 EBITDA. Thus, the Group has comfortable headroom 
on all its bank covenants.

Dividend
The Board is pleased to propose a final dividend of 1.2 pence per share (2022: 1.1 pence per 
share). This takes the total dividend for the year to 2.2 pence per share (2022: 2.0 pence per 
share), an increase of 10%. The dividend is 3.9 times covered by Adjusted profits after tax 
(2022: 4.2 times).

Subject to shareholder approval at the AGM, the final dividend will be paid to those 
shareholders on the register on 28 June 2024, at the close of business on 25 July 2024.

Mark Fryer
Chief Financial Officer

19 June 2024

75 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionRisk Management

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Risk Management

A proactive approach to risk management

In 2023 the Board approved a revision of 
our risk management framework, designed 
to enhance and clarify the process for 
assessing the impact and likelihood of the 
risks we face. The methodology is designed 
to be applicable across all categories of risk, 
including strategic, operational, financial and 
reputational risks, and regardless of whether 
the underlying source of the risk is internal or 
external to Franchise Brands. 

The identification, assessment and  
mitigation of risk is the responsibility of 
management. Our approach is to embed  
risk management principles and processes 
within our businesses so that managing risk  
is part of the everyday activity of managing  
the business, and vice versa. 

•  we then monitor the impact of the identified 

risks, and the effectiveness of our risk 
management strategies and mitigations. 
These are then reported on and reviewed 
as part of the ongoing monitoring process.

•  we repeat the risk identification process, to 
identify new potential risks or any change in 
those we have already identified. 

During the year, we conducted a ‘bottom-up’ 
risk assessment involving all of the members 
of the management board. Through the use 
of a standardised risk rating system across 
all risk categories we were able to compare 
and rank these. The Board subsequently 
undertook a ‘top-down’ review of the risk 
register, to provide their perspective on the 
risks facing the business.

•  we review the likelihood and potential 

impact of the risk, which could be 
financial, operational disruption or 
reputational damage.

•  we model the likelihood and potential 
impact against our risk appetite and 
tolerance, and decide whether we will 
accept, manage or seek to eliminate 
the risk. In some cases, the availability 
of insurance for the particular risk may 
be a factor.

Risk and return are two sides of the same 
coin. Like all businesses, we take levels of 
risk that we judge to be acceptable in order 
to deliver a return to our investors. But we 
also face risks that are we are not prepared to 
take, either due to the nature of the impact of 
those risks or if their financial consequences 
have the potential to prevent us meeting our 
strategic objectives.

Effective risk management therefore 
underpins our business model and 
strategy. We identify the risks inherent in 
the businesses we operate and decide 
which of these we will actively seek in the 
expectation of making a return (our risk 
appetite), which risks we will seek to manage 
(our risk tolerance) and which risks we are not 
prepared to face. The latter are the risks that, 
if they materialise, will prevent us delivering on 
our business plans or have other impacts that 
we cannot live with.

At Franchise Brands, the Board is ultimately 
responsible for the systems of risk management 
and the effectiveness of those processes. 
The Board meets regularly to review business 
performance and the impact of risk, both 
operationally and financially. 

76 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Key roles and responsibilities

Board

  Approves the framework for the 
identification, assessment and 
management of risk 

  Assesses the effectiveness of the 
risk management framework

  Monitors operational and financial 
performance to identify emerging 
risks to the delivery of strategic 
goals and business plans

Management Board

  Responsible for implementing the 
risk management framework into 
the business and ensuring this is 
embedded in day‑to‑day operations

  Oversees controls to mitigate 
and manage the impact of risk 
on the Group

  Reviews the impact of risk on 
operational and financial performance 
and implements mitigation strategies 
where appropriate

Operational (line) management
  Responsible for embedding risk 
management within the parts 
of the business for which they 
are accountable

  Designs and implements controls 
to mitigate and manage the impact 
of risk locally

  Monitors risk in their business and 
reports this to senior management 
and the management board

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Principal risks and uncertainties

Based on the risk management work undertaken during the year, the Board believes that these are the principal risks and uncertainties that the Group currently faces. There are a number of other 
risks, in addition to those listed below, which could affect our business. We operate in a dynamic environment that is also affected by macro-economic events, so it is possible that new risks might 
emerge or the nature or impact of existing risks may evolve over time. The risks are therefore presented alphabetically rather than using the ratings of impact and probability determined at any 
arbitrary point in time. While mitigations are listed in the table below, due to the nature of risk there can be no certainty or assurance that those actions, or any additional planned actions, will be 
wholly effective.

Risk description and impacts

Underlying cause(s)

Mitigations in place

Change in the year Link to strategy

Ability to grow our businesses
Failure to deliver organic growth in our 
existing businesses in line with our 
strategic plans and market commitments

•  Failure to attract or retain franchisees of 

the required calibre 

•  Diversification of the risk, geographically and across business sectors
•  Multiple levers for organic growth, with all businesses having small shares 

•  Failure of our franchisees to attract and 
retain the skilled technicians needed to 
deliver the growth in the business
•  Inability to grow our business with 

existing customers, or to attract or retain 
new customers 

of large markets

•  Focus on areas where we have a proven track record
•  Clear understanding of what successful franchisees do (including through 

the Maximum Potential Model) and recruiting with this in mind
•  Supporting our franchisees with the recruitment of technicians, 

including direct recruitment support and referral of candidates from our 
existing technicians

•  Strong customer relationships, with cross-selling opportunities identified 

and being pursued

Ability to pursue strategic options
Inability to deliver on our buy-and-build 
strategy through lack of organic growth, 
lack of suitable acquisition opportunities 
or our inability to finance an acquisition

•  Operational execution fails to deliver 

cash flow to pay down debt, leading to 
inability to fund an acquisition

•  Strong and empowered management teams running each business with 
clear focus on growth, using operational gearing to drive profitability and 
cash flow

•  Lack of suitable acquisition 

•  Relationships with investment banks and other agents acting on 

opportunities in the market at a price 
we are prepared to pay

business sales

•  Relationships with our institutional shareholders and lending banks

Attraction and retention of customers
Loss of key national or regional account 
customers could lead to failure to deliver 
on our strategic plans

•  Poor delivery to existing customers 
leading to reputational damage 
in the market

•  Failure to secure or retain new 
customers as a consequence

•  Diversification of the risk, geographically and across business sectors
•  Experienced management teams who are actively engaged in the 

business, with weekly reporting of trends and market developments
•  Strong customer relationships, supported by robust data gathering 

and analysis

Strategy: 

 Expanding and developing our services   Developing a technology platform   Developing synergies through shared central services   Optimising our service delivery   Developing our businesses

Risk direction:  

 Increase   Decrease   No change

77 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk description and impacts

Underlying cause(s)

Mitigations in place

Change in the year Link to strategy

Climate change
Ability to operate from current locations 
of our (or our franchisees’) businesses, 
due to the impact of climate change; 
structural changes to cost base driven 
by legal or regulatory change could 
affect the economic viability of certain 
of our businesses

•  Cost pressures linked to climate 

change, including from central or local 
government-led initiatives (replacing 
vehicles with Euro 6/VI compliant 
models, ULEZ charges, future carbon 
pricing etc)

•  Potential inability to source equipment 
or materials due to impacts of climate 
change (physical and transition risks)

•  Developing an understanding of the potential impact of the physical and 
transition risks of climate change in the short-, medium- and long-term

•  Choosing long-term locations for our businesses with physical risks 

(eg. flood, wildfire or storm) in mind and advising franchisees to consider 
these risks

Cyber‑risks
Loss of access to systems or data, 
disruption to the business(es), 
costs of incident management and 
rehabilitation, possible GDPR fines 
plus reputational damage

H&S or environmental incident
Human, social and operational impact 
of a serious incident, in terms of 
direct and indirect costs and potential 
reputational damage 

•  Malicious parties seeking to hack 
our IT systems, either for extortion 
or otherwise

•  Accidental loss of unencrypted 

customer or personal data

•  Migration of IT systems onto shared centrally managed infrastructure
•  Use of information security specialists
•  Staff training and the raising of awareness on good cyber 

security practices

•  Unsafe behaviour by our workforce 

or that of our franchisees

•  Unsafe conditions in the workplaces 

where our technicians operate

•  Diversification of the risk, geographically and across business sectors
•  Well developed H&S and environmental systems and processes 
•  Training for franchisees and, where relevant, their technicians
•  Operations manuals for each franchisee, explaining what is expected 

of them

•  Compliance with customers’ on-site HSE procedures
•  Near miss and incident reporting used to drive awareness-raising 

communications 

78 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk description and impacts

Underlying cause(s)

Mitigations in place

Change in the year Link to strategy

Legislative or regulatory change
Government or regulator-led change 
constrains the ability of one or more of 
our businesses to operate either at all, 
or at viable levels of profitability

•  Change driven by a perception of 

weakness or excessive risk in current 
business practices

•  Diversification of the risk, geographically and across business sectors 
•  Managing our operations in line with best practices
•  Awareness of legal and regulatory agenda and proposed changes
•  Lobbying and influencing, where necessary, either on a company 

or industry-wide basis

Macro‑economic environment
External geopolitical and economic 
environment adversely impacts our 
operations and prevents us fulfilling our 
strategic plans and market commitments

•  Geopolitical tensions lead to an adverse 
international climate, with disruptions to 
supply chains

•  Uncertainty leads to adverse economic 

backdrop, including inflationary 
pressures and higher interest rates

•  Diversification of the risk, geographically and across business sectors 
•  Fundamentally conservative approach to planning, budgeting 

and forecasting

•  Monitoring external macro-economic forecasts on key variables affecting 

our businesses

•  Relationships with our key customers to enable us to understand the 

pressures on their businesses

•  Continuous monitoring of business performance to identify macro- 

impacts and need for contingency plans

People risks
Lack of skilled and experienced people 
to deliver the growth in our business that 
we aim to deliver. Potential loss of key 
individuals who will underpin and drive 
our growth initiatives, if succession plans 
do not deliver suitable replacements

•  We have significant growth plans, which 
require that our franchisees and DLOs 
retain and recruit significant numbers 
of technicians

•  We have a wide range of growth 

projects underway, some of which rely 
on key individuals

•  Like any business, we may find that 

our succession plans for the loss of a 
key person, particularly in unexpected 
circumstances, are not effective

•  Diversification of the risk, geographically and across business sectors 

and low reliance on any individual franchisee

•  Well established and high-quality franchise brands and investment 

to support our franchisees in growing their businesses

•  Significant experience in franchisee recruitment
•  Management bench strength and optionality increases as new 

businesses are acquired

•  Focus on identifying and nurturing high potential talent and retaining 

key individuals

•  Continuous monitoring of staff turnover, by a stable management team 

which has seen very low ‘churn’

This Strategic Report (comprising pages 1 to 79 inclusive) was approved by the Board on 19 June 2024 and is signed on its behalf.

Rob Bellhouse
Company Secretary

79 Franchise Brands plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Supporting 
shareholder 
value

We believe good governance is vital in 
supporting our Company’s growth strategy 
and in turn its long-term success.

80
80

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageChairman’s Introduction to Governance

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Chairman’s Introduction to Governance

•  In January 2024 we also took the decision 

to disband the AIM Rules Compliance 
Committee. In practice, the matters within its 
remit had always been considered by the full 
board, which was an approach more aligned 
to the regulatory requirements. We also 
revised the terms of reference of the Audit 
and Remuneration Committees, in anticipation 
of the 2023 QCA Code coming into effect 
and adopted a formal schedule of matters 
reserved for the Board’s decision.

I believe that the structural changes we have 
made and the continued application of the 
QCA Code will continue to provide strong 
support for the development of the Group as 
we embark on the next phase of our journey 
and look to deliver significant organic growth.

Stephen Hemsley
Executive Chairman 

Dear fellow shareholder,
As an AIM quoted company we have chosen 
to follow the QCA’s Corporate Governance 
Code (the Code). We believe that this widely 
recognised guide on how to structure 
governance arrangements is both practical and 
proportionate and we have been able to apply 
all of its principles throughout the year and to 
the date of this report.

The Code invites me to prepare a corporate 
governance statement, which I welcome. 
As Chairman of the Board, I am ultimately 
accountable and personally responsible for 
our governance arrangements.

We have applied each of the ten principles in the 
2018 edition of the Code throughout the year 
and there is a table on pages 88-92 explaining 
how we did this. The application of the Code is 
important – while a governance framework is 
unlikely to create value, having robust structures 
and processes in place should help minimise the 
risk that unwanted outcomes materialise and so 
it helps us to protect the value that our business 
creates. We believe that the approach we have 
taken is sustainable and should support the 
delivery of value to our shareholders, and help 
us meet our obligations to stakeholders more 
generally, over the medium- and long-term.

The size and scale of the Group has changed 
considerably over the last two years. In 2022 
we effectively doubled the size of the Group 
when we acquired Filta, and in 2023 we 
doubled in size again when we acquired Pirtek. 
We delivered around £350m of system sales 
in 2023 across seven franchise brands in ten 
countries, with over 700 employees and a 
market capitalisation of over £300m. 

In response to this change in scale, we 
made some very significant changes to our 
governance arrangements during 2023 and this 
has continued in early 2024:

•  In October 2023 a number of our Executive 
Directors and two of our Non-executive 
Directors retired from the Board – my thanks 
go to each of them for their significant 
contribution during their time in office, which 
has helped deliver the growth in our business. 
We had reached a scale where we needed to 
separate the strategic and operational roles 
that the previous board structure combined, 
and took the decision to create two bodies – 
the plc Board and a Management Board. We 
also welcomed Pete Kear as our new Senior 
Independent Director, who brings a wealth 
of knowledge of IT and vast experience of 
growing a quoted business globally.

•  In November 2023 the Management Board 

had its first meeting, having already agreed its 
terms of reference. At its first meetings we are 
developing its ways of working to make sure 
that the forum is value-adding for both the 
Group and the individual attendees. The early 
signs are promising.

•  In January 2024 we created a Nomination 

Committee, which will be chaired by Pete Kear. 
This body will oversee succession planning 
for plc Board and Management Board roles, 
and also recommend the appointment of 
Directors to the plc Board, including running 
any recruitment processes. We are now at 
a scale where we can successfully manage 
personal and professional development 
opportunities for our most able people and 
it is important that they know that they can 
develop their careers within the Group. 

Priorities in 2024 

  Embed effective ways 
of working for the Board 
and Management Board

  Further refine our 
succession planning

  Implement our response 
to the new QCA Corporate 
Governance Code 2023

81

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionBoard of Directors

Stephen Hemsley
Executive Chairman

N

Stephen co-founded Franchise Brands in 
2008 and has since led the development of 
the business, including the IPO and external 
growth. He is a Chartered Accountant 
by training and spent nine years with 3i 
becoming an Investment Director. He then 
joined Domino’s Pizza Group as Finance 
Director, progressing to CEO, Executive 
Chairman and Non-executive Chairman. 
During this time he took Domino’s Pizza 
Group from private ownership to a market 
capitalisation of almost £1.5bn. He retired 
as Non-executive Chairman in 2019 
after 21 years with the business to focus 
exclusively on Franchise Brands. 

Mark Fryer
Chief Financial Officer

Mark Fryer is an experienced CFO with 
25 years of public company and private 
equity experience as CFO in global 
manufacturing and business service 
companies. He has been CFO of FTSE 
Small Cap and FTSE 250 companies, as 
well as companies quoted on the AIM 
market. Mark’s recent roles include Group 
CFO of Augean plc, Dialight plc and 
Manganese Bronze Holdings plc. Prior to 
this Mark had a variety of Divisional Finance 
Director roles for GKN Plc and Cable & 
Wireless plc. Mark was appointed as a 
Director of the Company on 2 August 2023.

Peter Kear
Senior Independent Non‑executive Director

A N R

Peter is a highly experienced public company 
director with substantial experience in 
business building and management in the 
technology sector. He co-founded Celebrus 
Technologies plc (originally IS Solutions 
plc, then D4t4 Solutions plc) in 1985 and 
was responsible for sales and business 
development before being appointed CEO 
in 2016. During his tenure as CEO, Celebrus 
achieved substantial growth in revenue and 
profits, growing from a market capitalisation 
of c.£40m to c.£160m when he stood down 
in 2022. Peter has experience of both the 
London Stock Exchange’s Main Market and 
AIM. Peter was appointed as a Director of the 
Company on 2 October 2023.

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Board of Directors

Board Composition

The charts below illustrate the 
composition and the relevant skills and 
experience of the Board of Directors

Executive/Non-executive

40%

60%

 Non-executive

 Executive

Tenure

40%

40%

20%

 0-1 year

 1-3 years

 3+ years

82

Franchise Brands plc 
Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Board of Directors continued

Non-executive independence

33%

67%

 Independent

 Non-independent

Andy Brattesani
Independent Non‑executive Director

Nigel Wray
Non‑executive Director

Rob Bellhouse
Company Secretary (non‑Board)

A

N

R

N

Skills and experience

Finance

Franchising

International growth

3/5

3/5

Marketing

2/5

Operational management

4/5

People

Strategic management

3/5

Technology

2/5

5/5

5/5

Andy is an experienced banking 
professional with extensive experience 
in the franchising sector. From 2016 until 
recently he was UK Head of Franchise at 
HSBC, the market leader in the UK franchise 
sector. As well as supporting the growth 
of HSBC’s franchise business in the UK, 
Andy has also led the expansion of HSBC’s 
franchise model internationally. Andy’s 
career in banking over the past 30 years 
has also encompassed roles with HBOS, 
RBS and Standard Chartered. Andy was 
appointed as a Director of the Company 
on 12 September 2022.

Nigel co-founded Franchise Brands in 2008. 
He is an entrepreneurial investor in both 
public and private companies. Currently he 
is a substantial shareholder and Director at 
Chapel Down Group plc and is a significant 
investor in a wide ranging number of AIM 
quoted companies, as well as a number 
of private companies, including Saracens 
Rugby Club. He is a former Director and 
was a significant shareholder in Domino’s 
Pizza. He was appointed as a Director of the 
Company on 15 July 2016.

Rob is a commercially focused chartered 
governance professional who previously 
served as an independent Non-executive 
Director of the Group from the IPO in 
July 2016 until 1 October 2023. He was 
appointed as Company Secretary on 
2 October 2023 and has over 30 years’ 
experience gained in FTSE listed and AIM 
quoted companies. Rob was previously 
company secretary of Greene King, Lonmin 
and, most recently, De La Rue. He also 
held a number of company secretary 
appointments during an interim/freelance 
career, including Domino’s Pizza Group. 
Rob was chosen as his professional body’s 
Company Secretary of the Year in 2014.

83

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Committee membership  A  Audit Committee  N  Nomination Committee  R  Remuneration Committee   Denotes Committee Chair

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionManagement Board

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Management Board
In addition to the two Executive Directors and the Company Secretary, the following serve as members of the Management Board:

Chris Stuckey
CEO, Pirtek Europe

Peter Molloy
CEO, Water & Waste Services division

Jason Sayers
CEO, Filta International

Tim Harris
Managing Director, B2C division

Chris joined the business in 2017 as 
Managing Director for Pirtek UK and Ireland 
and over the past six years the business 
has grown strongly under his leadership. 
Following Franchise Brands’ acquisition 
of Pirtek, Chris was appointed as CEO of 
Pirtek Europe. He was previously Managing 
Director of Brammer Group between 2014 
and 2017 and between 2010 and 2013 
held senior management positions in 
business development and strategy with 
Harsco Metals. His roles with Brammer 
and Harsco Metals included substantial 
international experience.

Peter has over 35 years of management 
and commercial experience. Peter joined 
Metro Rod in 2003 and was promoted 
to Commercial Director in 2005 and to 
Managing Director in 2017 following the 
acquisition by Franchise Brands. In June 
2022 Peter was promoted to CEO of the 
Water & Waste Services division (previously 
B2B) with responsibility for Metro Rod, 
Metro Plumb, Willow Pumps and Filta UK. 
Prior to joining Metro Rod, he was Managing 
Director of Solaglas Replacement Glazing, 
part of the Saint-Gobain Group.

Jason Sayers founded Filta in 1996 and took 
the business to the US in 2003. Prior to the 
merger with Franchise Brands he was Group 
CEO. He is now Managing Director of Filta 
International with responsibility for growing 
the Filta businesses in the US and Europe.

Tim is a seasoned franchise professional 
with 30 years’ experience of successfully 
developing automotive, commercial and 
domestic franchise businesses in both 
international and UK markets. Tim joined the 
Group in 2008 and is the Managing Director 
of the B2C Division. Prior to joining the Group, 
Tim held senior sales positions at a number 
of franchisor companies.

84

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Management Board continued

Colin Rees
Chief Information Officer

Robin Auld
Group Marketing Director

Julia Choudhury
Corporate Development Director

Andrew Mallows
Group Commercial Director

Colin is a highly experienced IT professional. 
He was appointed to the new position of 
Chief Information Officer in April 2017. Colin 
was previously Director of IT at Domino’s 
Pizza where he was responsible for all 
IT systems. He previously held a number of 
senior IT roles at EasyJet including Head of 
Software Delivery. Colin started his career 
at Argos plc and held a number of positions 
over a ten-year period.

Robin oversees consumer, trade and 
franchise recruitment marketing activity 
ensuring continual evolution of strategy 
and best practice in execution. He joined 
Franchise Brands in 2010 and has a 
successful track record of marketing success 
over 25 years. He is best known for his 
work at Domino’s Pizza Group as Sales & 
Marketing Director.

Julia has 35 years of commercial, finance 
and investment experience. Julia joined the 
Group at its formation in 2008 and has a 
particular focus on corporate development, 
which includes acquisitions. Between 1997 
and 2005, Julia held a number of senior 
management roles at AXA Investment 
Managers, including Managing Director 
of the UK operation. Her early career was 
spent in corporate finance and investment 
management with BZW in London and Asia.

Andrew originally joined Franchise Brands 
in 2016 as Finance Director, and since 2017 
has been the Group’s Commercial Director. 
He has significant experience in franchising 
and business development and was Finance 
Director of Domino’s Pizza Group from 2001 to 
2004 before being appointed as its Business 
Development Director.

85

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionOur Governance Framework

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Our Governance Framework

Board of Directors

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

Board of Directors

This is responsible to the Company’s 
shareholders for:

The role of the Audit Committee 
is to check:

The role of the Remuneration 
Committee is to:

The role of the Nomination Committee 
is to:

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

“Star Chamber” 
(IT Steering Group)

TCFD/Climate Change 
Working Group

Management Board

•  Setting the Group’s strategy, business 

•  that the Board maintains sound 

plans and budgets;

•  Ensuring that necessary financial 

and human resources are in place to 
meet the strategic aims of the Group;

•  Setting the corporate culture, guiding 

principles and values;

•  Maintaining the policy framework and 
decision-making processes through 
which the strategy and business 
plans are implemented;

•  Providing entrepreneurial 

leadership within a framework 
of good governance and sound 
risk management;

•  Oversight of the Group’s businesses 
and their performance against key 
financial and non-financial indicators, 
supporting and challenging 
management to deliver long-term 
sustainable success;

•  Checking that obligations to 
shareholders and other key 
stakeholders are understood and 
met; and

•  Overseeing the systems of risk 

management and internal control.

There is a formal schedule of matters 
reserved for the Board’s decision.

The names and biographical details 
of the current Directors are on pages 
82 and 83. 

policies and procedures to satisfy 
itself on the integrity of financial 
and narrative statements and 
other public reporting and that 
these present a fair, balanced and 
understandable assessment of the 
Company’s position and prospects;

•  that the Company maintains sound 
procedures to identify and manage 
risk and to oversee the internal 
control framework and systems;

•  whether the Company’s enterprise-

wide internal controls are sufficiently 
robust to support the effective 
management of identified risks 
and whether there are appropriate 
assurance activities in place;

•  that there is an appropriate 

relationship with the external auditor, 
such that they are able to deliver 
an effective and objective external 
audit; and

•  whether there is a need for an 

internal audit function or, where 
there is such a function, that its 
remit, independence, objectivity 
and independence is secured. 

The members of the Audit Committee 
are Andy Brattesani (Chairman) 
and Peter Kear, each of whom is an 
independent Non-executive Director.

•  ensure that the Company 
establishes an effective 
remuneration policy aligned with 
the Company’s purpose, strategy 
and culture as well as its stage 
of development and that the 
remuneration policy (i) motivates 
management and promotes the 
long-term growth of shareholder 
value and (ii) supports and reinforces 
the desired corporate culture 
and promote the right behaviours 
and decisions;

•  check that remuneration policies 

and practices support the successful 
delivery of the Company’s long-term 
strategy and in particular that a 
significant proportion of Executive 
Directors’ and senior managers’ 
remuneration is structured to clearly 
link rewards to corporate and 
individual performance; and

•  that there is a formal and transparent 
procedure for developing policy 
on executive remuneration and for 
setting the remuneration packages 
of individual Directors, including 
the granting of share awards and 
other equity incentives through the 
Group’s employee share schemes. 

The members of the Remuneration 
Committee are: Peter Kear (Chairman) 
and Andy Brattesani, each of whom is 
an independent Non-executive Director.

•  make recommendations to the 
plc Board for the appointment 
of Directors;

•  to manage any recruitment 

processes for Board roles to ensure 
that these are objective and that 
diversity factors are considered; and

•  to monitor and review succession 

planning for Board and Management 
Board roles.

The members of the Committee 
are Peter Kear (Chairman), Stephen 
Hemsley, Andy Brattesani and Nigel 
Wray. As recommended in the QCA 
Corporate Governance Code, at least 
one member of the committee is an 
independent Non-executive Director.

Key:   Board/NED Committees   Management Committees

86

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Our Governance Framework continued

Management Board

“Star Chamber”

Climate Change Working Group

Building the Board:  
Non-executive Director profile

This supports the Board of Directors, 
which sets business plans and budgets 
and monitors the delivery of results. The 
Management Board is responsible for 
co-ordinating and driving the operational 
performance of the Group’s businesses. 
The Management Board is accountable 
to the plc Board through the Executive 
Chairman, Stephen Hemsley, supported 
by the Chief Financial Officer, Mark Fryer.

The names and biographical details of 
the current members of the Management 
Board are on pages 84 and 85.

The role of this body is to oversee the 
considerable investment we are making 
in IT, ensuring that the projects being 
prioritised are those that will make the 
greatest difference to the business and 
checking that the delivery of those initiatives 
remains on track and on budget. Having 
a forum separate from the management 
board enables us to have more focused 
and deeper conversations on the use 
of technology in our business, which we 
see as a key differentiator and source of 
competitive advantage and a profit driver 
in the medium term and beyond.

The “Star Chamber” comprises a number 
of members of the Management Board plus 
Pete Kear, a Non-executive Director who 
has vast experience and understanding 
of IT issues. 

This group will oversee the Group’s 
response to climate change. Its initial 
workload will be to identify the risks and 
opportunities arising from or associated 
with climate change, and to assess the 
materiality of these over the short-, medium- 
and long-term. Once this is understood, we 
can model the impacts in various climate 
change scenarios, starting with the Paris 
Agreement assumption of 1.5-2.0°C and 
then across a wider range of outcomes.

The Working Group is chaired by Mark 
Fryer, an Executive Director and our CFO, 
and is coordinated by Rob Bellhouse, our 
Company Secretary, who is responsible for 
risk management within the Group. It also 
comprises a number of relevant managers 
drawn from across the business. Given the 
importance of the issues it is managing, 
the Working Group reports directly 
to the Board.

Pete Kear
I joined the Board in October 2023 and 
almost immediately met the top 65 or 
so operational executives at the Growth 
Summit. I was hugely impressed by the 
energy and enthusiasm from across the 
Group and the plethora of ideas for how 
we could make the most of our potential. 
The opportunities are real, and the Group 
is proposing to use IT as an enabler and 
differentiator in a very practical way.

Having built a global IT company from a 
start-up to a sizeable quoted company, I 
am happy to share my experience. So in 
addition to my role as a Non-executive 
Director, I work very closely with the CIO, 
Colin Rees, to help him drive what is a 
very significant programme of investment 
in IT, that should help propel the Group’s 
growth ambitions. 

87

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionCorporate Governance  

in Action

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Corporate Governance in Action

Corporate governance plays a crucial role in helping to preserve value for shareholders by providing a structure and process for decision-making which should ensure 
that all major decisions are considered in good time, that the relevant body is provided with good-quality briefing materials which cover all relevant factors, and that 
its deliberations consider the risks, as well as the opportunities, in the issue. 

It is for these reasons that the Board is committed to achieving high standards of corporate governance across the Group’s operations.

The Board of Directors has chosen to apply the QCA Corporate Governance Code (the Code) as it believes that this provides an appropriate governance framework for a group of our size and 
should help support our growth and success. In this section of the report, we explain how we have applied the ten Principles of the 2018 edition of the Code. In some areas we have also reported 
in line with the 2023 version of the Code, though that will only apply for us from the financial year commencing on 1 January 2025. In addition to choosing to apply the Code, Franchise Brands 
is a member of the QCA in order to support the work it does in promoting good corporate governance.

We applied each of the Code’s ten principles throughout 2023 and expect to continue to do so in 2024. There may be circumstances where the interests of the Company and its shareholders 
are better served by diverging from the Code’s recommendations. If this is ever the case, we will always explain the rationale for why we are choosing to do this.

QCA PRINCIPLE 1
Establish a strategy and business model which 
promote long-term value for shareholders

We are focused on building market-leading businesses, 
primarily using a franchise model. In general, we prefer to 
invest in established brands which can benefit from our 
shared support services and Group expertise and resources.

Further information:

 Strategy on pages 12-19

  Implementation during the year and any key challenges experienced, 
on pages 20-35

88

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

QCA PRINCIPLE 2
Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations 

The Executive Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate 
Development Director meet regularly with institutional shareholders 
and provide feedback to the Board and management board. 
The Board and management board are provided with research 
notes from sell-side analysts plus insight into shareholders’ 
views from the Company’s brokers and nominated adviser.

Detailed reports on trading, financial and ESG performance 
are provided through our interim and annual financial reports, 
trading updates are issued regularly via RNS, and through our 
Capital Markets Day and other investor presentations, retail 
digital platforms and at shareholder meetings. The Group also 
exhibits and presents at events attended by retail investors 
and provides content to retail financial news websites. All 
our material shareholder communications are available 
on the website. 

The Group welcomes the personal investment in its equity 
that many employees and franchisees have made, as well as 
our retail investors. All of these personal shareholders benefit 
from website updates, which include all presentations we 
make to institutional shareholders and at investor conferences. 

We regularly update the Investor Relations section of the 
Group’s website with the aim of providing useful information 
for all investors, but particularly our retail shareholders. We use 
our Annual Report to provide shareholders with details of 
the Group, operations, performance, strategy and policies. 
The Group also exhibits and presents at events attended by 
retail investors (whether virtually or in person) and subscribes, 
and provides content to, retail financial news websites.

All Directors attend the AGM, at which there is an opportunity for 
shareholders to ask questions formally. Voting at the AGM is by poll, 
to ensure that the votes of all shareholders are taken into account, 
regardless of whether they are able to attend the meeting.

We were pleased that all of the resolutions proposed at our 
AGM received the support of more than 99% of the votes cast, 
other than in relation to the management of our share capital 
where there is an increasing divergence of views among 
investors. Even on these resolutions, we received the support 
of more than 90% of the votes cast.

Further information:

 Major shareholders, page 106

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Corporate Governance in Action continued

QCA PRINCIPLE 3 
Take into account wider stakeholder and social 
responsibilities and the long-term

QCA PRINCIPLE 4 
Embed effective risk management throughout 
the organisation

QCA PRINCIPLE 5 
Maintain a well-functioning,  
balanced Board

In making decisions, the Company’s Directors are cognisant of 
all their legal duties and obligations, including the requirement 
under Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 to act in the 
way that is most likely to promote the success of the Company 
for the benefit of its members as a whole and to have regard 
(among other matters) to the factors set out in that section.

The Board has a clear understanding of the key stakeholders 
in our business, both internal and external. The Board and the 
Management Board consider the factors that are important 
for all its stakeholders, seeks to maintain strong relationships, 
solicits feedback and fosters responsible working practices.

As a progressive, principle-led Group, we are committed to 
working in partnership with all our stakeholders. We place 
particular importance on directly engaging and collaborating 
with our employees, franchisees, suppliers, customers 
and local communities and shareholders. Their views and 
feedback are important to us and are used to inform our 
decision making.

Further information:

 Stakeholders, see pages 58-59

 How we consider wider interests in decision making, see pages 60-61

 ESG performance, see pages 37-55

89

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

The Board reviewed its risk management framework during 
2023 and adopted a new methodology for rating the impact 
and likelihood for risks. This methodology was specifically 
designed to ensure that all risks could be rated on a 
comparable basis. The Board has also defined the risks it is 
prepared to take in the expectation of earning a return (its risk 
appetite), the risks it expects the business to seek to manage 
(its risk tolerance) and which risks it is not prepared to face. 
The latter are the risks that, if they materialise, will prevent us 
delivering on our business plans or have other impacts that 
we cannot live with.

The Company is run by the Board of Directors. The Board 
members have a collective responsibility and legal obligation 
to promote the interests of the company, and are collectively 
responsible for establishing and maintaining effective 
corporate governance arrangements. 

The names and biographical details of the current Directors 
are on pages 82 and 83. The Board judges that Pete Kear 
and Andy Brattesani are independent directors. While he 
demonstrates complete independence of thought, Nigel Wray 
is not considered by the Board to be independent in view of 
his significant shareholding and long tenure with the Group.

The management board and the Board each review the 
corporate risk register at least biannually and the Board reviews 
the effectiveness of the systems of risk management annually.

Further information:

 Risk management, see page 76

 Management of climate-change related risks, see pages 49-55

 Principal risks and uncertainties, see pages 77-79

The two Executive Directors work full-time in the business. 
We expect the Non-executive Directors to commit sufficient 
time as is necessary for the proper performance of their 
duties, including attending all scheduled Board and committee 
meetings, the AGM, site visits and other non-scheduled calls 
and meetings. In addition, they are expected to devote time 
to reading papers and being prepared fully for each of these 
meetings or events. In total, we estimate that this should 
amount to two-three days per month, but the actual time 
commitment is open-ended.

All Directors receive regular and timely information on the 
Group’s operational and financial performance. Detailed Board 
papers are sent out in advance of Board meetings, and the 
Board receive the monthly management accounts detailing the 
performance of our brands.

Further information:

 Directors’ biographies, see pages 82-83

 The role of the Board, see pages 86-87

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Corporate Governance in Action continued

QCA PRINCIPLE 5 
Maintain a well-functioning, balanced Board  
continued

The Board held eight scheduled meetings during 2023, plus a number of additional calls and 
meetings in connection with the Pirtek acquisition and associated fund-raising. Attendance 
at the scheduled meetings was as follows:

Jan Mar

Apr

Jun

Jul

Sep

Nov

Dec

Total

●
●
–
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
–

●

●
●
–
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
–
●
●

●
●
–
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
–
●
●

●
●
–
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
–
●
●

●
●
–
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
–
●
●

●
–
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
–
●
●

●
–
●
–
–
–
–
–
–
●
●
–
●

● 8/8
– 5/5
● 3/3
– 6/6
– 6/6
– 6/6
– 6/6
– 6/6
– 6/6
● 8/8
● 2/2
– 5/6
● 8/8

Director

Stephen Hemsley
Andrew Mallows1
Mark Fryer2
Julia Choudhury3
Tim Harris3
Peter Molloy3
Colin Rees3
Jason Sayers3
Rob Bellhouse3
Andy Brattesani
Pete Kear4
David Poutney3
Nigel Wray

1  Resigned 2 August 2023.
2  Resigned 2 August 2023.
3  Resigned 2 October 2023.
4  Appointed 2 October 2023.

Further information:

 Key decisions taken in 2023, see pages 60-61

 The role of the Board, see pages 86-87

 Board Committees, see pages 82-83 and 86-87

90

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

QCA PRINCIPLE 6 
Ensure that the Directors collectively have the necessary,  
up-to-date experience, skills and capabilities

The current Directors of the company and an outline of their relevant experience and skills 
is on pages 82 and 83.

Our Directors are drawn from a wide range of backgrounds, skills and experiences. We 
are confident that collectively our Board members possess the necessary mix of capabilities 
to deliver the Company’s strategy for the benefit of our shareholders over the medium- and 
long-term. Directors are encouraged and supported to ensure their skills remain up to date, 
including training courses and continuing professional development. 

The Board recognises that as the Group evolves, the mix of skills, knowledge and experience 
required on the Board will need to change, and Board composition will need to evolve in response. 
New appointments will always be considered against objective, merit-based criteria and have due 
regard for the benefits of diversity in all its forms. In early 2024 the Board created a Nomination 
Committee with specific responsibilities around succession planning and managing the process for 
Board appointments.

The Board is supported by the Company Secretary, who advises and supports the Chairman 
and Board on corporate governance, risk, legal and regulatory matters and is available to any 
Director to provide advice.

Directors are provided with access to the Company’s Nominated Advisor, who provide briefings 
on necessary legislation and regulations from time to time. In addition, the Company’s external 
legal counsel is available to the Board and individual Directors as needed. The Remuneration 
Committee is supported by an external remuneration consultant, who provides detailed insight 
into peer group practice and the views of proxy advisory firms, institutional investors and their 
representative bodies. 

There were no specific matters on which any Director sought external advice during the year.

Further information:

 Directors’ biographies, see pages 82-83

 Remuneration Committee report, see pages 98-103

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
 
QCA PRINCIPLE 8 
Promote a culture based on ethical values and behaviour 

Franchise Brands has five well-established guiding principles 
that inform the way we work with each other, support our 
franchisees and serve our customers and communities:

•  We demand integrity: We are professional in everything we 

do and treat people with respect.

•  We empower our people: We empower our people and 
expect them to take ownership of a situation and to be 
accountable for their actions and the results they generate.

•  We are challenging of ourselves: We set high standards, 

are demanding of ourselves, are prepared to challenge the 
norm and have a relentless focus on continual improvement.

•  We are fair: We consider that fairness and transparency are 
essential to creating high trust working relationships with 
each other, and with our franchisees, partners, suppliers 
and customers.

•  We work as a team: We place a huge amount of importance 
on teamwork between our colleagues and our franchisees 
in creating a dynamic business.

We pride ourselves on having a dynamic and entrepreneurial 
culture with tone set from the top. Our ethos is “do more 
of what works, and less of what doesn’t”. At every level of 
management our people are encouraged to try out new 
approaches and ideas and to test whether these work; 
our only stipulation is that we form a view on the success 
(or otherwise) of an initiative quickly and dispassionately.

During the year, all of the Directors participated in the 
company’s Growth Summit, which was attended by around 65 
senior managers drawn from all parts of the Group. By getting 
to meet such a wide range of people face-to-face both formally 
and informally, they are able to assure themselves that there 
is a healthy corporate culture. The Directors also meet with 
management board members very regularly, which provides 
further insight into the culture of the organisation.

Further information:

 Strategy, see pages 12-19

 Our guiding principles, see page 36

 Risk management, see pages 76-79

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Corporate Governance in Action continued

QCA PRINCIPLE 7 
Evaluate Board performance and seek  
continuous improvement

The Board has carried out performance effectiveness reviews on 
a biennial basis since 2018, with the last review being undertaken 
in 2022. Each of these was conducted by an independent 
Non-executive Director with expertise in corporate governance, 
with the results being shared with the full Board. Agreed actions 
arising from these reviews have been completed and continue 
to inform how the Board operates. 

No review was undertaken by the Board in 2023 and no 
decision has yet been taken on whether to carry out a 
performance evaluation in 2024, or whether this should 
be externally facilitated.

We are fully aware of the need for progressive refreshing 
of the Board, and succession planning is a key focus. 
The composition of the Board has continued to evolve in 
recent years. In October 2022 we appointed an additional 
independent Non-executive Director, Andy Brattesani, who 
brings immense experience of franchising in the UK and 
overseas. In October 2023 two Non-executive Directors retired 
from the Board, having each completed seven years’ service, 
and we appointed Pete Kear. He brings vast knowledge of IT 
and experience of building an international software business 
quoted on the AIM market. In January 2024 a Nomination 
Committee was created to formalise and better oversee our 
approach to succession planning. 

Further information:

 Directors’ biographies, see pages 82-83

 Nomination Committee remit, see page 86

91

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Corporate Governance in Action continued

QCA PRINCIPLE 9 
Maintain fit-for-purpose governance structures and processes 

For details of our governance framework, please see pages 
86-87. That section summarises the remit of each of our 
governance bodies and how these interact. There has 
been significant change in our governance structure during 
the latter part of 2023 and into early 2024. Please refer to 
the Chairman’s introduction to this corporate governance 
section of the Annual Report on page 81.

The roles and responsibilities of specific Directors are 
clearly understood:

Executive Chairman
•  Lead the Board and the Management Board

•  Propose strategy for agreement by the Board and 

business plans and budgets aligned with that strategy 
for Board approval

•  Lead the implementation of Board-approved business 
plans and budgets, and provide transparent reporting 
on operational and financial performance

•  Ensure that shareholder and other key stakeholders’ 
interests are taken into account when managing the 
Group’s business

92

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Chief Financial Officer
•  Lead the Finance function

•  Ensure that accounting policies and practices are aligned 
with IFRS and other GAAP and applied consistently across 
the Group

•  Ensure that appropriate internal financial controls are 

implemented and maintained

•  Ensure that the Group’s financial reporting is of a high quality 
and presents a true and fair view of business performance

•  Engage with our shareholders and lending banks 

Non‑executive Directors
•  Challenge constructively and help develop proposals 

on strategy

•  Satisfy themselves as to the integrity of the financial 
reporting systems and the information they provide

•  Satisfy themselves as to the robustness of the 

internal controls

•  Ensure that the systems of risk management are robust 

and defensible

•  Review management performance and the reporting of 

such performance to shareholders

The Senior Independent Director is a Non-executive 
Director with additional responsibilities. They are available 
to shareholders to discuss any matters that it may not be 
possible or appropriate to raise with the Executive Chairman 
or the CFO. In addition, they will lead Board discussions on 
the performance of the Executive Chairman.

Further information:

 Changes made in 2023 and to date, see pages 81 and 104

 Directors’ biographies, see pages 82-83

 Governance framework, see pages 86-87

QCA PRINCIPLE 10 
Communicate our governance performance to 
shareholders and other relevant stakeholders

We engage regularly with our shareholders. We explain how 
we communicate trading and financial performance under 
QCA Principle 2 above.

The Board uses the Annual Report and the associated website 
disclosures as the primary way to provide shareholders 
with details of the Group’s governance framework and 
the effectiveness of this in supporting operational and 
financial performance. The Executive Chairman and, if 
appropriate, the Senior Independent Director are available 
to shareholders to discuss governance matters as needed.

Further information:

 Changes made in 2023 and to date, see pages 81 and 104

 Governance framework, see pages 86-87

 Audit Committee report, see pages 93-97

 Remuneration Committee report, see pages 98-103

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionAudit Committee Report

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Audit Committee Report

Robust reporting  
of strong performance

Operation of the Audit Committee
Role of the Audit Committee
The role of the Audit Committee is to check:

•  that the Board maintains sound policies and procedures to satisfy itself on the integrity of 
financial and narrative statements and other public reporting and that these present a fair, 
balanced and understandable assessment of the Company’s position and prospects;

•  that the Company maintains sound procedures to identify and manage risk and to oversee 

the internal control framework and systems;

•  whether the Company’s enterprise-wide internal controls are sufficiently robust to support 
the effective management of identified risks and whether there are appropriate assurance 
activities in place;

•  that there is an appropriate relationship with the external auditor, such that they are able 

to deliver an effective and objective external audit; and

•  whether there is a need for an internal audit function or, where there is such a function, that 

its remit, independence, objectivity and independence is secured. 

Membership 
The members of the Committee at the date of this report are Andy Brattesani (Chairman) and 
Peter Kear, each of whom is an independent Non-executive Director. In addition, during the year 
David Poutney served as Chairman, and Rob Bellhouse served as a member of the Committee 
until each of them retired from the Board on 2 October 2023.

Andy Brattesani is an experienced banking executive with more than 30 years’ professional 
experience. Pete Kear has extensive business experience as both an executive and non-
executive director, including serving as CEO of a quoted company with a market capitalisation 
of £160m. Andy Brattesani was provided with full induction training when he became Chairman 
of the Committee in October 2023.

93

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Meetings and attendance records
The Committee met twice in 2023 and attendance was as follows:

Director

David Poutney (resigned 2 October 2023)
Rob Bellhouse (resigned 2 October 2023)
Andy Brattesani
Pete Kear (appointed 2 October 2023)

Mar

Dec

●
●
●
–

–
–
●
●

Total

1/1
1/1
2/2
1/1

In addition to the Committee members, the Executive Chairman and Chief Financial Officer 
are invited to attend all meetings, with other senior financial managers invited to attend when 
necessary. The external auditors attend meetings to discuss the planning and conclusions 
of their work and meet with the members of the Committee without any members of the 
executive team present after each meeting. The Committee is able to call for information 
from management and consults with the external auditors directly as required.

Building the Board: Non-executive Director profile

Andy Brattesani
I became Chair of the Audit Committee in October 2023. While I’ve been a user of 
statutory accounts throughout my 30+ year career in banking, I’m not an accountant 
by training. 

The company has supported my transition into the role. The Company Secretary, Rob 
Bellhouse, provided a detailed briefing on the responsibilities throughout the year and 
guidance on what would ensure success. The CFO, Mark Fryer, gave me a detailed 
understanding of the accounting policies, judgements and assumptions that underpin 
the areas in our financial statements that were likely to be a focus in the audit. The audit 
partner, Sakib Isa, took me through the issues that he felt would be regarded as key 
audit matters and significant audit risks, ahead of the start of the statutory audit. 

The shared understanding and relationships that we’ve developed enabled us to 
work together transparently and successfully in my first year-end as Chair of the 
Audit Committee.

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Audit Committee Report continued

Financial reporting
Key matters considered by the Audit Committee
The integrity of the Group’s financial reporting is of critical importance and it is a core responsibility of the Committee to review this reporting and the key accounting contained in the financial statements.

Key accounting matters considered in relation to 2023
The Committee considered a number of issues in relation to the Annual Report and Accounts, including significant estimates and key accounting judgements. How these were handled and the 
decisions reached are set out in the table below. For further information on the work of the external auditor in relation to these matters, please see their report on pages 110-117.

Topic 
What is the risk?

Revenue recognition and application of IFRS 15

The Group has a number of revenue streams and transacts 
with its customers both directly (as principal), and indirectly 
acting as either a commission agent or where services 
are delivered through its franchise networks. The risk 
is that revenue and cost of sales are not recognised 
correctly in the financial statements. While the profitability 
would be unaffected, the profit margins earned would be 
stated erroneously.

What did the Committee do?

What conclusion did it reach?

The Committee was provided with a summary of 
management’s paper on the application of IFRS 15 on key 
revenue streams within the Group and discussed this with 
the finance team. 

The Committee also reviewed the findings contained in the 
external auditor’s reporting to the Board and discussed the work 
performed by the audit team with the senior statutory auditor. 

To the extent that prior period adjustments were required, the 
Committee ensured that it understood the rationale for this 
and the reasons for the particular amount of the adjustment.

The Committee is satisfied that management is accounting for 
all key revenue streams in an appropriate way and that IFRS15 
is being applied correctly within the Group. 

The Committee is also satisfied that the external auditor has 
reviewed the accounting approach with an appropriate level 
of professional scepticism and conducted a thorough review 
of the Group’s accounting practices in this area.

Acquisition accounting for Pirtek Europe 

The Group acquired the holding company of the Pirtek Europe 
group on 20 April 2023. As with any major acquisition, there 
is a risk of material misstatement in the fair value allocated to 
assets and liabilities acquired including intangible assets and 
the balance of goodwill recognised. To the extent that any of 
these items is amortised, it would result in a mis-statement of 
the income statement in subsequent years.

The Committee reviewed management’s approach to the 
valuation of the acquired assets and liabilities and the key 
inputs, assumptions and methodologies used by management 
and their external expert in valuing the acquired businesses. 

The Committee also reviewed the findings contained in 
the external auditor’s reporting to the Board and discussed 
the work performed by the audit team with the senior 
statutory auditor.

The Committee is satisfied that management has valued 
and accounted for the acquired assets and liabilities in an 
appropriate way. 

The Committee is also satisfied that the external auditor has 
reviewed the accounting approach with an appropriate level 
of professional scepticism and conducted a thorough review 
of the Group’s approach.

94

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Audit Committee Report continued

Financial reporting continued
Key matters considered by the Audit Committee continued

Topic 
What is the risk?

What did the Committee do?

What conclusion did it reach?

Consideration of potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

Management has determined that the Group has goodwill and 
intangible assets with indefinite lifespan, which must therefore 
be tested annually for indications of impairment. The risk is 
that carrying values are overstated and the profits for the year 
similarly overstated, if those asset values are not impaired 
when this would be the appropriate treatment.

The Committee reviewed management’s approach to the 
annual test for indications of impairment, noting that there is a 
high degree of judgement in assessing the value in use of the 
Cash Generating Units to which the goodwill and intangible 
assets are allocated. 

The Committee also reviewed the findings contained in the 
external auditor’s reporting to the Board and discussed the work 
performed by the audit team with the senior statutory auditor.

The Committee is satisfied that management’s judgements 
in this area are reasonable and that the carrying values of 
goodwill and intangible assets continue to be justified. 

The Committee is also satisfied that the external auditor has 
provided an appropriate level of scrutiny to the assessment 
of whether there is any requirement to impair.

95

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Audit Committee Report continued

External audit
Relationship with the external auditor
BDO LLP has served as the Company’s external auditor since the IPO in 2016. Senior members 
of the audit team have been rotated in line with regulatory requirements and best practices. 
Sakib Isa is the lead audit engagement partner and he took on this role in 2023, having had 
no previous connection with the Group. The Audit Committee maintains a strong relationship 
with the lead audit engagement partner, who acts as the senior statutory auditor, and with 
other senior members of the audit team. In particular, the Committee Chairman has regular 
contact with the audit partner, both formally and informally, to understand the relationships 
between the auditor and the senior members of the Company’s finance team and whether 
there are any accounting or financial reporting issues that need to be discussed and resolved.

Non‑audit services
The Group became an Other Entity of Public Interest (“OEPI”) on 31 December 2023. Prior to this 
date, the Company and Group sourced a number of non-audit services from the BDO network. 
All such services were provided by separate teams from the audit team with suitable safeguards 
in place. The cumulative non-audit fees paid were more than the audit fee, primarily reflecting a 
significant single engagement to provide financial and tax due diligence reviews ahead of the 
acquisition of Pirtek Europe as a one-off engagement prior to the Group becoming an OEPI. 

No further non-audit services are being provided by the Group’s auditor following the Group 
becoming an OEPI in line with the FRC ethical standard.

The fees paid to BDO during or in respect of 2023 are:

Auditor objectivity and independence
The Committee places great emphasis on audit quality. This encompasses monitoring the skills 
and knowledge of the audit team, their mindset and culture and the quality of the judgements 
reached by the senior members of the audit team. In all of their dealings with the key members 
of the audit team, the Committee members look for evidence that their work is being done from a 
position of independence, with an entirely objective eye and appropriate professional scepticism. 
The Committee also seeks the views of senior members of the finance team on their, and their 
teams’, dealings with the external auditors and whether there are any indications that audit quality 
is being compromised in any way, or any means by which it could be further enhanced.

In turn, BDO puts safeguards in place to avoid compromising their objectivity and independence. 
They provide a written report to the Committee on how they comply with professional and 
regulatory requirements and best practice designed to ensure their independence. As noted 
above, key members of the audit team have been rotated in line with regulatory requirements.

The objectivity and independence of the external auditors is safeguarded by reviewing the 
auditors’ formal declarations, monitoring relationships between key audit staff and the Company 
and tracking the level of fees payable to the auditors for non-audit services, and the nature of 
those services.

Statutory audit fees: 

Group/UK
BDO component audits – overseas

Total: Audit fees

Non-audit services:

Financial and tax due diligence reviews (one-off exercises)
Tax compliance services (now discontinued)
Tax advisory services (now discontinued)
Payroll services (now discontinued)
Other assurance services (now discontinued)

Total: Non‑audit services

2023  
£’000

2022 
 £’000

585
77
662

726
82
31
66
—
905

160
113
273

106
80
—
—
10
196

The Committee is satisfied that the non-audit services provided by the BDO network during 
2023 do not compromise the objectivity and independence of the firm as Group auditor. None 
of the non-audit services listed above are now being provided by the Group auditor and an 
agreement has been reached that the Group will not use the BDO network for any non-audit 
services going given their role as the Group’s auditor.

96

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Audit Committee Report continued

External audit continued
Effectiveness of the external audit process
Following the conclusion of the audit process the Audit Committee undertook a review of 
the effectiveness of the external auditors at its meeting in June 2024. This took into account 
the views of the Executive Directors and other senior executives with direct experience of 
the audit of the 2023 financial statements. The conclusions reached were shared with the 
external auditor.

Based on its assessment of the audit of the 2023 financial statements and the results 
of the effectiveness review, the Audit Committee is satisfied that BDO provided a 
comprehensive audit and demonstrated appropriate levels of independence, objectivity 
and professional scepticism.

Audit tender
The Board has considered its strategy in relation to future audits. BDO has now served as the 
Group’s auditor for around 16 years. While we are not a public interest entity and therefore not 
subject to the mandatory rotation of audit firms after 20 years’ tenure, we are conscious of the 
need to be able to demonstrate the independence and objectivity of our external auditors. 
We therefore intend to conduct an audit tender during the summer months of 2024. We have 
already opened discussions with three other statutory auditors, including firms from outside 
the ‘Big 4’, all of whom we believe could deliver a high-quality audit.

Risk management and internal control
Systems of risk management and internal control
The Group has reviewed its systems of risk management in the course of 2023. For details 
of this, please see page 76. The system of internal control continues to develop and evolve. 
The Group intends to implement a new company-wide accounting system during 2024 and 
2025 to consolidate the Group’s financial reporting and financial management systems onto a 
single, modern cloud-based platform. We envisage that this will materially enhance the Group’s 
internal financial control environment and that the wider universe of internal controls more 
generally will also be improved by implementing this system.

Effectiveness review
The Committee has not undertaken a formal review of the effectiveness of the systems of risk 
management and internal control during the year. However, based on its members’ knowledge of 
the Group’s operations and performance it is satisfied that the arrangements currently in place are 
fit-for-purpose and that the risk and control framework and processes are operating as intended.

Internal audit
The Group does not have an internal audit function at this stage of its journey. The Committee is 
satisfied that this does not compromise the quality of, or confidence in, its internal and external 
reporting and that the absence of an internal audit function does not have any detrimental effect 
on the work of the external auditor.

The Company will comply with all relevant laws and regulations in relation to audit tender and 
the mandatory rotation of the firm. There are no contractual restrictions in place that would limit 
the Company’s freedom to choose its auditor.

Andy Brattesani
Chairman, Audit Committee

Proposed re‑election of the auditor at the 2024 AGM
As a public company, Franchise Brands is obliged in law to have an external auditor holding 
office at all times. The Committee has therefore recommended to the Board that BDO should 
be proposed for re-election as the external auditor at the 2024 AGM. The Board has accepted 
that recommendation and resolutions will be proposed for their re-election and to empower the 
Directors to approve the auditor’s fees for the next statutory audit.

Once the audit tender process has been completed we will announce the name of the firm 
to be appointed by the Board, who will hold office until the conclusion of the Annual General 
Meeting in 2025.

97

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionRemuneration Committee Report

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Remuneration Committee Report

Paying responsibly  
to reward strong 
performance

Introduction by the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Dear fellow shareholder
I was appointed as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee when I joined the Board in October 
2023. At that time the Company had largely completed the initial integration of Pirtek Europe, 
acquired in April 2023, and significant changes had just been made to the management structure.

The Pirtek business had been owned by private equity for some years and we inherited a very 
capable management team whose remuneration packages were aligned to the PE model of 
ownership. In addition, we had recruited other senior executives from listed companies, whose 
remuneration included both short- and long-term incentives. We therefore undertook a review 
of senior management pay, led by the Executive Chairman and which was supported by external 
views and market data from FIT Remuneration Consultants and other sources, to ensure our 
future remuneration arrangements were capable of attracting and retaining senior executives. 

The review showed that a correction was required to the levels of remuneration for our senior 
management team. The increases took effect from 1 October 2023 and we are satisfied that we 
are not paying above market levels and certainly paying no more than is warranted. The next 
pay review will be with effect from 1 January 2025. We also took the decision to introduce a 
short-term cash bonus scheme, from the year commencing 1 January 2024 onwards. Franchise 
Brands has never had a short-term incentive scheme of any sort, and we had fallen behind 
market in this regard, which was inhibiting our ability to integrate acquired businesses. The 
bonus plan is designed only to generate reward if there is genuine outperformance of budgets 
and/or City forecasts, and to be entirely self-funding. There is more detail on the design of the 
bonus plan later in this report on page 103.

98

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

We continue to use share options as our primary motivational tool, using market-value options with 
a three-year vesting date subject to achieving material compound growth in EPS. Executives are 
encouraged to take a long-term view and, subject to vesting, options can be exercised at any 
time up to the tenth anniversary of granting. The senior management team is highly focused on 
generating sustainable growth in our share price, and we believe that the current tools available 
to the Committee are the most appropriate at this stage of the Company’s evolution. In early 
2024 we introduced malus and clawback wording into the rules of the employee share option 
scheme, which mirrors that included in the short-term bonus plan and which will apply to awards 
granted from 2024 onwards.

Overall, the Remuneration Committee is satisfied that it is providing attractive, but not excessive, 
levels of reward and that the short- and long-term incentives we now offer promote responsible 
behaviour, including consideration of wider stakeholder interests, effective risk management 
and the longer-term. The introduction of malus and clawback into our employee share schemes 
gives us a further means of protecting shareholders’ interests, should this ever be needed.

We have reviewed the 2023 edition of the QCA Corporate Governance Code and will introduce the 
shareholder votes on remuneration matters recommended by the Code when it becomes effective for 
us, which is from the financial year commencing on 1 January 2025. As Chairman of the Committee, 
I am always available to shareholders to discuss remuneration matters whenever felt necessary.

Operation of the Remuneration Committee
Role of the Remuneration Committee
The role of the Remuneration Committee is to:

•  ensure that the Company establishes an effective remuneration policy aligned with the 
Company’s purpose, strategy and culture as well as its stage of development and that 
the remuneration policy (i) motivates management and promotes the long-term growth 
of shareholder value and (ii) supports and reinforces the desired corporate culture and 
promote the right behaviours and decisions;

•  check that remuneration policies and practices support the successful delivery of the 

Company’s long-term strategy and, in particular, that a significant proportion of Executive 
Directors’ and senior managers’ remuneration is structured to clearly link rewards to 
corporate and individual performance; and

•  ensure that there is a formal and transparent procedure for developing policy on executive 

remuneration and for setting the remuneration packages of individual Directors, including the 
granting of share awards and other equity incentives through the Group’s employee share schemes. 

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Remuneration Committee Report continued

Operation of the Remuneration Committee continued
Membership 
The members of the Committee at the date of this report are Peter Kear (Chairman) and 
Andy Brattesani, each of whom is an independent Non-executive Director. In addition, during 
the year Rob Bellhouse served as Chairman, and David Poutney served as a member of the 
Committee until each of them retired from the Board on 2 October 2023.

Meetings and attendance records
The Committee met formally once in 2023 and attendance was as follows:

Director

Andy Brattesani
Pete Kear (appointed 2 October 2023)

Oct

●
●

Total

1/1
1/1

In addition to the Committee members, the Executive Chairman is invited to attend meetings 
of the Remuneration Committee but does not participate when his own remuneration is being 
discussed. The Committee is also able to access external advice, which it obtains from a variety 
of sources. There is no retained advisor to the Committee, though we do tend to use FIT 
Remuneration Consultants LLP, who have considerable knowledge of market practice amongst 
our AIM quoted peers.

Directors’ remuneration in 2023
Remuneration policy
The objective of the Company’s remuneration policy is to facilitate the recruitment and retention 
of executives of an appropriate calibre. In addition, we ensure that the senior executives of the 
Company are provided with appropriate incentives to encourage enhanced performance and 
are, in a fair and responsible manner, rewarded for their individual contributions to the success 
of the Company.

Strategic alignment
The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the pay that can be earned is appropriate for a 
company of comparable size and complexity, at each level of performance and that the pay 
structure is aligned with the Company’s purpose, strategy and culture. 

All of the Executive Directors have significant exposure to the Company’s share price: 
Stephen Hemsley, as co-founder of the Company, has a significant personal shareholding in the 
Company, but does not have any options. 

Most of our senior management team members, including the other Executive Director, have 
material personal investments in our shares, supplemented by options granted under our ESOP. 
The vesting of options is subject to a performance condition requiring a pre-determined and 
challenging rate of compound annual growth in adjusted earnings per share, which the Board 
regards as the key performance metric. As a result, there is a clear incentive to drive earnings 
per share growth over the longer term and also to mitigate downside risks that could affect the 
Company’s profitability. Reputational risks could reasonably be expected to affect the share 
price, which means the Executive Directors are further incentivised to mitigate these exposures to 
maximise the potential value of their options. We expect that our share-settled incentives will foster 
alignment with shareholders through the building and holding of a meaningful shareholding in 
the Company.

How we structured executive pay in 2023
The remuneration that the Company offers to its Executive Directors has three 
principal components:

•  Fixed pay (basic salaries and benefits in kind) – Basic salaries are determined by the 

Remuneration Committee bearing in mind the salaries paid in AIM-quoted companies of 
similar size and complexity. Benefits in kind may include a car or car allowance, healthcare 
and life assurance.

•  Pensions – The Company operates a uniform defined contribution scheme available to all 

Executive Directors and employees, or will offer a cash supplement if executives are unable 
to participate in the scheme. Only basic salaries are pensionable. The Company has never 
operated a defined benefits scheme. No Director or former Director received any benefits from 
a retirement benefits scheme that were not otherwise available to all members of the scheme.

•  Variable pay – The Company operates a share option scheme covering permanent employees 
(including Executive Directors, other than Stephen Hemsley). Subject to achieving compound 
EPS growth targets, options can vest no earlier than the third anniversary of the date of grant 
and, once vested, may be exercised until the tenth anniversary. The exercise price of the 
options is generally set at the market value of the Company’s shares at the time of grant, so 
that the individual only benefits if there has been share price growth. The exception to this 
is for an historic (and now discontinued) matching scheme, where certain Directors were 
granted nominal value options if they purchased an equal number of shares in the market. 
Those nominal value options could only vest if performance targets were met. All of our share 
option schemes are overseen by the Remuneration Committee which determines the terms 
under which eligible individuals may be invited to participate, including the level of awards.

99

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Remuneration Committee Report continued

Directors’ remuneration in 2023 continued
Employee share schemes
The Executive Directors of the Company are eligible to participate in our employee share 
schemes. The Group’s principal scheme is the Employee Share Option Plan (“ESOP”), which is 
used to grant share options to employees in the UK and other European countries. In addition, 
the Company operates separate plans to grant cash-settled Share Appreciation Rights to 
its employees in the United States, Netherlands and Germany. Finally, some awards remain 
outstanding under a legacy UK employee share scheme, the Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”).

Long term incentive plan (“LTIP”) 
The LTIP was adopted upon the Company’s IPO in 2016. It is a flexible plan, that could be 
operated as a tax-advantaged EMI plan, but which was also capable of granting non-EMI options 
either at the market value of the Company’s shares at the date of grant, or their nominal value 
of 0.5p. We have used the LTIP in different ways at different times in the past, including as a 
matching scheme where senior executives invested in the Company’s shares, as described 
above. All options granted have been subject to standard performance conditions, requiring 
material growth in the Company’s audited Adjusted EPS. For more details of the performance 
condition, please see below.

We do not expect to issue any further options or awards under this plan.

Performance conditions
All of the historic and current options and awards granted under the LTIP, the ESOP and our 
SARs plans have been subject to the achievement of stretching yet realistic targets for growth 
in adjusted diluted earnings per share. This is measured over three financial years, using the 
EPS figure for the year of grant as the base and is calculated using audited results. Employees, 
including Executive Directors, are only able to exercise their options and awards as follows:

1. 

 In respect of 20% of their shares, if reported adjusted EPS achieves compound annual 
growth of 8% over each of the next three financial years;

2.   In respect of 100% of their shares, if reported adjusted EPS achieves compound annual 

growth of 15% over each of the next three financial years; and

3. 

 Between 20% to 100% of their shares, on a straight-line basis, if EPS growth is between  
the targets in 1 and 2.

We expect to utilise the same performance conditions for any options and awards that may  
be granted in 2024.

Directors’ service contracts
All Executive Directors are employed under service contracts. The services of the Executive 
Directors may be terminated by the Company, on the expiry of six months’ notice.

Employee share option plan (“ESOP”)
In 2020 the Company established the ESOP for employees and Executive Directors, which will 
enable them to acquire shares in the Company subject to stretching yet realistic performance 
criteria being met. The plan is a UK market standard tax-advantaged Company Share Option Plan, 
with supplementary sections to create an Unapproved Share Option Plan and a Share Appreciation 
Rights Plan on equivalent terms to the main plan. All options and awards are granted with an 
exercise price set at the market value of the Company’s shares as at the date of grant. In each case, 
vesting is (or has been) subject to our standard performance conditions, requiring material growth in 
the Company’s audited Adjusted diluted EPS.

Non‑executive Directors’ remuneration
The Non-executive Directors receive a fixed fee for their service, with the Senior Independent 
Director receiving a supplement to recognise the additional contributions that he has been asked 
to provide. They receive no benefits in kind, no pension contributions and no performance-related 
pay. They are not eligible to participate in any of the Company’s incentive arrangements. 

The Non-executive Directors are retained under letters of engagement which may be terminated 
by the Company (i) giving three months’ notice or (ii) immediately, in the event that the Director is 
not re-elected by shareholders at an AGM.

100

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Remuneration Committee Report continued

Directors’ remuneration in 2023 – single figure table (audited)
The remuneration payable to the Directors for the year ended 31 December 2023 was as 
follows:

Salary  

or fees £

Benefits  
in kind £

Pension 
contributions  

£

Total for  
2023  

Comparison  
for 2022  

£

£

256,563
112,000
117,796
120,000
111,000
180,000
120,000
166,442

26,250
36,250
12,500
26,250
36,250
1,321,301

10,500
3,750
5,563
6,750
2,220
12,645
3,750
19,993

–
–
–
–
–
65,171

–
–
–
3,600
3,330
5,400
3,600
–

267,063
115,750
123,359
130,350
116,550
198,045
127,350
186,435

196,500
138,750
–
158,350
47,250
203,053
150,488
215,297

–
–
–
–
–

33,750
26,250
10,769
36,250
–
12,500
33,750
26,250
33,750
36,250
15,930 1,402,402 1,221,707

Director

Executive Directors
Stephen Hemsley
Julia Choudhury3
Mark Fryer2
Tim Harris3
Andrew Mallows1
Peter Molloy3
Colin Rees3
Jason Sayers3

Non‑executive Directors
Rob Bellhouse3
Andy Brattesani
Pete Kear4
David Poutney3
Nigel Wray
Total

1  Resigned 2 August 2023.
2  Appointed 2 August 2023.
3  Resigned 2 October 2023.
4  Appointed 2 October 2023.

Jason Sayers is employed in the USA and remunerated in US dollars. The numbers above are 
translated at the monthly average USD:GBP rates for the year. No Executive Director exercises 
share options during the year, so there were no gains to be reported.

No Director received any remuneration from a third party in respect of their service as a Director 
of the Company.

101

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

No Director received any compensation for loss of office upon resignation and no payments 
were made to them in respect of qualifying services after the date on which they ceased to 
serve as a Director.

Directors’ share options (audited) 
The table below shows the interests of those who serve, or have served, as Directors in share 
options granted under the Company’s employee share schemes. For details of those schemes 
and of the performance conditions to which the vesting of awards are subject, please see page 
100. The dates shown in the table during which currently unvested options can be exercised are 
dependent on upon the performance conditions being met, at least in part. If these conditions 
are not satisfied then the option will lapse on the third anniversary of the date of grant.

Stephen Hemsley and Jason Sayers both have significant personal shareholdings in the 
Company. As a result, they have not been granted options or awards under the Company’s 
employee share schemes. For details of the interests of the Directors in the Company’s shares 
during the year please see the Directors’ Report on page 105.

No Non-executive Director participates, or has participated, in the Company’s employee  
share schemes.

During 2023 the closing mid-market quote for the Company’s shares ranged from a low of 
132.5p to a high of 245p. The closing mid-market price on 29 December 2023 (being the last 
dealing day during the financial year) was 161.5p.

No Directors exercised options over the Company’s shares during the year.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Remuneration Committee Report continued

Directors’ share options (audited) continued
Details of options held under the Company’s employee share schemes by the Directors who served during the year are as follows:

Executive Director

Date of grant

Plan

Exercise 
price 
(pence)

Performance 
condition

 Number of 
shares (31.12.22 
or later date  
of appointment) 

 Changes in the year 

 Granted 

Exercised 

 Lapsed 

 Number of 
shares (31.12.23 
or earlier date  
of retirement) 

Status

Exercisable from

Exercisable to

Julia Choudhury (resigned 2 October 2023)

Mark Fryer (appointed 2 August 2023)
Tim Harris (resigned 2 October 2023)

Andrew Mallows (resigned 2 August 2023)

Peter Molloy (resigned 2 October 2023)

Colin Rees (resigned 2 October 2023)

102

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

11-Dec-18
15-Sep-20
10-Mar-22
10-May-23
2-Aug-23
11-Dec-18
15-Sep-20
10-Mar-22
10-May-23
12-Dec-17
11-Dec-18
15-Sep-20
15-Sep-20
10-Mar-22
30-Sep-22
10-May-23
11-Apr-17
12-Dec-17
11-Dec-18
15-Sep-20
15-Sep-20
10-Mar-22
10-May-23
11-Dec-18
15-Sep-20
15-Sep-20
10-Mar-22
10-May-23

LTIP
ESOP
ESOP
ESOP
ESOP
LTIP
ESOP
ESOP
ESOP
LTIP
LTIP
ESOP
LTIP
ESOP
ESOP
ESOP
LTIP
LTIP
LTIP
ESOP
LTIP
ESOP
ESOP
LTIP
ESOP
LTIP
ESOP
ESOP

69
88
150
180
132.5
69
88
150
180
49.5
69
88
0.5
150
151.5
180
67
49.5
69
88
0.5
150
180
69
88
0.5
150
180

EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth
EPS growth

 71,970 
 34,091 
 60,000 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 –   100,000 
 807,641 
 – 
 – 
 71,970 
 – 
 34,091 
 – 
 60,000 
 –   100,000 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 50,000 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 –   150,000 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 –   100,000 

 75,758 
 99,242 
 34,091 
 96,591 
 75,000 
 120,000 
 – 
 150,000 
 153,030 
 106,000 
 34,091 
 28,409 
 155,000 

 71,970 
 34,091 
 39,773 
 90,000 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

Vested
 71,970 
Vested
 34,091 
 60,000  Unvested
 100,000  Unvested
 807,641  Unvested
Vested
 71,970 
Vested
 34,091 
 60,000  Unvested
 100,000  Unvested
Vested
 75,758 
Vested
 99,242 
Vested
 34,091 
Vested
 96,591 
 75,000  Unvested
 120,000  Unvested
 50,000  Unvested
Vested
 150,000 
Vested
 153,030 
Vested
 106,000 
Vested
 34,091 
Vested
 28,409 
 155,000  Unvested
 150,000  Unvested
Vested
 71,970 
Vested
 34,091 
Vested
 39,773 
 90,000  Unvested
 100,000  Unvested

11-Dec-21
15-Sep-23
10-Mar-25
10-May-26
2-Aug-26
11-Dec-21
15-Sep-23
10-Mar-25
10-May-26
12-Dec-20
11-Dec-21
15-Sep-23
15-Sep-23
10-Mar-25
30-Sep-25
10-May-26
11-Apr-20
12-Dec-20
11-Dec-21
15-Sep-23
15-Sep-23
10-Mar-25
10-May-26
11-Dec-21
15-Sep-23
15-Sep-23
10-Mar-25
10-May-26

10-Dec-28
14-Sep-30
9-Mar-32
9-May-33
1-Aug-33
10-Dec-28
14-Sep-30
9-Mar-32
9-May-33
11-Dec-27
10-Dec-28
14-Sep-30
14-Sep-30
9-Mar-32
29-Sep-32
9-May-33
10-Apr-27
11-Dec-27
10-Dec-28
14-Sep-30
14-Sep-30
9-Mar-32
9-May-33
10-Dec-28
14-Sep-30
14-Sep-30
9-Mar-32
9-May-33

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Remuneration Committee Report continued

Directors’ remuneration in 2024 
As noted in my introductory remarks, the acquisition of Pirtek has caused us to revise the basis 
of remuneration for our most senior executives, including the Executive Directors from 1 October 
2023 and to amend the fees payable to the Non-executive Directors from the same date. 

Fixed pay – base salaries and benefits in kind
The Executive Chairman, Stephen Hemsley, receives a salary of £375,000 which our data 
confirms is no higher than the market rate for this role in a £300m market capitalisation 
company. The material in-year increase in his pay reflects the growth in the company which 
he has driven: Franchise Brands doubled in size in 2022 and again in 2023 taking adjusted 
EBITDA from £8.5m in 2021 to £30m in 2023, and is now a much more diverse, international 
and complex business. As I explained in the opening paragraphs of this report and again in 
the introduction to this section, the need to accommodate the senior management of Pirtek 
within our remuneration structures has resulted in a re-basing of pay for our entire leadership 
team. This was supported by benchmarking work undertaken by FIT Remuneration Consultants. 
The Chief Financial Officer, Mark Fryer, receives a salary of £275,000 which was set when he 
was recruited, using an external search firm, in August 2023. The next scheduled pay review 
date for our senior executives is 1 January 2025.

The fees payable to the Non-executive Directors were reviewed by the Board during the 
year, with each conflicted Director recusing themselves from the discussion and decision. The 
base fee payable is now £40,000 and the Senior Executive Director receives an overall fee 
of £50,000 reflecting the additional duties he performs, including serving as a member of the 
“Star Chamber”. The next scheduled review date for NED fees is 1 January 2025.

Introduction of a short‑term incentive plan
We are currently finalising the design of a new cash-settled annual bonus plan. We believe this is 
necessary to create the strongest possible alignment of our Executive Directors and key employees 
with short term financial and non-financial goals. The bonus scheme, in tandem with share options, 
will ensure there is appropriate focus on delivering short-, medium- and long-term objectives. 

Our intention is to calculate a bonus pool as a percentage of Adjusted EBITDA achieved beyond 
budget or the City consensus expectation. Our belief is that senior executives should not 
receive a bonus payment for delivering an on-budget performance. The use of the Adjusted 
EBITDA metric reflects the measure of profit that best reflects that which is under the control or 
influence of operational management, as it excludes the effects of corporate funding decisions 
taken by the Board. It also complements the Adjusted EPS target used in determining the 
vesting of options.

103

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

The maximum bonus payable to any one individual, including the Executive Directors, will be 
capped at 50% of salary, with lower levels of maximum bonus set for some management board 
members (primarily those with functional, rather than business responsibilities). Targets will be 
set for delivery of Group profitability, the delivery of profits in any part of the business for which 
the relevant executive is accountable, and personal elements linked to specific deliverables. 
We will report fully on the bonus plan as it relates to the Executive Directors in future 
remuneration reports.

The rules of our bonus plan include market-normal malus and clawback provisions.

Grants of options under the employee share schemes
We expect to make a grant of market-value share options and awards under the ESOP in 2024, 
to a range of employees including eligible Executive Directors. The vesting of these awards is 
likely to be subject to our normal performance conditions, requiring the delivery of EPS growth. 
We regard this as a critical metric for shareholders, as it reflects all aspects of the Company’s 
performance and influences both our share price and our ability to pay a dividend.

We have recently amended the rules of the ESOP so that the 2024 grant will be subject to market-
normal malus and clawback provisions. We cannot retrospectively impose those forfeiture rights 
on existing options, but these will be applied to all options and awards made in future years.

Strategic alignment
We are satisfied that we have developed an effective remuneration policy which is aligned with the 
Company’s purpose, strategy and culture, and relevant to this stage of its development. We expect 
that the remuneration we offer should motivate management and promote the long-term growth of 
shareholder value. There is a clear and easily understood link between performance and pay, with  
a significant proportion of potential reward being related to the growth in the Company’s share price 
over the longer term. We are therefore comfortable that the interests of shareholders and senior 
management, including the Executive Directors, are fully aligned.

Peter Kear
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionDirectors’ Report

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Directors’ Report

The Directors present their annual report on the affairs of the Group  
for the year ended 31 December 2023.

Introduction
Franchise Brands plc is a public limited company, registered in England and Wales as company 
number 10281033 and has its registered office at Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington 
Business Park, Macclesfield, Cheshire, SK10 2XF. As such, it is subject to the reporting 
requirements set out in the Companies Act 2006. In addition, the ordinary shares of 0.5 pence 
each of the Company are admitted to trading on the Alternative Investment Market of the 
London Stock Exchange. As a result, the Company is obliged to report in accordance with the 
requirements of the AIM Rules for Companies. We have chosen to apply the QCA Corporate 
Governance Code, and our reporting is in line with the 2018 edition of that document.

Principal activities
The principal activity of the Group is building market-leading businesses in selected customer 
segments, primarily via a franchised model. Our focus is on established brands which can 
benefit from our shared support services, specialist sector expertise, management experience 
and Group resources. The principal activity of the Company is to act as a holding company and 
to provide management services to its subsidiary companies.

Directors
Names, biographical details and appointment dates of the Directors of the Company at the date 
of this report are shown on pages 82 to 83. In addition, the following served as Directors of the 
Company during the year:

•  Rob Bellhouse – served as a Non-executive Director until 2 October 2023

•  Julia Choudhury – served as an Executive Director until 2 October 2023

•  Tim Harris – served as an Executive Director until 2 October 2023

•  Andrew Mallows – served as an Executive Director until 2 August 2023

•  Peter Molloy – served as an Executive Director until 2 October 2023

•  David Poutney – served as a Non-executive Director until 2 October 2023

•  Colin Rees – served as an Executive Director until 2 October 2023

•  Jason Sayers – served as an Executive Director until 2 October 2023

Our reporting to shareholders
The Strategic Report on pages 1 to 79 of this Annual Report provides an overview of the 
development and performance of the Group’s business for the year ended 31 December 2023 
and likely future developments in the business of the Group. That information is presented in 
that part of the Annual Report, rather than this Directors’ Report, as permitted by Regulations 
made under the Companies Act 2006. The various sections of the Strategic Report together 
provide the information which the Directors consider to be of strategic importance to the Group.

The following disclosures are hereby incorporated by reference into, and form part of, 
this Directors’ Report: 

•  Data on greenhouse gas emissions and other climate change-related disclosures from page 
45 onwards. This information was included in the Strategic Report as the Directors consider 
those matters to be of strategic importance to the Group;

•  The reporting on corporate governance on pages 81-92, including the Directors’ biographies 

on pages 82 and 83;

•  Information relating to financial instruments and financial risk management, as provided 

in note 4 to the financial statements; and

•  Related party transactions as set out in note 29 to the financial statements.

104

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Directors’ Report continued

Directors continued
Directors’ interests
The following table shows the interests of the Directors (and their spouses and minor children) 
in the shares of the Company:

Director

Executive Directors
Stephen Hemsley1
Mark Fryer (appointed 2 August 2023)
Julia Choudhury (resigned 2 October 2023)2
Tim Harris (resigned 2 October 2023)3
Andrew Mallows (resigned 2 August 2023)4
Peter Molloy (resigned 2 October 2023)5
Colin Rees (resigned 2 October 2023)
Jason Sayers (resigned 2 October 2023)6

Non‑executive Directors
Rob Bellhouse (resigned 2 October 2023)
Andy Brattesani
Pete Kear (appointed 2 October 2023)
David Poutney (resigned 2 October 2023)7
Nigel Wray8

As at 31 December 2022 
 or later date of appointment

As at 31 December 2023  

or earlier date of resignation

22,179,844
–
1,546,701
1,385,365
115,957
71,956
706,039
13,438,183

111,260
–
25,000
3,696,495
22,366,303

22,750,000
185,000
1,580,034
1,393,939
124,290
71,956
706,039
13,288,183

152,926
5,555
25,000
3,696,495
22,921,858

1 

2 

3 
4 
5 
6 

7 

8 

 Included in the holding of Stephen Hemsley are 1,800,000 ordinary shares held by his wife, 9,000,000 Ordinary Shares 
held by CTG Investment Limited, a company owned by a discretionary trust of which Mr Hemsley and his family are potential 
beneficiaries, and 2,600,000 ordinary shares held by his Self-Invested Personal Pension (“SIPP”).
 Included in the holding of Julia Choudhury are 384,286 ordinary shares held jointly with her husband, 431,500 ordinary 
shares held by her SIPP and 37,554 ordinary shares held by Winsham Capital Partners Ltd, a Company controlled by 
Julia Choudhury and her husband.
Included in the holding of Tim Harris are 74,156 ordinary shares held by his SIPP.
 Included in the holding of Andrew Mallows are 99,007 ordinary shares held by his SIPP.
 Included in the holding of Peter Molloy are 38,095 ordinary shares held by his SIPP.
 Included in the holding of Jason Sayers are 9,171,029 ordinary shares held by The Meredian Settlement Trust. Roy Sayers 
is the settlor and a trustee of the Trust. Jason Sayers is a life tenant and he and Mrs. Dawn Sayers, wife of Roy Sayers, are the 
beneficiaries of the Trust.
 Included in the holding of David Poutney are 2,800,109 ordinary shares held by his SIPP and an interest in 761,386 ordinary 
shares held by his wife and adult daughters. David Poutney controls the interest held by his wife and adult daughters but is 
not the beneficial owner of these shares.
 Included in the holding of Nigel Wray are 2,371,318 ordinary shares held by Vidacos Nominees Limited, acting as nominee 
for RBC Trustees (Jersey) Limited as trustee of Nigel Wray’s family trust. Also included are 11,631,782 ordinary shares and 
8,085,248 ordinary shares held by Euroblue Investments Limited and Glengrace Limited, respectively, companies wholly 
owned by Nigel Wray. Also included in Nigel Wray’s interest are 223,880 ordinary shares owned by The Priory Foundation, 
a charitable trust of which he is the settlor and a trustee. Nigel Wray is not the beneficial owner of these shares.

105

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

In addition, during their tenure as Directors each of Julia Choudhury, Tim Harris, Andrew Mallows, 
Peter Molloy and Colin Rees held options over shares of the Company through their participation 
in the Company’s employee share schemes. These are detailed in the Remuneration Committee 
Report on pages 98 to 103. Stephen Hemsley and Jason Sayers do not participate in the 
employee share schemes given their significant personal investments in the Company’s shares.

Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and indemnification of Directors
The Company maintains Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance which gives appropriate cover 
for any legal action brought against its Directors.

The Company has also granted indemnities to each of its Directors to the extent permitted 
by law. Qualifying third-party indemnity provisions (as defined in Section 324 of the Companies 
Act 2006) have been given in favour of all Directors on the Board. These indemnities remain 
in force and relate to certain losses and liabilities which the Directors may incur to third parties 
in the course of acting as Directors of the Company.

Shares and shareholders
Share capital
The Company’s entire issued share capital comprises ordinary shares of 0.5 pence each. 
Note 28 to the financial statements summarises the number in issue during 2023. 

The Company has granted options to acquire its shares under its employee share schemes, 
as detailed in Note 10 to the financial statements and explained in the Remuneration Committee 
report on page 100. However, if and when these options are exercised, we anticipate that the 
vast majority of these requests will be satisfied by the transfer of existing shares held in the 
Company’s employee benefit trust.

All of the Company’s shares are freely transferable and carry the same rights in relation 
to voting, to appoint a proxy or proxies (or where relevant a corporate representative) to 
attend meetings, speak and vote, and to participate in distributions including the right to 
receive dividends. The rights attaching to the Company’s shares are set out in the Articles of 
Association, which can only be amended with the approval of at least 75% of the votes cast 
at a General Meeting.

To the Directors’ best knowledge, there are no restrictions on voting rights nor any agreement 
between holders of securities that result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or 
on voting rights.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Directors’ Report continued

Shares and shareholders continued
Major shareholders
In addition to the holdings of the Directors set out on the previous page, to the date of this 
report the Company has received formal notification of the following holdings in its shares 
pursuant to DTR 5 (being broadly a direct or indirect interest of 3% or more of the share 
capital). It should be noted that these holdings, or the percentage of the issued share capital 
they represent, may have changed since the Company was notified, but no further notification is 
required until the relevant threshold is crossed:

Shareholder

Date of last notification

Number of 
shares

Percentage of 
capital (at time 
of notification)

Slater Investments Limited
BGF Investment Management Limited
Rathbone Investment Management Limited
Gresham House Asset Management Limited
Victor Clewes
Canaccord Genuity Group Inc

4 April 2024 21,236,266
9,996,103
17 May 2023
9,768,179
16 January 2024
8,409,812
25 April 2023
5,274,473
10 March 2022
4,867,364
11 March 2022

10.96%
5.16%
5.04%
4.34%
4.27%
3.94%

Dividends
A final dividend of 1.1 pence per share was paid on 12 May 2023 in respect of the 2022 
financial year. 

An interim dividend of 1.0 pence per share was paid in respect of the 2023 financial year 
on 13 October 2023. The Directors are recommending a final dividend of 1.2 pence per 
share which, subject to shareholders’ approval at the AGM, will be paid on 25 July 2024 
to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 28 June 2024.

Our employees and wider workforce
Employment of disabled persons
The Group gives full and fair consideration to applications for employment from disabled 
persons, where the requirements of the job can be adequately fulfilled by that person. Where 
existing employees become disabled it is the Group’s policy, wherever practicable, to provide 
continuing employment under normal terms and conditions and to provide training, career 
development and promotion to disabled employees wherever appropriate.

Employee communications and engagement
The Group provides its entire workforce (including employees) with information on matters that 
could be of concern to them as our workforce. We regard it as crucial that our employees and 
wider workforce are aware of the factors affecting the performance of the Company, so that 
they can help us drive its future success. These communications are generally delivered at a 
brand level, with the CEO or other senior executives of that brand holding open forums with 
their employees and other workforce members. These are deliberately structured to facilitate 
and encourage two-way communications. In addition, informal communication takes place 
on a daily basis.

Where appropriate, we consult members of our workforce or their representatives on a regular 
basis so that their views can be taken into account in making decisions which are likely to affect 
their interests.

We encourage involvement in the Company’s performance by our employees and workforce 
and offer awards under our employee share schemes to a wide range of employees who are 
best placed to influence that performance. Of our circa 700 employees, around 250 participate 
in our employee share schemes. We are implementing an online portal in 2024 to improve 
those employees’ access to information on their share options and awards and company 
performance.

Board engagement with the wider workforce
All of the Directors are encouraged to engage with our employees, contractors and franchisees 
wherever possible. We arrange site visits for the Non-executive Directors and the Executive 
Directors will come into contact with a wide range of employees, franchisees and others as a 
matter of course, in their normal roles. 

All of the Non-executive Directors attended the Growth Summit held in November 2023 in which 
around 65 of our senior managers participated. In addition, all Directors are invited to attend 
franchisee conferences for each of our brands and are encouraged to undertake personal visits 
whenever possible. 

This mix of formal and informal interactions with a wide range of employees, contractors 
and franchisees enables the Directors to have regard to their interests in their deliberations, 
including on the principal decisions taken by the Company.

106

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Directors’ Report continued

Disclosures relating to the audited financial statements
Subsidiary audit exemption
Certain UK subsidiaries of the Company are exempt from the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006 relating to the audit of individual accounts by virtue of s479A of the Act. A full list of 
the Company’s subsidiaries is provided in note 27 to the financial statements.

The outstanding liabilities at 31 December 2023 of those UK subsidiaries have been or will 
be guaranteed by the Company pursuant to s479A to s479C of the Act. In the opinion of the 
Directors, the possibility of the parent company guarantees being called upon is remote.

Going concern
In assessing the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis in preparing the Annual 
Report and financial statements, the Directors have considered the current financial position of 
the Group, alongside its principal risks and uncertainties.

The review performed considers plausible financial and operational issues that could reasonably 
arise within a period of 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements.  
This included credit risk, dependency on key suppliers and/or customers and economic risk. 
The budgets and business plans prepared for the next 12 months and beyond have been 
subjected to sensitivity analysis, considering the impact of a downturn in trade; and changes to  
the Group’s financing costs.

On an individual customer basis, we do not have a concentration of credit risk. We have taken 
account of the bad debt risk in our expected credit loss provisions and believe this is sufficient.

The Group is not overly dependent on any one key customer or supplier. As at 31 December 
2023, we had 644 franchisees spread over seven different franchise networks, operating 
collectively in ten jurisdictions. Within each network, there is no particular concentration of risk 
in any individual franchisee. We therefore regard each franchisee as posing relatively low risk 
to the Company. In addition, our networks are characterised by having a large number of small 
value jobs being completed for a wide variety of customers.

The acquisition of Filta in 2022 and Pirtek in 2023 has left the Group less reliant on the UK 
economy, with less than 60% of our revenues and profits being derived from the UK.

107

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

In April 2023 we entered into new bank facilities with a syndicate of four lending banks, 
comprising a term loan and a revolving credit facility. These facilities were initially stated to run 
to 3 April 2027, but in early 2024 we exercised an option to extend these by a further 12 month 
period. Subject to compliance with the terms of the facilities, we therefore have access to working 
capital until early April 2028. The facilities have only two covenants and the Group has significant 
headroom on each of these when tested on a quarterly basis.

We have modelled the Group’s financial performance in a range of realistic downside scenarios, 
including combinations of risks, and applied sensitivities to this testing with regard to overall 
debt level and compliance with banking covenants. The Group’s business is profitable and cash-
generative and this provides resilience against the principal risks and uncertainties to which the 
Group is exposed. Following this modelling work, we concluded that in all realistically plausible 
scenarios the Group would maintain access to sufficient current financial assets to meet its 
current liabilities as they fall due.

We also undertook reverse stress-testing to identify the scenarios in which the materialisation 
of risk, or the combination of risks, could cause the Group to fail financially. We concluded that 
none of these scenarios was realistically plausible during the period covered by our review.

Given the fact that the Group and the Company continues to be profitable, continues to have 
net assets and has access to cash and funding, the Directors have made appropriate enquiries 
and consider that the Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for 
the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the financial statements.

Financial instruments and financial risk management 
The Company’s use of financial instruments and its financial risk management objectives and 
policies are set out in note 4 to the financial statements.

Relevant audit information
The Directors confirm that:

•  so far as each of the Directors is aware, there is no relevant audit information (as that term 
is defined in the Companies Act 2006) of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

•  they have each taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as Directors to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the auditors 
are aware of that information.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Directors’ Report continued

Disclosures relating to the audited financial statements continued
Auditor
A resolution to re-appoint BDO LLP as auditor will be proposed at the AGM. As noted on page 93, 
the Company intends to undertake an audit tender during the summer of 2024.

For further information on how we manage the relationship with the external auditor, 
please refer to the Audit Committee report on pages 96 and 97.

Other statutory disclosures
Branches
There are no branches of the Company in existence. Subsidiaries of the Company operate 
businesses in the UK, a number of continental European countries, Canada and the USA. For details 
of the subsidiary undertakings of the Company, please see note 27 to the financial statements.

The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports)  
Regulations 2008 
In compliance with the Regulations the Directors make, in addition to the material contained 
elsewhere in this report, the following disclosures:

•  The Company has not made any purchases of its own shares during the year;

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting of the Company will be held at 9:30 a.m. on Thursday 27 June 2024 
at the offices of Gateley plc, 1 Paternoster Square, London, EC4M 7DX. The business of the 
AGM is set out in a circular containing the Notice of Meeting and an explanatory letter from the 
Chairman, which is being issued to shareholders with this Annual Report and is also available  
on the Company’s website.

As noted in the AGM circular, when the meeting opens on 27 June 2024 it will immediately  
be adjourned to 11:00 a.m. on Thursday 18 July 2024. No business will be transacted on 
Thursday 27 June 2024 and shareholders are strongly advised not to attend the meeting 
on that date. 

All of the business set out in the notice of meeting will be transacted upon the resumption of the
AGM at 11:00 a.m. on Thursday 18 July 2024 at the offices of Gateley plc, 1 Paternoster Square, 
London, EC4M 7DX. We encourage our shareholders to attend the meeting when it re-convenes 
on that date.

The Directors of the Company regret the inconvenience that this may cause to shareholders.

•  There were no material research and development activities undertaken by the Company 

This Directors’ Report was approved by the Board on 19 June 2024 and is signed on its behalf.

or its subsidiaries during the year;

•  A description of the actions taken to foster the Company’s business relationships with suppliers, 
customers and others, and the effect of those actions, including on the principal decisions taken 
by the Company can be found in the section 172 statement on pages 57 to 61; and

•  There have been no post-balance sheet events of the Company or its subsidiaries which the 

Directors believe need to be brought to the attention of its shareholders.

Rob Bellhouse
Company Secretary

Political contributions 
No political contributions were made during the period. The Company has not sought an 
authority from its shareholders to make political contributions and does not intend to do so.

108

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionDirectors’ Responsibilities Statement

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Directors’ Responsibilities Statement

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Directors’ Report 
and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. 
Under that law the Directors have elected to prepare the Group and Company financial 
statements in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006. Under company law the Directors must not approve 
the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the 
state of affairs of the Company and the Group and of the Group’s profit or loss for that period. 
The Directors are also required to prepare financial statements in accordance with the rules 
of the London Stock Exchange for companies trading securities on AIM.

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

•  state whether applicable IFRSs have been followed, subject to any material departures 

disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate 

to presume that the Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to 
show and explain the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any 
time the financial position of the Group and the Company and enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.

They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and the Company and hence 
for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial 
information included on the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other 
jurisdictions. The maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website is the responsibility of  
the Directors, as is the ongoing integrity of the financial statements contained therein.

This statement was approved by the Board on 19 June 2024.

Mark Fryer
Chief Financial Officer 

109

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionFinancial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report to the members  

of Franchise Brands plc

Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Franchise Brands plc

Opinion on the financial statements
In our opinion:

•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent 
Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2023 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended; 

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted 

international accounting standards; 

•  the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK 
adopted international accounting standards and as applied in accordance with the provisions 
of the Companies Act 2006; and 

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 

Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements of Franchise Brands Plc (the ‘Parent Company’) 
and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2023 which comprise the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of financial 
position, the company statement of financial position, the consolidated statement of cash 
flows, the company statement of cash flows, the consolidated statement of changes in equity, 
the company statement of changes in equity, and notes to the financial statements, including 
material accounting policy information. The financial reporting framework that has been applied 
in their preparation is applicable law and UK adopted international accounting standards and, as 
regards the Parent Company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions 
of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs(UK)) and 
applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the 
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical 
requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

110

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going 
concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our 
evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to 
continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

We obtained the Directors’ assessment that supports the Board’s conclusion with respect to 
going concern and performed the following:

•  We considered the consistency of the Directors’ cash flow forecasts with other areas of the 

audit, such as the impairment model; 

•  We challenged the rationale for the assumptions utilised in the forecasts, using our knowledge 

of the business with the support of our internal business restructuring experts; 

•  We considered the appropriateness of the Directors’ forecasts by testing their mathematical 

accuracy, assessing historical forecasting accuracy and understanding the Directors’ 
consideration of downside sensitivity analysis and reverse stress testing; 

•  We reperformed sensitivities on the Directors’ base case and stressed case scenarios, 

considered the likelihood of these occurring and understood and challenged the mitigating 
actions the Directors’ would take under these scenarios; 

•  We obtained an understanding of the new financing facilities, including the nature of the 

facilities, repayment terms, covenants and attached conditions; 

•  We assessed whether the terms and conditions therein were consistent with those applied by 

the Directors’ in their base case and downside scenario forecasts; 

•  We reviewed the facility and covenant headroom calculations, and reperformed sensitivities 

on the Directors’ base case and downside scenarios; and 

•  We assessed the going concern disclosures against the requirements of the accounting 
standards, and assessed the consistency of the disclosures with the Directors’ forecasts. 

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties 
relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the 
Group and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 
twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are 
described in the relevant sections of this report.

Contents Generation – Sub PageStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report continued
to the members of Franchise Brands plc

Overview
Coverage

Key audit matters

91% (2022: 99%) of Group profit before tax

86% (2022: 94%) of Group revenue

88% (2022: 92%) of Group total assets

Revenue recognition

Acquisition accounting

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

Materiality

Group financial statements as a whole

2023

2022

X

X

X

—

X

X

£546,950 (2022: £485,000) based on 5% of adjusted profit before tax  
(2022: 5% of profit before tax). 

Profit before tax was adjusted for non-recurring current year costs.

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, 
including the Group’s system of internal control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement 
in the financial statements. We also addressed the risk of management override of internal 
controls, including assessing whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that may have 
represented a risk of material misstatement.

Based on that assessment, our Group audit scope focused primarily on the audit work of the 
following significant components of the Group, all of which were subject to full scope audits:

•  Franchise Brands Plc – the Parent Company, 

•  Metro Rod Limited, 

•  Willow Pumps Limited,

•  Chips Away International Limited, 

•  The Filta Group Inc. 

•  Pirtek UK 

•  Pirtek Deutschland GmbH

111

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Each of these entities were audited by the Group engagement team, apart from The Filta Group 
Inc. & Pirtek Deutschland GmbH whereby a non-BDO member firm & BDO Member firm were 
used as component auditors respectively. 

In addition to the above, three components of the Group, The Filta Group Limited, Pirtek 
Hydraulique Services SAS and Kemac, were subject to an audit of specified account balances 
which was performed by the Group engagement team. Analytical review procedures were 
performed on the financial information of the remaining non–significant components of the 
Group by the Group engagement team. 

At the Group level, we also performed audit procedures on the consolidation journals. In 
addition we carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion that there were no 
significant risks of material misstatement in the aggregated financial information of the remaining 
components not subject to full scope audit or audit of specified account balances.

Our involvement with component auditors
For the work performed by component auditors, we determined the level of involvement 
needed in order to be able to conclude whether sufficient appropriate audit evidence has 
been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the Group financial statements as a whole. Our 
involvement with component auditors included the following: 

•  We held discussions with the component auditors at the planning stage of the audit to assess 

their competence and to ensure their understanding of the Group audit engagement;

•  We issued referral instructions to the component auditors detailing matters inclusive of 

materiality, Group audit risks and other key focus areas, and the required format of reporting 
to us as the Group auditor;

•  We directed and supervised the work of the component auditors throughout the audit;

•  We visited the component auditors and reviewed their audit working papers; 

•  We evaluated the work performed; and 

•  We attended the local close meeting remotely (utilising technology) with component 

management.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report continued
to the members of Franchise Brands plc

An overview of the scope of our audit continued
Climate change
Our work on the assessment of potential impacts of climate-related risks on the Group’s 
operations and financial statements included:

•  Enquiries and challenge of management to understand the actions they have taken to identify 
climate-related risks and their potential impacts on the financial statements and adequately 
disclose climate-related risks within the annual report;

•  Our own qualitative risk assessment taking into consideration the sector in which the Group 

operates and how climate change affects this particular sector; and

•  Review of the minutes of Board and Audit Committee meetings and other papers related 
to climate change and performed a risk assessment as to how the impact of the Group’s 
commitment as set out in pages 49-55 may affect the financial statements and our audit.

We also assessed the consistency of managements disclosures included as Other Information 
on pages 49-55 with the financial statements and with our knowledge obtained from the audit. 

Based on our risk assessment procedures, we did not identify there to be any Key Audit Matters 
materially impacted by climate-related risks. 

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most 
significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the 
most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that 
we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the 
allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These 
matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in 
forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key audit matter

Revenue 
recognition 

Refer to the 
accounting 
policies in Note 2 
and further details 
in Note 3 and 
Note 7

The Group has a number of 
revenue streams as detailed 
in Note 2. 

There is a level of judgement 
and estimation involved 
in recognising revenue 
according to the requirements 
of IFRS 15 Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers 
such as: identification of 
performance obligations in 
particular, whether the Group 
is the principal or an agent in 
the transaction; and allocation 
of transaction prices. In 
addition, we have identified 
prior period adjustments 
where the application of 
IFRS 15 was incorrectly 
applied. Please see note 1 
where further information is 
provided. For these reasons, 
revenue recognition was 
determined to be a Key 
Audit Matter.

112

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

We obtained and reviewed management’s paper on 
the application of IFRS 15 on key revenue streams 
within the Group by checking if this is in line with the 
requirements of IFRS 15. We assessed a sample of 
revenue contracts and challenged management’s key 
judgements regarding identification of performance 
obligations and allocation of transaction prices. 

Our work included:
 – Evaluating the design and implementation of key 
controls within revenue systems and processes.

 – Reading a sample of customer contracts to 

understand the nature of these contracts and the 
performance obligations, in particular, whether the 
Group is the principal or an agent in the transaction; 

 – For a sample of contracts, we challenged 

management on the identification of performance 
obligations and the point at which they have been 
met, and also on the allocation of transaction price 
by checking how these align with the requirements 
of IFRS 15 to determine if the correct revenue has 
been recognised; 

 – In relation to the prior period errors for the year 

ending 31 December 2022, we assessed the facts 
and underlying transactions in relation to National 
Accounts revenue, assessing the contracts in 
place to consider whether the Group was acting 
as a principal or commission agent in line with the 
requirements of IFRS 15; and for Sales of Franchise 
revenue, assessing the contracts to determine 
whether the performance obligations were distinct 
and being recognised in line with the requirements 
of IFRS15;

 – For a sample of sale of franchise revenue, we 
checked if the territory fee has been correctly 
deferred over the length of the franchise 
agreement and released to the statement of 
comprehensive income on a straight-line basis, 
where it is not in relation to specific performance 
obligation; and

 – For National Accounts sales, where the Group 
is acting as a commission agent and not as a 
principal, we checked if only the agency fee has 
been recognised.

Key observations:
We deem management’s application of IFRS 15 on 
revenue streams to be reasonable.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report continued
to the members of Franchise Brands plc

Key audit matter

Acquisition 
accounting

Refer to the 
accounting 
policies in Note 2 
and further details 
in Note 3 and 
Note 6

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Key audit matter

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

The Group acquired 
Hydraulic Authority I Limited 
and its subsidiaries on 
20 April 2023 via a share 
for share exchange and 
cash consideration. 

The recognition and valuation 
of assets and liabilities 
acquired, such as intangible 
assets, is inherently complex 
and requires significant 
estimates, judgement and 
assumptions to be made 
by management on the key 
inputs such as discount rate, 
profit margin assumption 
and revenue assumption, 
and as such, there is a risk 
of material misstatement 
in the fair value allocated 
to assets and liabilities 
acquired including intangible 
assets and the balance of 
goodwill recognised. 

Management have utilised a 
third party expert to support 
the preparation of detailed 
calculations to determine the 
fair value of the intangible 
assets acquired. 

For these reasons, acquisition 
accounting was determined to 
be a key audit matter.

We obtained and reviewed the sale and purchase 
agreement (SPA) to check if the appropriate accounting 
treatment had been applied in accordance with the 
requirements of the applicable accounting standard.

Our work included:
 – With the support of our internal valuations experts 
we challenged the key inputs, assumptions and 
methodology used by management and their 
expert in determining the fair values of intangible 
assets acquired based on our knowledge of 
the industry;

 – Matching assumptions such as discount rate, profit 
margin and revenue and relevant data to internal 
expert reports or third party evidence in order to 
verify the input to the calculations. 

 – We have assessed management’s design and 

implementation of controls relating to acquisition 
accounting.

 – We have reviewed the historical trend and data 
along with external market data to further assist 
in the reasonability of the judgements and 
assumptions applied to the forecasts utilised. 

 – We challenged the completeness of the intangible 
assets acquired by considering the criteria set out 
in the applicable standard, and recalculated the 
goodwill recognised. 

 – We assessed the competence, objectivity and 

independence of managements expert.

Key observations:
Based on our procedures we found management’s 
estimates, judgements and assumptions to be within 
a reasonable range.

Impairment of 
goodwill and 
intangible assets

Refer to the 
accounting 
policies in Note 2 
and further details 
in Note 3 and 
Note 14.

The Group has goodwill 
and intangible assets 
with indefinite life, which 
management are required to 
test annually for impairment. 

There is a high degree of 
management judgement in 
assessing the value in use 
of the Cash Generating Unit 
(“CGU”) to which the Goodwill 
and Intangible Assets are 
allocated and therefore 
determining any potential 
impairments. There is 
therefore a significant risk that 
impairment of these assets is 
not appropriately recognised 
in accordance with applicable 
financial reporting standards.

For these reasons, impairment 
of goodwill and intangible 
assets was considered to be 
a key audit matter.

In relation to the impairment analysis performed for 
each CGU we considered the reasonableness of 
management’s key judgements.

Our work included:
 – An assessment of whether the Goodwill and 

other intangible assets were correctly allocated 
to CGUs for monitoring purposes and in line 
with the requirements of the applicable financial 
reporting standards; 

 – Challenging the future trading projections by 
reference to the current performance and the 
accuracy of prior year forecasting;

 – Determining whether the forecasts adopted in 
the impairment review were approved by the 
Board and consistent with those used in the 
going concern assessment;

 – With the assistance of our internal valuations 

experts, we assessed the appropriateness of the 
discount rate applied and challenged the discount 
rate using a range of sensitivities;

 – Checking the impairment analysis for logical and 
arithmetic accuracy and assessing if it has been 
undertaken in accordance with the requirements 
of the applicable financial reporting standards;
 – Performing sensitivity analysis to understand the 

relative impact of changes in the key assumptions 
within the impairment model.

Key observations:
Based on our procedures we found management’s 
judgement underlying the impairment analysis to 
be reasonable.

113

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report continued
to the members of Franchise Brands plc

Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements. We consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, 
including omissions, could influence the economic decisions of reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a lower materiality level, performance materiality, to determine the extent of 
testing needed. Importantly, misstatements below these levels will not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, and the particular 
circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance materiality as follows:

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Materiality
Basis for determining materiality
Rationale for the benchmark applied

2023

2022

£546,950
5% of adjusted profit before tax. 
Profit before tax is one of the principal 
considerations for users of the 
financial statements in assessing the 
financial performance of the business. 
In the current period we have was 
adjusted for non-recurring current 
year costs. 

£485,000
5% of profit before tax.

Profit before tax is one of 
the principal considerations 
for users of the financial 
statements in assessing the 
financial performance of the 
business.

2023

£6,282,360
3% of net assets

Materiality for the parent company financial statements was 
determined as 3% of net assets at £6,282,360.

This was capped at £118,000 materiality given the 
assessment of the component aggregation risk. 

Materiality was therefore restricted to 22% Group materiality 
but errors in the Company only financial statements were 
assessed at the financial statement materiality determined 
for the parent company.

Performance materiality

£367,900

£339,500

£76,700

Basis for determining performance materiality

65% of materiality based on the 
expected low level of misstatements 
however given the acquisition of 
Hydraulic Authority I Ltd (“Pirtek”) 
and increase in the number of 
areas subject to estimation we have 
reduced performance materiality from 
the prior period.

70% of materiality based on 
the expected low level of 
misstatements however, given 
the acquisition of Filta Group 
Holdings Ltd and increase in 
the number of areas subject 
to estimation it was held at 
70% of materiality.

65% of materiality based on the expected low level of 
misstatements however, given an increase in areas subject 
to estimation, performance materiality was set lower than the 
prior period.

2022

£3,080,520
3% of net assets
Materiality for the parent 
company financial statements 
was determined as 3% of net 
assets at £3,080,520.

This was capped at £100,000 
materiality given the 
assessment of the component 
aggregation risk.

Materiality was therefore 
restricted to 20% Group 
materiality.

£70,000

70% of materiality based 
on the expected low level 
of misstatements however 
increase in areas subject to 
estimation therefore lower 
than prior period.

114

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report continued
to the members of Franchise Brands plc

Our application of materiality continued
Component materiality
For the purposes of our Group audit opinion, we set materiality for each component of the 
Group based on a percentage of between 22% and 67% (2022: 20% and 62%) of Group 
materiality dependent on the size and our assessment of the risk of material misstatement of 
that component. Component materiality ranged from £118,000 to £365,000 (2022: £100,000 to 
£300,000). In the audit of each component, we further applied performance materiality levels 
of 65% (2022: 70%) of the component materiality to our testing to ensure that the risk of errors 
exceeding component materiality was appropriately mitigated.

Reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all individual audit 
differences in excess of £16,400 (2022: £14,550). We also agreed to report differences 
below this threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the 
information included in the annual report and accounts 2023 other than the financial statements 
and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the 
other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do 
not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise 
appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent 
material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material 
misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, 
we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

115

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Other Companies Act 2006 reporting
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the 
audit, we are required by the Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions 
and matters as described below.

Strategic report 
and Directors’ 
report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
•  the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the 

financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with 
the financial statements; and

•  the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance 

with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company 
and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified 
material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the 
Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns 
adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Matters on 
which we 
are required 
to report by 
exception

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement, the Directors are responsible 
for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s 
and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, 
matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations,  
or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report continued
to the members of Franchise Brands plc

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as 
a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an 
auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect 
a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to 
influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. 
We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material 
misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures 
are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:

Non‑compliance with laws and regulations
Based on:

Our procedures in respect of the above included:

•  Review of minutes of meetings of those charged with governance for any instances of  

non-compliance with laws and regulations;

•  Review of correspondence with regulatory and tax authorities for any instances of  

non-compliance with laws and regulations;

•  Review of financial statement disclosures and agreeing to supporting documentation;

•  Involvement of tax specialists in the audit;

•  Made inquiries directly with external lawyers and legal counsel

•  Review of legal expenditure accounts to understand the nature of expenditure incurred.

Fraud 
We assessed the susceptibility of the financial statements to material misstatement, including 
fraud. Our risk assessment procedures included:

•  Use of forensic specialists to assist with the risk assessment at the planning stage and to help 

design appropriate audit procedures; 

•  Our understanding of the Group and the industry in which it operates;

•  Enquiry with management, those charged with governance and the Audit Committee 

•  Discussion with management, those charged with governance and the Audit Committee;

•  Obtaining and understanding of the Group’s policies and procedures regarding compliance 

regarding any known or suspected instances of fraud;

•  Obtaining an understanding of the Group’s policies and procedures relating to:

with laws and regulations.

We considered the significant laws and regulations to be the applicable accounting framework, 
UK tax legislation and the AIM Listing Rules.

The Group is also subject to laws and regulations where the consequence of non-compliance 
could have a material effect on the amount or disclosures in the financial statements, for 
example through the imposition of fines or litigations. We identified such laws and regulations 
to be the UK adopted international accounting standards, the Companies Act 2006, relevant 
taxation legislation, the Health and Safety, Data Protection Act, Equity Laws, Financial Services 
Act, and the Bribery Act 2010.

 –  Detecting and responding to the risks of fraud; and 

 –  Internal controls established to mitigate risks related to fraud. 

•  Review of minutes of meeting of those charged with governance for any known or suspected 

instances of fraud;

•  Discussion amongst the engagement team as to how and where fraud might occur in the 

financial statements;

•  Performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may 

indicate risks of material misstatement due to fraud; 

•  Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance targets and the related 

financial statement areas impacted by these.

•  Inquiring and reviewing external documentation to assess the threat of Cyber attacks within 

the financial period.

116

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report continued
to the members of Franchise Brands plc

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements continued
Fraud continued
Based on our risk assessment, we considered the areas most susceptible to fraud to be posting 
inappropriate journal entries and management bias in accounting estimates, revenue cut-off 
within certain revenue streams, and the existence and accuracy of accrued income within 
certain revenue streams.

Our procedures in respect of the above included:

•  identifying and testing journal entries to source documentation, in particular any journal 

entries posted with unusual account combinations, journals to revenue and cash that matched 
certain criteria, round journals that matched certain criteria and specific keywords, to source 
documentation;

•  assessing revenue recognised on key revenue streams for a defined period around the 

year end, selecting a sample of revenue items within this defined period and identifying if 
the transactions have been reflected in the correct period in line with when the performance 
obligation was met;

•  incorporating an element of unpredictability into the audit procedures, by testing a sample of 
credit card expenses incurred in the year to supporting documentation to assess their validity, 
and performing revenue recognition testing within insignificant components of the group;

•  holding discussions with those charged with governance, including consideration of known or 

suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulation and fraud;

•  reviewing minutes of Board meetings throughout the year and post year end for instances of 

non-compliance with laws and regulation and fraud;

•  we have directed component auditors to review monthly franchisee revenue trends for Pirtek 
Deutschland GmbH for the period, for a cyber incident pre acquisition to ascertain that no 
anomalies were identified. 

•  Obtaining an understanding and documenting of the control environment in monitoring 

compliance with laws and regulations; and

•  Agreement of the financial statement disclosures to underlying supporting documentation.

117

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all 
engagement team members including component engagement teams who were all deemed to 
have appropriate competence and capabilities and remained alert to any indications of fraud or 
non-compliance with laws and regulations throughout the audit. For component engagement 
teams, we also reviewed the result of their work performed in this regard. 

Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of material misstatement in the 
financial statements, recognising that the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due 
to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve 
deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. 
There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures performed and the further removed 
non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the 
financial statements, the less likely we are to become aware of it.

A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our 
auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that 
we might state to the Parent Company’s members those matters we are required to state to 
them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, 
we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Parent Company and the 
Parent Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions  
we have formed.

Sakib Isa (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor
Manchester, UK
19 June 2024

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales  
(with registered number OC305127).

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionConsolidated Statement  

of Comprehensive Income

Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, share-based payments, impairment loss & non-recurring items (“Adjusted EBITDA”)
Depreciation
Amortisation of software
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Impairment loss
Share-based payment expense
Non-recurring items
Total administrative expenses
Operating profit
Foreign exchange losses
Finance expense
Profit before tax
Tax expense
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company 
Other comprehensive (expense)/income
Actuarial gains
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Total comprehensive (expense)/income attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company

Total Profit and other comprehensive income for the year attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company

Earnings per share
Basic
Diluted

*  See Note 1 for details.

The Notes on pages 127 to 173 form part of these financial statements.

118

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

2023 
Total
£’000

121,265
(50,060)
71,205
30,101
(3,492)
(925)
(7,718)
(96)
(838)
(6,159)
(60,332)
10,873
(146)
(5,711)
5,016
(1,979)
3,037

63
(131)
(68)

Restated* 
 2022  
Total 
£’000

69,839
(33,898)
35,941
15,257
(1,781)
(500)
(1,693)
—
(535)
(475)
(25,668)
10,273
—
(235)
10,038
(1,912)
8,126

—
28
28

2,969

8,154

1.75
1.73

6.65
6.54

Note

7

8, 15, 16
8, 14
8, 14
19
8, 10
6, 8

11

12

31

13
13

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionConsolidated Statement  

of Financial Position

Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
At 31 December 2023

Assets
Non‑current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Contract acquisition costs
Trade and other receivables
Total non‑current assets

Assets in disposal groups classified as held 
for sale
Current assets

Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Contract acquisition costs
Current tax asset
Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Loans and borrowings
Obligations under leases
Deferred income
Current tax liability
Contingent consideration
Total current liabilities

119

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Note

2023
£’000

 Restated* 
2022 
£’000

 Restated*  
2021 
£’000

14
15
16
17
19

23

18
19
17

20
22
25
21

24

305,328
4,418
8,404
427
641
319,218

84,664
3,208
2,568
402
811
91,653

35,278
2,609
2,723
—
182
40,792

—

5,455

—

7,062
42,701
79
1,104
12,278
63,224
382,442

34,746
9,251
2,617
1,318
603
—
48,535

1,989
24,991
92
220
10,935
38,227
135,335

20,778
—
831
873
—
—
22,482

908
18,685
—
—
9,057
28,650
69,442

13,882
—
754
302
213
345
15,496

Liabilities directly associated with assets in 
Disposal groups classified as held for sale
Non‑current liabilities
Loans and borrowings
Obligations under leases
Deferred income
Contingent consideration
Deferred tax liability
Total non‑current liabilities
Total liabilities
Total net assets

Issued capital and reserves attributable to 
owners of the Company
Share capital
Share premium
Share-based payment reserve
Merger reserve
Translation reserve
EBT reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity attributable to equity holders

*  See Note 1 for details.

Note

23

22
25
21
24
26

28
28
28
28
28
28

2023
£’000

 Restated* 
2022 
£’000

 Restated*  
2021 
£’000

—

2,561

—

76,908
5,787
2,894
—
33,925
119,514
168,049
214,393

969
131,131
1,936
69,754
24
(2,679)
13,258
214,393

—
1,626
1,848
—
4,134
7,608
32,651
102,684

652
37,293
1,217
52,212
155
(2,871)
14,026
102,684

—
1,780
460
2,567
2,139
6,946
22,442
46,999

480
36,966
789
1,390
—
(501)
7,875
46,999

The consolidated financial statements of Franchise Brands plc (Company number: 10281033) on 
pages 118 to 173 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 19 June 
2024 and were signed on its behalf by:

Mark Fryer
Director

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionCompany Statement  

of Financial Position

Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Company Statement of Financial Position
At 31 December 2023

Note

2023
£’000

 Restated* 
2022
£’000

 Restated* 
 2021
£’000

Note

2023
£’000

 Restated* 
2022
£’000

 Restated* 
 2021
£’000

27

27

19

20
22
24

22
24

207,830
207,830

92,514
92,514

42,823
42,823

—

2,564

—

103,177
875
104,052
311,882

1,876
3,418
5,294
100,372

16,311
9,251
—
25,562

76,908
—
76,908
102,470
209,412

5,139
—
—
5,139

—
—
—
5,139
95,233

1,158
3,961
5,119
47,942

1,480
—
344
1,824

—
2,568
2,568
4,392
43,550

Issued capital and reserves attributable to 
owners of the Company
Share capital
Share premium
Share-based payment reserve
Merger reserve
Translation reserve
EBT reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity attributable to equity holders

*  See Note 1 for details.

28
28
28
28
28
28

969
131,131
1,936
69,634
—
(2,679)
8,421
209,412

652
37,293
1,217
52,092
—
(2,871)
6,850
95,233

480
36,966
789
1,270
—
(501)
4,546
43,550

No statement of comprehensive income is presented by the Company as permitted by Section 
408 of the Companies Act. Franchise Brands plc reported a profit and total comprehensive 
income for the financial period ended 31 December 2023 of £5.00m (restated 2022: £4.64m). 
See Note 1c for further information on the restatement.

The Company financial statements of Franchise Brands plc (Company number: 10281033)  
on pages 120 to 173 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on  
19 June 2024 and were signed on its behalf by:

Mark Fryer
Director

Assets
Non‑current assets
Investment in Group companies
Total non‑current assets

Assets in disposal groups classified as held 
for sale

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Loans and borrowings
Contingent consideration
Total current liabilities
Non‑current liabilities
Loans and borrowings
Contingent consideration
Total non‑current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets

120

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionConsolidated Statement 

of Cash Flows

Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit for the year
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Amortisation of software & other intangibles
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Non-recurring costs
Share-based payment expense
Willow Pumps contingent consideration
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Finance expense
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Tax expense
Operating cash flow before movements in working capital
(Increase) in trade and other receivables
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
Cash generated/(absorbed) from operations
Corporation taxes paid
Net cash generated from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of software
Purchase of Intellectual Property
Loans to franchisees
Loans to franchisees repaid
Deferred consideration
Acquisition of subsidiaries including costs, net of cash acquired

121

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Note

2023 
£’000

Restated*
2022 
£’000

3,037

8,154

15
16
14
14

10
24

11

12

19
18
20

15
15
14
14

24
6

1,066
2,427
925
7,718
786
838
—
(54)
5,711
76
1,979
24,509
(3,767)
338
3,368
24,448
(4,498)
19,950

(1,183)
251
(1,350)
(522)
(149)
412
—
(48,894)

756
1,025
500
1,693
—
535
(1,232)
—
235
(28)
1,912
13,550
(3,062)
(401)
1,950
12,037
(2,629)
9,408

(422)
259
(1,088)
—
(1,062)
548
(1,680)
4,320

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Bank loans – received
Bank loans – repaid
Loan notes – repaid
Preference shares – repaid
Capital element of lease liability repaid
Interest paid – bank and other loan
Interest paid – leases
Proceed from issue of shares
Proceeds from sale/(purchase) of shares by the Employee Benefit Trust
Dividends paid
Net cash generated/(absorbed) from financing activities
Net increase/(decreased) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Exchange differences on cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

* 

See Note 1 for details.

122

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Note

25
11
11, 25

30

2023 
£’000

(51,435)

100,012
(62,097)
(29,155)
(58,520)
(2,362)
(5,374)
(325)
94,106
192
(3,371)
33,106
1,621
10,935
(278)
12,278

Restated*
2022 
£’000

875

—
(2,953)
—
—
(1,037)
(116)
(119)
330
(2,370)
(2,339)
(8,604)
1,679
9,057
199
10,935

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionTerm Loan
£’000
—
(2,953)
—
2,953
—
(55,000)
5,000
—
—
—
749
—
—
—
(49,251)

Revolving 
credit facility
£’000
—
—
—
—
—
(45,012)
8,000
—
—
—
—
104
—
—
(36,908)

Loans & 
borrowings
£’000
—
—
—
—
—
—
78,227
—
—
(78,227)
—
—
—
—
—

Preference 
shares
£’000
—
—
—
—
—
—
58,520
—
—
(58,520)
—
—
—
—
—

Lease 
 liabilities
£’000
(2,534)
1,155
—
(1,377)
(2,756)
—
2,687
(325)
—
(6,127)
—
(53)
(1,925)
95
(8,404)

Total liabilities 
from financing 
activities
£’000
(2,534)
(1,798)
—
1,576
(2,756)
(100,012)
152,434
(325)
—
(142,874)
749
51
(1,925)
95
(94,563)

*Restated
Cash
£’000
9,057
—
1,679
199
10,935
—
—
—
(5,421)
7,042
—
(278)
—
—
12,278

*Restated  

Total net cash/
(net debt)
£’000
6,523
(1,798)
1,679
1,775
8,179
(100,012)
152,434
(325)
(5,421)
(135,832)
749
(227)
(1,925)
95
(82,285)

Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows continued
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Reconciliation of cash flow to the Group net debt position

Group

At 1 January 2022
Financing cash flows
Other cash flows*
Other changes
At 1 January 2023*
Financing cash inflows
Financing cash outflows
Leases interest expense
Other cash flows
Acquired through business combination
Amortised loan fees
Foreign exchange movements
Additions to New leases
Disposals
At 31 December 2023

*  See Note 1 for details.

123

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionReconciliation of cash flow to the Company net debt position

Revolving 
credit facility
£’000

Total liabilities 
from financing 
activities 
£’000

—
—
—
—
—
(45,012)
8,000
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
(100,012)
13,000
—
749

Term Loan
£’000

—
—
—
—
—
(55,000)
5,000
—
749

*Restated  

cash
£’000

3,961
—
(543)
—
3,418
—
—
(2,543)
—

*Restated  
Total net cash 
(net debt)
£’000

3,961
—
(543)
—
3,418
(100,012)
13,000
(2,543)
749

—
(49,251)

104
(36,908)

104
(86,159)

—
875

104
(85,284)

Company Statement  

of Cash Flows

Note

2023
£’000

Restated* 
2022
£’000

5,000

4,639

Group

At 1 January 2022
Financing cash flows
Other cash flows*
Other changes
At 1 January 2023*
Financing cash inflows
Financing cash outflows
Other cash flows
Amortised loan fees
Foreign exchange 
movements
At 31 December 2023

*  See Note 1 for details.

130
(2,834)
5,384
—
(1,377)
(105)
211
6,409
3,373
11,071
20,853
(1,345)
19,508

—
(36,826)
(99,925)
(57,855)
(194,606)

100,012
(13,000)
(5,384)
94,106

192
(3,371)
172,555
(2,543)
3,418
875

19
20

24

30

—
—
40
(1,232)
(108)
—
90
3,429
(311)
4,292
7,410
(930)
6,480

(1,680)
—
—
(924)
(2,604)

—
—
(40)
330

(2,370)
(2,339)
(4,419)
(543)
3,961
3,418

Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Company Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit for the year
Adjustments for:
Non-recurring costs
Management charges
Finance expenses
Willow Pumps contingent consideration
Tax expense
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Share-based payment expense
Operating cash flow before movements in working capital
(Increase) in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables
Cash (absorbed)/generated from operations
Corporation taxes paid
Net cash generated from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Deferred consideration
Investment in subsidiary
Loan to subsidiary
Acquisition of subsidiaries including costs
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Bank loans – received
Bank loans – repaid
Interest paid – bank and other loans
Proceed from issue of shares (net of costs)
Proceeds from sale/(purchase) of shares by the Employee 
Benefit Trust
Dividends paid
Net cash flows (used)/generated by financing activities
Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

124

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionConsolidated Statement  

of Changes in Equity

Share 
capital
£’000

480
—
480

—
—
—

169
—
3
—
652

—
—
—
—

317
—
—
—

—

—
969

Share 
premium 
account 
£’000

36,966
—
36,966

—
—
—

—
—
327
—
37,293

—
—
—
—

96,392
(2,554)
—
—

—

—
131,131

Share-based 
payment 
£’000

789
—
789

—
—
—

—
—
—
428
1,217

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

719

—
1,936

Merger 
reserve
£’000

1,390
—
1,390

—
—
—

50,822
—
—
—
52,212

—
—
—
—

17,542
—
—
—

—

—
69,754

Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Group

At 1 January 2022
Correction of Errors
*Restated At 1 January 2022

Profit for the year 
Foreign exchange translation differences
Profit for the year and total comprehensive income
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Shares issued
Dividend paid
Contributions to Employee Benefit Trust
Share-based payment
At 1 January 2023

Profit for the year 
Actuarial gain
Foreign exchange translation differences
Profit for the year and total comprehensive income
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Shares issued
Share Placing costs charged to Share Premium
Dividend paid
Contributions to Employee Benefit Trust

Share-based payment
Tax on share-based payment expense
At 31 December 2023

*  See Note 1 for details.

125

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Translation  

reserve
£’000

*Restated 
EBT reserve
£’000

*Restated 
Retained 
earnings
£’000

8,205
(329)
7,875

8,154
—
8,154

—
(2,339)
—
335
14,026

3,037
63
—
3,100

—
—
(3,371)
—

Total
£’000

47,325
(326)
46,999

8,154
155
8,309

50,991
(2,339)
(2,040)
763
102,684

3,037
63
(131)
2,969

114,251
(2,554)
(3,371)
192

—

719

(504)
3
(501)

—
—
—

—
—
(2,370)
—
(2,871)

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
192

—

—
(2,679)

(496)
13,258

(496)
214,393

—
—
—

—
155
155

—
—
—
—
155

—
—
(131)
(131)

—
—
—
—

—

—
24

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionCompany Statement 

of Changes in Equity

Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Company Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Company

At 1 January 2022
Correction of Errors
*Restated At 1 January 2022
*Restated Profit for the year and total comprehensive income
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Shares issued
Dividend paid
Contributions to Employee Benefit Trust
Share-based payment
At 1 January 2023

Profit for the year and total comprehensive income
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Shares issued
Share Placing costs charged to Share Premium
Dividend paid
Contributions to Employee Benefit Trust

Share-based payment
Tax on share-based payment expense
At 31 December 2023

*  See Note 1 for details.

126

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Share
capital
£’000

480
—
480
—

169
—
3
—
652

—

317
—
—
—

—

—
969

Share
premium
account
£’000

36,966
—
36,966
—

—
—
327
—
37,293

—

96,392
(2,554)
—
—

—

—
131,131

Share-based
payment
reserve
£’000

789
—
789
—

—
—
—
428
1,217

—

—
—
—
—

719

—
1,936

Merger
reserve
£’000

1,270
—
1,270
—

50,822
—
—
—
52,092

*Restated  

EBT reserve
£’000

(504)
3
(501)
—

—
—
(2,370)
—
(2,871)

*Restated 
Retained
earnings
£’000

4,546
—
4,546
4,639

—
(2,339)
—
4
6,850

*Restated 
Total
£’000

43,547
3
43,550
4,639

50,991
(2,339)
(2,040)
432
95,233

—

—

5,000

5,000

17,542
—
—
—

—

—
69,634

—
—
—
192

—

—
—
(3,371)
—

114,251
(2,554)
(3,371)
192

—

719

—
(2,679)

(58)
8,421

(58)
209,412

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionNotes forming part of the  

Financial Statements

Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements
For the year ended 31 December 2023

1 Restatements
During the year we have identified a number of errors that have given rise to a restatement of 
the prior year accounts. 

1. 

 We have identified errors that certain transactions in the Group’s Metro Rod Limited, The Filta 
Group Limited, Filta Deutschland GmbH and ChipsAway International Limited subsidiaries 
had been incorrectly treated in respect of IFRS 15. National account revenue has historically 
been treated gross, with Metro Rod, The Filta Group, Filta Deutschland GmbH and ChipsAway 
being the principal. We are now treating this revenue net, as following consideration of the 
underlying contracts, facts and circumstances, we consider these subsidiaries to be acting 
as a commission agent for their franchisees. The businesses only have momentary control 
of the incoming order following acceptance of the job ahead of passing it to the incumbent 
franchise in a back-to-back arrangement where local franchisees have a right of first refusal 
on the order received. Operational fulfilment also rests with the franchisee. The impact of 
this is to reduce revenue in the year ended 31 December 2022 by £29.3m, with an equivalent 
reduction in cost of sales; there is no profit impact of this change. This affects Note 1a.

2.   We have identified further transactions in the Metro Rod Limited subsidiary that have been 
treated incorrectly in respect of IFRS 15. National account revenue has historically been 
recognised at the point of invoice, as we considered this to be our performance obligation. 
We now consider our performance obligation to be the passing of the work order to the 
franchisee, having considered the underlying contracts, facts and circumstances. Therefore, 
revenue is now recognised at this point. The impact of this is to increase revenue and profit 
before tax in the year ended 31 December 2022 by £0.2m. In the Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position this adjustment increases Trade and Other Receivables for Accrued 
Income by £3.5m (2021: £2.6m), increases Trade and Other Payables for Accruals by £2.7m 
(2021: £2.1m) and increases Retained Earnings by £0.7m (2021: £0.6m). In the Consolidated 
Statement of Cashflows the impact is an increase in profit of £0.2m, a £0.8m reduction in 
cash flows from trade and other receivables and a £0.7m reduction in cash flows to trade 
and other payables. This affects Note 1a, 1b and 1d.

3. 

 We have identified errors that certain transactions in the Group had been incorrectly treated 
in respect of IFRS 15 in regard to the timing of recognising franchise sales and related training 
fees. Within Metro Rod Limited, ChipsAway International Limited, Ovenclean Limited and 
Barking Mad Limited in the past we have recognised the initial franchise fee when we have 
delivered the training for the new franchises to operate in line with the necessary standards on 
completion of the franchise sale (at a point in time). This is however considered a pre-opening 
activity necessary for the franchisee to operate and not a distinct performance obligation in 
the franchisee contracts of these subsidiaries. We are now recognising this revenue over the 
life of the franchise agreement on a straight line basis, as our obligation is to provide a licence 
for the franchise to operate, which extends over the life of the agreement. The impact of this 

4. 

is to reduce revenue and profit before tax in the year ended 31 December 2022 by £0.2m. 
At 31 December 2022 this also created current deferred income of £0.1m (2021: £0.3m) and 
non-current deferred income of £0.1m (2021: £0.5m), increased liabilities held for sale by £0.8m 
(2021: nil), decreased assets held for sale by £0.1m (2021: nil), reversed previously held other 
debtors of nil (2021: £0.1m) and decreased Retained Earnings by £1.1m (2021: £0.9m) in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. In the Consolidated statement of Cashflows this 
decreased profit by £0.2m, increased cashflows from receivables by £0.0m and decreased 
cashflows to payables by £0.2m. This affects Notes 1a, 1b and 1d.

 Franchise Brands plc acquired Filta Group Holdings plc in March 2022. A valuation exercise 
was completed in the prior year as part of the purchase price allocation exercise as required 
by IFRS 3. Errors were identified in this valuation including incorrect rates being applied 
and unsuitable valuation models being used for certain intangibles. Another valuation 
was completed to correct these errors subsequent to the 12 month measurement period. 
The review occurred outside the permitted time period, and as such this is an error in the 
prior year accounts and requires amendment as a prior year adjustment not as fair value 
adjustment. The revaluation decreased the fair value of intangibles acquired by £1.0m 
(reduced software acquired by £2.7m, reduced indefinite life brands by £0.1m, patent 
technology by £0.4m and customer relations by £0.6m; however increased franchise 
agreements by £2.8m) and reduced the deferred tax liability by £0.3m at recognition with the 
corresponding impact being a £0.7m increase in goodwill. The impact on the Consolidated 
Statement of Income is a £0.2m increase in amortisation of acquired intangibles and a £0.0m 
increase in relation to the deferred tax credit. The impact on the Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position is a £0.4m reduction in intangible assets, a £0.3m decrease in deferred 
tax liability and a £0.1m reduction in Retained Earnings. The impact on the Consolidated 
Statement of Cash Flows is a £0.1m reduction in profit, a £0.2m increase in the adjustment 
for amortisation of acquired intangibles and a £0.0m decrease in the adjustment for income 
tax with nil impact to operating cash flows. This affects Notes 1a, 1b and 1d. 

5.   In previous periods cash transferred to the Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) which is under 
the control of the Group, was assumed to be used immediately, and therefore part of the 
EBT reserve. However, some of this cash is held on our behalf, and as we have immediate 
access to this cash, it is now accounted for in cash and cash equivalents. This has increased 
cash at 31 December 2022 by £0.1m and increased cash at 31 December 2021 by £0.0m 
in the Consolidated and Company Statement of Financial Position with the corresponding 
decrease in the EBT reserve. In both the Consolidated and Company Statement of Cash 
Flows this has decreased the purchase of shares by the EBT by £0.1m, increased cash at 
the beginning of the period by £0.0m and increased cash at the end of the period by £0.1m. 
This affects Notes 1b, 1c, 1d, 1e and the reconciliation of cash flow to the net debt position of 
the Group and the Company.

127

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

1 Restatements continued
6.   Cash outflows of £1.7m for the year ended 31 December 2022 with regards to deferred 
consideration were incorrectly presented as operating cash outflows. As the deferred 
consideration was related to the purchase of Willow Pumps Limited these should be 
recorded as investing activities. As a result these have been reclassified in the Consolidated 
and Company Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended 31 December 2022 decreasing 
cash flows to trade and other payables by £1.7m and increasing cash outflows for deferred 
consideration by £1.7m with no overall impact on cash flows. This affects Notes 1d and 1e. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

 The Company incurred costs of £1.0m in the acquisition of Filta Group Holdings, expensed 
as non-recurring costs. However, of this £0.9m were directly attributable costs therefore 
the treatment of this was incorrect, in accordance with IAS 27 that requires measurement 
of investment in subsidiaries at cost for the Company. The correction removes these non-
recurring costs and increases the investment in Group companies. This change is reversed 
on consolidation in line with IFRS 3 and therefore has no impact on the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income. In the Company Statement of Comprehensive Income 
it decreases non-recurring costs by £0.9m and increases profit by £0.9m. In the Company 
Statement of Financial Position, it increases investment in subsidiaries by £0.9m and retained 
earnings by £0.9m. The impact on the Company Statement of Cash Flows is a £0.9m 
increase in cash flows used in the acquisition of subsidiaries with an increase in profit for the 
year of £0.9m. This affects Notes 1c and 1e.

 It was identified that an error had been made recording intercompany debtors in the 
Company, whereby they had been incorrectly netted off against creditors in the prior 
periods. These were originally shown within Trade and Other Payables, so adjustments to 
the Company Statement of Financial Position were required to increase both Trade and 
Other Receivables and Trade and Other Payables by £0.6m (2021: £0.3m). There is no 
change to profit or reserves. The adjustments had no overall impact on cash flows. In the 
Company Statement of Cash Flows it decreased cash flows from trade and other receivables 
by £0.3m, with an equivalent decrease in cash flows to trade and other payables. This 
affects Notes 1c and 1e.

 We have identified errors in relation to the treatment of trade debtors recognised in Metro 
Rod Limited for local account sales. In such transactions, the work is sourced by the 
franchisee but billed by Metro Rod Limited. The Group is obtaining royalty income only on 
the transaction and does not have the credit risk for the full amount. Trade debtors should 
therefore reflect only the amounts due to the Group being the royalty fee. If advanced 
payments are made to the franchisee before receipt of the full payment from the customer, 
this should be recorded as a franchisee loan debtor. Given this is a contractual obligation 
to the franchisee, the Group has recorded the open commitments at year end in Note 22. 
When payment is collected from the customer the assets recorded are de-recognised and 

128

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

a trade payable recorded for the amounts due to the franchisee. The total impact to the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position is a £0.1m (2021: £0.4m) reduction in trade and 
other receivables and a reduction of £0.1m (2021: £0.4m) in trade and other payables. This 
is broken down as a reduction in trade receivables of £2.4m (2021: £2.1m), and increase 
in other debtors of £2.3m (2021: £1.7m); an increase in trade payables of £0.1m (2021: a 
reduction of £0.1m), an increase in other creditors of £1.4m (2021: £1.1m), a reduction in 
accruals of £1.4m (2021: £1.2m) and a reduction in social security and other taxes of £0.2m 
(2021: £0.1m). The impact on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows is a £0.2m reduction 
in cash flows from trade and other receivables and a £0.2m reduction in cash flows to trade 
and other payables. This affects Notes 1b and 1d.

Restatements have been made to the following notes to improve disclosures:

1. 

 Within Note 7 of the financial statements prior year revenue has been disaggregated further 
to give a greater understanding of the Group’s revenue streams to ensure compliance with 
the requirements of IFRS 15. There is no impact on revenue.

2.   Within Note 14 of the financial statements prior year intangible assets with indefinite useful 
lives have been disaggregated further, to show Filta International and Filta UK as separate 
CGUs in line with the conclusions reached by Group management in the prior year. There is 
no impact on intangibles. The note now also includes the recoverable amount for all CGUs 
as required by IFRS (UK). 

3. 

4. 

 Within Note 5 of the financial statements, we have restated the segment reporting note to 
show the assets arising from consolidation as unallocated assets as opposed to within the 
other segment. 

 Within Note 6 of the financial statements additional disclosures have been made within the 
Filta Group Holdings section regarding the primary reasons for the business combination, 
and the amounts of revenue and profit or loss of the acquiree since the acquisition date 
included in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for 2022 as required by 
IFRS 3. 

5.   Within Note 4 of the financial statements we have restated trade and other payables within 
the categories of financial instruments table, as it previously included deferred income, 
which is not defined as a financial instrument.

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

1a Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (restated)
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, share-based payments & non-recurring items (“Adjusted EBITDA”)
Depreciation
Amortisation of software
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Share-based payment expense
Non-recurring items
Total administrative expenses
Operating profit
Finance expense
Profit before tax
Tax expense
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company 
Other comprehensive income
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Total comprehensive income attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company

Earnings per share
Basic
Diluted

129

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Restatement 
number

1, 2, 3
1

4

4

As previously 
reported  
31 December 
2022 
£’000

99,152
(63,187)
35,965
15,281
(1,781)
(500)
(1,504)
(535)
(475)
(25,479)
10,486
(235)
10,251
(1,961)
8,290

28
28

6.81
6.70

Correction  
of errors  
£’000

(29,313)
29,289
(24)
(24)
—
—
(189)
—
—
(189)
(213)
—
(213)
49
(164)

—
—

(0.16)
(0.16)

(Restated)  
31 December  
2022  
£’000

69,839
(33,898)
35,941
15,257
(1,781)
(500)
(1,693)
(535)
(475)
(25,668)
10,273
(235)
10,038
(1,912)
8,126

28
28

6.65
6.54

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

1b Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (restated)
As at 1 January 2022 and 31 December 2022

Assets
Non‑current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Contract acquisition costs
Trade and other receivables
Total non‑current assets

As previously 
reported 
31 December 
2022
£’000

Correction 
of errors
£’000

 As at 31 
December
2022
(restated)
£’000

As previously 
reported 
1 January
2022
£’000

Correction 
of errors
£’000

Restatement 
number

4

85,113
3,208
2,568
402
811
92,102

(449)
—
—
—
—
(449)

84,664
3,208
2,568
402
811
91,653

35,278
2,609
2,723
—
182
40,792

 As at
1 January
2022
(restated)
£’000

35,278
2,609
2,723
—
182
40,792

—

908
18,685
—
—
9,057
28,650
69,442

—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—
2,171
—
—
3
2,174
2,174

Assets in disposal groups classified as held for sale

3

5,576

(121)

5,455

—

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Contract acquisition costs
Current tax asset
Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets

130

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

2, 3, 9

5

1,989
21,660
92
220
10,799
34,760
132,438

—
3,331
—
—
136
3,467
2,897

1,989
24,991
92
220
10,935
38,227
135,335

908
16,514
—
—
9,054
26,476
67,268

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

1b Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (restated) continued
As at 1 January 2022 and 31 December 2022

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Obligations under leases
Deferred income
Current tax liability
Contingent consideration
Total current liabilities
Liabilities directly associated with assets in disposal groups classified as held for sale

Non‑current liabilities
Obligations under leases
Deferred income
Contingent consideration
Deferred tax liability
Total non‑current liabilities
Total liabilities
Total net assets

Issued capital and reserves attributable to owners of the Company
Share capital
Share premium
Share-based payment reserve
Merger reserve
Translation reserve
EBT reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity attributable to equity holders

131

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

As previously 
reported 
31 December 
2022
£’000

Correction 
of errors
£’000

 As at 31 
December
2022
(restated)
£’000

As previously 
reported 
1 January
2022
£’000

Correction 
of errors
£’000

Restatement 
number

2, 9

3

3

3

4

5
2, 3, 4

18,160
831
807
—
—
19,798
1,786

1,626
1,744
—
4,444
7,814
29,398
103,040

652
37,293
1,217
52,212
155
(3,007)
14,518
103,040

2,618
—
66
—
—
2,684
775

—
104
—
(310)
(206)
3,253
(356)

—
—
—
—
—
136
(492)
(356)

20,778
831
873
—
—
22,482
2,561

1,626
1,848
—
4,134
7,608
32,651
102,684

652
37,293
1,217
52,212
155
(2,871)
14,026
102,684

12,144
754
—
213
345
13,456
—

1,780
—
2,567
2,139
6,486
19,942
47,325

480
36,966
789
1,390
—
(504)
8,204
47,325

1,738
—
302
—
—
2,040
—

—
460
—
—
460
2,500
(326)

—
—
—
—
—
3
(329)
(326)

 As at
1 January
2022
(restated)
£’000

13,882
754
302
213
345
15,496
—

1,780
460
2,567
2,139
6,946
22,442
46,999

480
36,966
789
1,390
—
(501)
7,875
46,999

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

1c Company Statement of Financial Position (restated)
As at 1 January 2022 and 31 December 2022

Assets
Non‑current assets
Investment in Group companies
Total non‑current assets

Assets in disposal groups classified as held for sale

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Contingent consideration
Total current liabilities
Non‑current liabilities
Contingent consideration
Total non‑current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Issued capital and reserves attributable to owners of the Company
Share capital
Share premium
Share-based payment reserve
Merger reserve
Translation reserve
EBT reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity attributable to equity holders

132

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

As previously 
reported 
31 December 
2022
£’000

Correction of 
errors
£’000

(Restated) 
31 December 
2022
£’000

As previously 
reported 
31 December 
2021
£’000

Correction of 
errors
£’000

(Restated) 
31 December 
2021
£’000

Restatement 
number

7

8
5

8

5
7

91,590
91,590

2,564

1,268
3,282
4,550
98,704

4,531
—
4,531

—
—
4,531
94,173

652
37,293
1,217
52,092
—
(3,007)
5,926
94,173

924
924

92,514
92,514

42,823
42,823

—

2,564

—

608
136
744
1,668

608
—
608

—
—
608
1,060

—
—
—
—
—
136
924
1,060

1,876
3,418
5,294
100,372

5,139
—
5,139

—
—
5,139
95,233

652
37,293
1,217
52,092
—
(2,871)
6,850
95,233

859
3,958
4,817
47,640

1,181
344
1,525

2,568
2,568
4,093
43,547

480
36,966
789
1,270
—
(504)
4,546
43,547

—
—

—

299
3
302
302

299
—
299

—
—
299
3

—
—
—
—
—
3
—
3

42,823
42,823

—

1,158
3,961
5,119
47,942

1,480
344
1,824

2,568
2,568
4,392
43,550

480
36,966
789
1,270
—
(501)
4,546
43,550

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

1d Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (restated)
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit for the year
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Amortisation of software
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Share-based payment expense
Willow Pumps contingent consideration
Finance expense
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Tax expense
Operating cash flow before movements in working capital
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
(Increase) in inventories
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
Cash generated from operations
Corporation taxes paid
Net cash generated from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of software
Loans to franchisees
Franchisee loans repaid
Deferred consideration
Acquisition of subsidiaries including costs, net of cash acquired
Net cash used in investing activities

133

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

As previously 
reported  
31 December 
2022 
£’000

Restatement 
number

Correction  
of errors  
£’000

(Restated)
31 December 
2022
 £’000

2, 3, 4

8,318

(164)

8,154

4

4

2, 3, 9

2, 3, 6, 9

6

756
1,025
500
1,504
535
(1,232)
235
(28)
1,961
13,574
(2,022)
(401)
(794)
10,357
(2,629)
7,728

(422)
259
(1,088)
(1,062)
548
—
4,320
2,555

—
—
—
189
—
—
—
—
(49)
(24)
(1,040)
—
2,744
1,680
—
1,680

—
—
—
—
—
(1,680)
—
(1,680)

756
1,025
500
1,693
535
(1,232)
235
(28)
1,912
13,550
(3,062)
(401)
1,950
12,037
(2,629)
9,408

(422)
259
(1,088)
(1,062)
548
(1,680)
4,320
875

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

1d Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (restated) continued 

Cash flows from financing activities
Bank loans – repaid
Capital element of lease liability repaid
Interest paid – bank and other loan
Interest paid – leases
Proceed from issue of shares
Purchase of shares by the Employee Benefit Trust
Dividends paid
Net cash generated from financing activities
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Exchange differences on cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

134

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

As previously 
reported  
31 December 
2022 
£’000

Restatement 
number

Correction  
of errors  
£’000

(Restated)
31 December 
2022
 £’000

(2,953)
(1,037)
(116)
(119)
330
(2,503)
(2,339)
(8,737)
1,546
9,054
199
10,799

5

5

—
—
—
—
—
133
—
133
133
3
—
136

(2,953)
(1,037)
(116)
(119)
330
(2,370)
(2,339)
(8,604)
1,679
9,057
199
10,935

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

1e Company Statement of Cash Flows (restated)
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit for the year
Adjustments for:
Finance expenses
Willow Pumps contingent consideration
Tax expense
Share-based payment expense
Operating cash flow before movements in working capital
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
Cash generated from operations
Corporation taxes paid
Net cash generated from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Deferred consideration
Acquisition of subsidiaries including costs
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Interest paid – bank and other loans
Proceed from issue of shares
Purchase of shares by the Employee Benefit Trust
Dividends paid
Net cash flows (used)/generated by financing activities
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

135

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

As previously 
reported 
31 December 
2022
£’000

Correction of 
errors
£’000

(Restated) 
31 December 
2022
£’000

Restatement 
number

7

3,715

40
(1,232)
(108)
90
2,505
(2)
2,303
4,806
(930)
3,876

—
—
—

(40)
330
(2,503)
(2,339)
(4,552)
(676)
3,958
3,282

8
6, 8

6
7

5

5

924
—
—
—
—
—
924
(309)
1,989
2,604
—
2,604

(1,680)
(924)
(2,604)

—
—
133
—
133
133
3
136

4,639

40
(1,232)
(108)
90
3,429
(311)
4,292
7,410
(930)
6,480

(1,680)
(924)
(2,604)

(40)
330
(2,370)
(2,339)
(4,419)
(543)
3,961
3,418

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

2 Significant accounting policies
General information
Franchise Brands plc (the “Company”, and together with its subsidiaries, the “Group”), is a 
public company incorporated in England and Wales under the Companies Act 2006 with 
Company Number 10281033. The principal activity of the Group is focused on building market-
leading businesses in selected customer segments, using primarily a franchise model. Our 
focus is on established brands which can benefit from our shared support services, specialist 
sector expertise, management experience and Group resources. The principal activity of the 
Company is that of a holding company of a group of companies engaged in franchising and 
related activities.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the results and net assets of the Company 
and its subsidiary undertakings. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, 
being the date on which the Group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the 
date control ceases. All inter-company transactions and balances between Group entities are 
eliminated upon consolidation.

Basis of preparation
The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting standards, in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 as they apply 
to the financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2023. The Group’s 
consolidated financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention. The 
principal accounting policies adopted are set out below and have been consistently applied to 
all the years presented. The Group’s financial statements are presented in sterling and all values 
are rounded to the nearest thousand pounds (£’000s) except where indicated.

Going concern
The Group’s financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis as the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in existence 
for the foreseeable future. In assessing the appropriateness of adopting the going concern 
basis in preparing the Annual Report and financial statements, the Directors have considered 
the current financial position of the Group, alongside its principal risks and uncertainties. The 
review performed considers plausible financial and operational issues that could reasonably 
arise within the period. This included credit risk, dependency on key suppliers and customers; 
and economic risk. The budgets and plans prepared for the next 12 months to June 2025 have 
been subjected to sensitivity analysis, considering the impact of a downturn in trade.

136

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

In all cases, the business model remained robust. The Group has generated significant profits 
both during the years covered by these financial statements, and in previous years. The Group 
has sufficient current financial assets to meet its current liabilities as they fall due. The Group’s 
strong operating cash flow allows for expected repayment of the bank Group facilities prior 
to the extended repayment date (as extended in April 2024) of April 2028; and allows for 
contractual partial repayment of term loan with interest, and lease costs, in 2024. The Directors 
have stress-tested the banking covenants, considered mitigating actions, and concluded 
that there is sufficient headroom. All these provide resilience against these factors and other 
principal risks the Group is exposed to. The Directors have made appropriate enquiries and 
consider that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the financial statements.

Segmental reporting
The Group’s operating segments are determined based on the Group’s internal reporting 
to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). The CODM has been determined to be 
the Executive Chairman, with support from the Board of Directors, as the function primarily 
responsible for the allocation of resources to segments and assessment of performance of 
the segments. The business is organised in line with the divisions of Pirtek Europe, Water & 
Waste Services, Filta International and B2C. Within the Water & Waste Services division there 
are two different principal activities: franchisor – management of franchisees who trade with 
businesses and consumers; and direct labour organisations – trading directly with businesses 
and consumers.

Therefore, the Board has determined that we have six different operating segments:

•  Pirtek Europe, the franchise and direct labour operations of Pirtek across eight European countries;

•  Water & Waste Services, which is made up of Metro Rod and Metro Plumb, Willow Pumps and 

Filta UK;

•  Filta International, which is made up of Filta US and Filta Europe;

•  B2C, which is made up of ChipsAway, Ovenclean and Barking Mad;

•  Azura, which is made up of the software business of Azura; and

•  Other operations including central administration costs and non-trading companies.

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

2 Significant accounting policies continued
Business combinations
The consolidated financial statements comprise the accounts of the Company and its subsidiary 
undertakings. An undertaking is regarded as a subsidiary if the Group has control over its 
operating and financial policies. Control is achieved when the Company has the power over the 
investee; is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; 
and has the ability to use its power to affect its returns. The profits and losses of subsidiary 
undertakings are consolidated as from the effective date of acquisition or to the effective date 
of disposal.

The Group uses the purchase method of accounting to account for the acquisition of 
subsidiaries. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets acquired, 
equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of completion, 
plus costs directly attributable to the acquisition. Identifiable assets acquired, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values 
at the acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any minority interest. The excess of the cost 
of acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is 
recorded as goodwill. 

If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, 
the difference is recognised directly in the Income Statement.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group 
companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides 
evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of acquired subsidiaries 
are changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

In the Group, costs of acquisition are charged directly to the income statement as non-recurring 
costs, unless directly relating to equity issuance, in which case these costs have been charged 
to share premium account. In the Company, directly attributable costs of acquisition have been 
capitalised as investment in subsidiaries.

137

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Foreign currencies
Functional and presentation currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling, which is also the 
functional currency of the parent company.

Foreign currency transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency of the respective Group 
entity, using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange 
gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from remeasurement of 
monetary items denominated in foreign currency at year-end exchange rates are recognised in 
the profit and loss.

Non-monetary items are not retranslated at year-end and are measured at historical cost, except 
for non-monetary items measured at fair value which are translated using the exchange rates at 
the date when fair value was determined.

Foreign operations
In the Group’s financial statements, all assets, liabilities and transactions of Group entities 
with a functional currency other than Pounds Sterling are translated into Pounds Sterling 
upon consolidation. 

On consolidation, assets and liabilities have been translated into Pounds Sterling at the closing 
rate at the reporting date. Income and expenses have been translated into Pounds Sterling 
at the average monthly rate, as an approximation of the rates on the dates of the transactions 
over the reporting period. Exchange differences are charged/credited to other comprehensive 
income and recognised in the translation reserve in equity.

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

2 Significant accounting policies continued
Intangible assets
Intangible assets comprise goodwill, certain acquired separable corporate brand names, 
acquired customer relationships, acquired franchise relationships, acquired licence trade 
agreements and capitalised computer software not integral to a related item of hardware. 
Goodwill represents the excess of fair value attributed to investments in businesses or 
subsidiary undertakings over the fair value of the underlying net assets, including intangible 
assets, at the date of their acquisition. Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually 
or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. 
The carrying value of goodwill is compared to the net present value of future cash flows 
derived from the underlying assets using a projection period of up to five years, based on the 
latest approved budgets, for each cash generating unit. After the projection period a steady 
growth rate representing an appropriate long-term growth rate for the industry is applied. Any 
impairment is recognised immediately as an expense and is not subsequently reversed.

Corporate brand names, trademarks, customer relationships, acquired franchise relationships, 
and other intangibles acquired as part of acquisitions of businesses are capitalised separately 
from goodwill as intangible assets if their value can be measured reliably on initial recognition 
and it is probable that the expected future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset 
will flow to the Group. Certain corporate brands and trademarks of the Group are considered 
to have an indefinite economic life because of the institutional nature of the corporate brand 
names, their proven ability to maintain market leadership and profitable operations over long 
periods of time and the Group’s commitment to develop and enhance their value.

The carrying value of these intangible assets is reviewed at least annually for impairment and 
adjusted to the recoverable amount if required. Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value 
less costs to sell and its value in use. Where the carrying amount of an asset or cash generating 
unit exceeds its recoverable amount the asset or cash generating unit is considered impaired 
and written down to its recoverable amount. Any impairment is charged to the profit and loss in 
the period concerned.

Amortisation is provided at rates calculated to write-off the cost less estimated residual value 
of each asset on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life as follows. Customer-related 
intangibles have a useful life of 5-10 years. Franchise contracts have a useful life of 10 years. 
Others (including capitalised computer software) have a useful life of 3-10 years. Brands that 
have a finite life have a useful life of 10-50 years.

138

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Revenue
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to 
the Group and the revenue can be reliably measured. Revenue is measured at the fair value 
of consideration received or receivable, net of returns, rebates and value-added taxes. There 
have been restatements to revenue within Metro Rod, Filta UK and ChipsAway (see Note 1 ). The 
following criteria must also be met before revenue is recognised:

National accounts and commission agent revenue
Within Metro Rod and Filta UK, national account revenue is recognised net, or on an agent 
commission basis, as the Group only has momentary control of the work between receiving 
the work and passing it to the incumbent franchise. Franchisees have right of first refusal, and 
maintain operational fulfilment; if they cannot carry out the work, they must find someone else 
to complete the work. Within ChipsAway the franchisees are passed a lead, which may or may 
not be converted into a job, and as such we treat national account revenue in the same way 
as above. In each case our performance obligation is to pass the work order or lead to the 
franchisee, as such we recognise revenue at this point.

Local accounts and royalty fee income
Management service fees (“MSF”) is a sales-based royalty, charged for the continuing use of 
the rights and continuing services provided during the franchise period agreements term. They 
are recognised as the service is provided and the right to access the licence are used. These 
are charged on a monthly basis and the values recognised are based on the performance 
obligations in the relevant contracts with our franchisees.

Where the underlying transaction belongs to the franchisee MSF is recorded as a royalty fee. 
The work is sourced, and jobs are priced and completed, by the franchisees. For national 
account sales at Pirtek, and local account sales in all subsidiaries, this is deemed to be when the 
work is invoiced, as we play no part in passing the work to the franchise (see Note 3 for critical 
accounting judgements).

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

2 Significant accounting policies continued
Revenue continued
Sale of new franchise territories
Revenue from the sales of new franchise territories represent the charges for packages which 
include start-up support and equipment, and the right to access the licence to operate in a 
designated territory for a stated length of time. The territory fee is deferred over the length of 
the franchise agreement and released to the combined statements of comprehensive income 
on a straight-line basis, as our performance obligation is to provide a licence to operate. 
If equipment or stock is provided, this is considered a distinct performance obligation and 
recorded at a point in time when transferred over to the franchisee.

When a new franchise joins the Group, they are given extensive training. Within Metro Rod, Filta 
UK and the B2C business the revenue associated with this training is recognised over the life of 
the franchise agreement, as it is deemed to be a pre-opening activity which is fundamental for a 
new franchise to begin operating.

Resale of franchise territories
Revenue from re-sales of franchise territories is recognised when the sale has been 
contractually transferred. It is recognised at a point in time as a termination fee.

Training facility revenue
Revenue from training within Filta International and Pirtek is recognised at the point at which 
the training is completed, as they are distinct performance obligations in the context of these 
specific contracts, and at that point we have completed our performance obligations. Filta 
International and Pirtek have their own training centres, providing ongoing industry-specific 
training to franchisee engineers in their respective industries which go beyond training 
franchisees on how to work with Filta International and Pirtek as franchisees respectively. As 
such, training is a separate revenue stream in these entities and this revenue is distinct from 
franchise sales.

139

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Product sales
Revenue from sales of products is recognised upon dispatch from the warehouse, as this is 
when control is deemed to have been transferred. Where freight costs are charged to the 
franchise, revenue is recognised in line with product sales. Pirtek franchisees may order direct 
from suppliers on a central account; in this instance we recognise both the revenue from 
recharging franchisees and cost of goods from the supplier under revenue, in a back-to-back 
agreement as an agent where no profit is recorded.

Direct labour income
Direct labour income is where labour employed by the Group carry out revenue-earning work. 
Revenue from our direct labour organisations is recognised at the point of which the job is 
completed, with the exception of Willow Pumps.

Within Willow Pumps revenue is recognised when our performance obligations are met in 
relation to an individual job. Willow Pumps performs installation and commissioning work using 
its own labour as well as bought-out material by integrating them into a single performance 
obligation where control over goods is transferred in advance of rendering services. Due 
to the bespoke nature of work performed and contracts being non-cancellable, it meets the 
requirements of IFRS 15.35c for recognising revenue on over-time basis. However, practically, 
the entity recognises revenue on completion of each phase (which takes 1-2 days). This is not 
considered to be material by the Group. Due to the nature of work that requires use of labour, it 
is appropriate to use the input method to measure stage of completion. Also, observable inputs 
to measure the stage of completion based on an output method is not available.

Due to the above, it is appropriate to recognise revenue at nil margin for transfer of control over 
bought-out standard material before providing installation and commissioning services. It is to 
be noted that ‘nil margin’ recognition is available only when the measure of progress is based 
on input method and not output method (see Note 3). The performance obligations are defined 
in our underlying contracts with customers.

Waste oil
Revenue from sales of waste oil is recognised on a principal basis; although it is the franchisees 
that collect and transfer the waste oil, Filta places restrictions on the inventory, insofar as the 
franchisees can only sell to Filta, and the onward sale of the waste oil is at Filta’s contractual 
risk. Filta retains control over the oil for a period of time, it is not a back-to-back arrangement. 
Revenue is recognised when the oil is collected by the customer, as this is when control is 
deemed to have transferred.

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

2 Significant accounting policies continued
Revenue continued
IT contribution
Franchisees are charged a monthly fee for use of IT systems. Revenue is recognised when the 
franchisees are invoiced; this is when the monthly service of providing the IT that allows the 
franchise to operate their franchise has been fulfilled.

Contract acquisition costs
Internal staff-related costs to obtain a customer are expensed to the income statement as 
incurred. Where these are external i.e. broker fees, these costs are capitalised and recognised 
within contract assets where management expects to recover those costs. Contract assets are 
amortised, through cost of sales, over the period consistent with the Group’s transfer of the 
related goods and services to the customer. 

Central billing
In certain circumstances the franchisees are charged a fee to invoice certain national account 
customers on their behalf. This is recognised when the customer has been invoiced, at which 
point we are able to invoice the franchisee for our customer invoicing.

National advertising funds
National Advertising Funds are collected from franchisees under their agreements and then 
spent on their behalf on advertising which benefits the underlying franchise networks. The 
management of the funds does not result in any profit or loss for the Group as all funds received 
are expended on behalf of the networks. Advertising is not seen to be a separate performance 
obligation from licence (local) and agency (national) sales, it is merely an add-on that the 
franchisee contributes towards. Advertising of our brands, our franchisees, and the services that 
they offer, does not constitute a service to the customer, hence advertising does not represent 
a separate performance obligation. The Directors have concluded that the Group will recognise 
the costs expended by the funds in the year, and will recognise a fixed royalty amount as 
revenue, with any difference from the amount of cash received from our franchisees as accrued 
or deferred revenue within the balance sheet. This is because it is the Group which controls the 
expenditure of the funds, rather than the franchisees. Overall, there is no impact on profit.

Other income
The Group has a number of other revenue streams, which are immaterial for reporting purposes. 
These include freight charges to franchisees, lending vans to franchisees, and other charges to 
franchisees. 

The costs capitalised primarily include broker fees paid to third parties where payment is 
identified as relating directly to the sale of a territory licence and initially recognised upon the 
signing of a customer contract. The costs are amortised over the contract life. Management is 
required to determine the recoverability of contract-related assets at each reporting date. An 
impairment exists if the carrying amount of any asset exceeds the amount of consideration the 
Group expects to receive in exchange for providing the associated goods and services under 
the relevant contract. Any impairment is recognised immediately where such losses are forecast. 
The movement in the contract asset balance in the period, therefore, represents additional 
payments made, subsequent amortisation and any required impairment.

Financial liabilities
Bank borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of any transaction costs directly 
attributable to the issue of the instrument. Such interest-bearing liabilities are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, which ensures that any 
interest expense over the period to repayment is at a constant rate on the balance of the 
liability carried in the consolidated statement of financial position. For the purposes of each 
financial liability, interest expense includes initial transaction costs and any premium payable 
on redemption, as well as any interest or coupon payable while the liability is outstanding. 
Trade payables and other short-term monetary liabilities are initially recognised at fair value and 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

For any bank borrowings denominated in foreign currency, the balances are translated at the 
relevant exchange rate at the reporting date. Any applicable gains or losses are taken through 
other comprehensive income.

140

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

2 Significant accounting policies continued
Long‑term employee benefits
A one-off bonus is payable to staff who remain with the French businesses until they retire 
based on French law. Under IAS 19 obligations for one-off employee bonuses are recognised 
in the balance sheet under provisions for liabilities based on assessment of the current value of 
those benefits. The current value is calculated using criteria including earnings, life expectancy, 
estimated length of service and wage inflation which is then discounted to give an estimated 
current value. The annual movement in provision is charged to Other Comprehensive Income. 

Financial assets
All of the Group’s financial assets are classified and held at amortised cost. These assets 
arise principally from the provision of goods and services to customers, but also incorporate 
other types of financial assets where the objective is to hold these assets in order to collect 
contractual cash flows and the contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and 
interest. They are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly 
attributable to their acquisition or issue, and are subsequently carried at amortised cost using 
the effective interest rate method, less provision for impairment.

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The cost of goods for 
resale is based on a weighted average cost methodology. At the end of each reporting period 
inventories are assessed for impairment.

Impairment provisions for trade receivables are recognised based on the simplified approach 
within IFRS 9 using a provision matrix in the determination of the lifetime expected credit losses. 
During this process the probability of the non-payment of the trade receivables is assessed 
based on customer type, history of payment as well as by the number of days that debt is past 
due. This probability is then multiplied by the amount of the expected loss arising from default 
to determine the lifetime expected credit loss for the trade receivables. For trade receivables, 
which are reported net, such provisions are recorded in a separate provision account with the 
loss being recognised within cost of sales in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income. On confirmation that the trade receivable will not be collectable, the gross carrying 
value of the asset is written off against the associated provision. Cash and cash equivalents 
includes cash in hand.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment assets are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and  
any recognised impairment in value. Cost comprises the aggregate amount paid and the 
fair value of any other consideration given to acquire the asset and includes cost directly 
attributable to making the asset capable of operating as intended. Depreciation is provided to 
write-off the cost, less the estimated residual values, of all tangible fixed assets evenly over  
their expected useful lives. It is calculated at the following rates:

Leasehold property improvements 
Short-term leasehold improvements   
Freehold property  
Motor vehicles 
Plant & equipment  
Fixtures & fittings   
Computer equipment 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

over period of lease
over period of lease
2%-10% straight line
10%-25% straight line
10%-33% straight line
20%-33% straight line
20%-33% straight line

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation are reviewed and 
adjusted, if appropriate on an annual basis. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of  
an asset is included in the statement of comprehensive income in the year that the asset  
is derecognised.

Share‑based payment
When equity-settled share options are awarded to employees, the fair value of the options at 
the date of grant is charged to the statement of comprehensive income over the vesting period. 
Share-based payment costs are charged to the subsidiary companies in line with their allocation 
of share options.

Fair value is measured by the use of an appropriate valuation model, which takes into account 
conditions attached to the vesting and exercise of the equity instruments. The expected life 
used in the model is adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-
transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. The volatility in the model 
is calculated by reference to an implied volatility of a group of listed entities that have similar 
characteristics and are in the same industry sector.

141

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

2 Significant accounting policies continued
Share‑based payment continued
Additionally, all qualifying US and European employees have been awarded stock appreciation 
rights (“SARs”) which are cash settled. The SARs are conditional bonuses whose value will be 
calculated by reference to the amount by which the price of the Company’s ordinary shares 
have risen above the base price at the date of exercise, thus providing holders of SARs the 
same reward value as if the SARs were share options. The qualifying conditions and timing of 
vesting are identical to those within the share options scheme for UK employees. For these 
cash settled share-based payments, a liability is initially recognised at fair value based on the 
estimated number of awards that are expected to vest, adjusting for market-based performance 
conditions. Subsequently at each reporting period until the liability is settled, it is remeasured 
to fair value with any changes in the fair value recognised in the statement of comprehensive 
income. There are no SARs within the Company.

Corporation tax
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be received or paid to 
the taxation authorities. Corporation tax is charged or credited to the income statement, except 
when it relates to items charged directly to other comprehensive income or to equity, in which 
case the corporation tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income or equity respectively. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised where the carrying amount of an asset or 
liability in the statement of financial position differs from its tax base, except for differences 
arising on the initial recognition of goodwill. Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted 
to those instances where it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the 
difference can be utilised. The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that 
have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to 
apply when the deferred tax liabilities or assets are settled or recovered. Deferred tax assets 
and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset current tax 
assets and liabilities.

142

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Leases
In line with IFRS 16, all leases are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset and a lease 
liability except for leases with a duration of 12 months or less.

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the contractual payments due to the lessor 
over the lease term, with the discount rate determined by reference to the rate inherent in the 
lease unless (as is typically the case) this is not readily determinable, in which case the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate on commencement of the lease is used. The range of incremental 
borrowing rates used is between 2.95 and 5.5%, depending on the type of asset and its 
characteristics. There are no variable lease payments to consider.

Subsequent to initial measurement lease liabilities increase as a result of interest charged at a 
constant rate on the balance outstanding and are reduced for lease payments made. Right-of-
use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the lease.

When the Group revises its estimate of the term of any lease (because, for example, it re-
assesses the probability of a lessee extension or termination option being exercised), it adjusts 
the carrying amount of the lease liability to reflect the payments to make over the revised term, 
which are discounted using a revised discount rate. An equivalent adjustment is made to the 
carrying value of the right-of-use asset, with the revised carrying amount being amortised over 
the remaining (revised) lease term. If the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset is adjusted to 
zero, any further reduction is recognised in profit or loss.

When the Group renegotiates the contractual terms of a lease with the lessor, the accounting 
depends on the nature of the modification:

•  where the renegotiation increases the scope of the lease (whether that is an extension to the 
lease term, or one or more additional assets being leased), the lease liability is remeasured 
using the discount rate applicable on the modification date, with the right-of-use asset being 
adjusted by the same amount.

•  if the renegotiation results in a decrease in the scope of the lease, both the carrying amount 
of the lease liability and right-of-use asset are reduced by the same proportion to reflect the 
partial or full termination of the lease with any difference recognised in profit or loss. The 
lease liability is then further adjusted to ensure its carrying amount reflects the amount of 
the renegotiated payments over the renegotiated term, with the modified lease payments 
discounted at the rate applicable on the modification date. The right-of-use asset is adjusted 
by the same amount.

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report

Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

2 Significant accounting policies continued
Employee benefit trust
In order to facilitate its employee share option scheme, on 1 July 2021 the Group established an 
onshore discretionary employee benefit trust (the “EBT”), which is expected to conduct market 
purchases of ordinary shares to satisfy potential future option exercises by employees (but not 
Directors). When the Group funds the EBT the cash value is debited to a separate EBT reserve 
of the Parent Company. The EBT’s assets are consolidated into the Group.

Adjusted performance measures (“APMs”)
APMs are utilised throughout this report as key performance indicators for the Group and are 
calculated by adjusting the relevant IFRS measurement by amortisation of acquired intangibles, 
impairment losses, share-based payments and other non-recurring items including acquisition 
costs.

The three main APMs which are used are System sales, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EPS.

System sales are the total aggregate sales of franchisees and the DLO operations net of VAT to 
third party customers. The Directors use this measure to compare the underlying revenues of 
each business. 

Adjusted EBITDA is earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, share-based 
payment expenses and non-recurring items. This measure is used to give the Chief Operating 
Decision Maker (“CODM”) and the Board visibility of the true operational metrics of the business. 
The Directors use the Adjusted EBITDA measure when making decisions about the Group’s 
activities. As these are non-GAAP measures, Adjusted EBITDA measures used by other entities 
may not be calculated in the same way and are not directly comparable.

Adjusted EPS is before amortisation of acquired intangibles, share-based payment expenses, 
exchange differences and non-recurring items. Once again this provides a more operationally 
focused view of the relevant subsidiaries. 

Non-recurring costs which are material in size and infrequent in nature are disclosed separately 
in the consolidated income statement. These include acquisition-related fees, restructuring 
costs and other material one-off costs. The separate recording of these items, along with the 
details disclosed in Note 8 of these accounts help provide an indication of the underlying 
business performance of the Group.

The reconciliation of these items to IFRS measurements can be found in the Chief Financial 
Officer’s Review on page 62. APMs are non-GAAP measures and are not intended to replace 
those measurements, but are the measures used by the Directors in their day-to-day operational 
management of the business, and are, therefore, considered important key performance 
indicators (“KPIs”).

Adoption of new standards
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following standards and 
interpretations that are relevant to the Group, which have not been applied in these financial 
statements, were in issue but not yet effective. None of the standards are expected to have a 
material impact on the Group financial statements on application. 

Effective for periods  

beginning on or after:

International Accounting Standards (“IAS”)
IFRS 17 insurance contracts
Disclosure of accounting policies – Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS practice 
statement 2 
Definition of accounting estimates – Amendments to IAS 8
Deferred tax related to assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction – 
Amendments to IAS 12
Classification of liabilities as current or non-current – Amendments to IAS 1
Non-current liabilities with covenants – Amendments to IAS 1

1 January 2023

1 January 2023
1 January 2023

1 January 2023
1 January 2024
1 January 2024

143

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

3 Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates 
and assumptions that affect the amounts reported for assets and liabilities as at the balance 
sheet date and the amounts reported for revenues and expenses during the period. The 
nature of estimation means that actual outcomes could differ from those estimates. Each of 
the following items contain judgements and significant estimates and have the most significant 
effect on amounts recognised in the financial statements.

Local account sales
Local account customers are sourced, and jobs are priced and completed, by the incumbent 
franchisee. Our performance obligations are to grant the licence to operate to the franchisees; 
Metro Rod also provides invoicing and cash collection services as a performance obligation, 
however we have concluded these are not where the significant allocation of consideration 
applies. As such we are generating royalty income, and therefore are only recognising our 
management fee on a net basis.

Revenue recognition 
National account sales
Within Metro Rod, and parts of Filta UK and ChipsAway, historically statutory revenue in relation 
to national account customers was recognised gross, as we treated national account revenue 
acting as principal. We create a national customer framework; this will set out the price of a 
range of services to be provided, the service level agreement, what work should be carried out, 
and how it should be carried out. Within Metro Rod and Filta UK orders are received centrally, 
and this creates a contract with the customer. This work is passed to the incumbent franchisee, 
who has right of first refusal, and will carry out the work. Within ChipsAway a lead is passed 
to franchisees who quote for the work, and that quote may or may not be successful. The 
responsibility for operational fulfilment lies with the local franchise. If they cannot carry out the 
work, the franchise must find someone else to do the work or cancel the job. As such, following 
an assessment of the contracts, facts and circumstances, the Group has concluded that we 
are acting as a commission agent (not as principal), as we only have momentary control of the 
contract as it is a back-to-back arrangement, and operational fulfilment rests with the franchisee.

Metro Rod, Filta UK and ChipsAway’s performance obligations are deemed to have been 
met when the work is passed to the relevant franchise, and this is the point of recognition for 
revenue. However, the value of each job is unknown as this point, therefore the revenue is 
estimated using historical averages, and retrospectively assessed on the basis of the invoice 
value to the customer. Metro Rod charges its franchisees a management service fee at the 
rate of up to 22.5% of their underlying System sales as a commission agent, and it is this 
management service fee that Metro Rod recognises as statutory sales.

Franchise fees
The territory fee is deferred over the length of the franchise agreement and released to the 
combined statements of comprehensive income on a straight-line basis, as our performance 
obligation is to provide a licence to operate. Internal costs are expensed to the income 
statement as incurred; external costs directly related to the acquisition of a new franchisee 
are deferred and released to the statement of comprehensive income to match the revenue 
recognition. These are not a significant quantum, please see Note 17.

Where franchise territories are resold, on an arm's length basis between a franchisee and a 
third party, it is the Group’s policy to recognise the original deferred revenue over the life of the 
original franchise agreement, and the resale fee is recognised immediately, as a termination fee, 
as we have completed our obligations as facilitators for the resale. If a franchise agreement is 
terminated by either party the remainder of any revenue and cost is recognised immediately, 
and any subsequent sale is treated as a new territory sale.

In the past Metro Rod and B2C would have recognised all franchise sales immediately. The 
impact of this change to franchise fees policy is to increase revenue and statutory sales by 
£0.1m (2022: £0.1m reduction).

Training fees revenue recognition
We have deemed that training fees for new franchisees in Metro Rod and Filta UK should be 
recognised over the life of the franchise agreement, as this is a pre-opening activity as the 
franchise cannot operate without this training.

Pirtek and Filta International have their own training centres and provide training externally wider 
than the franchise network. As such, training is a distinct revenue stream in these instances. All 
training revenues are judged to be revenue at the point the training takes place, as at that point 
we have performed our obligations to train the franchise staff to a necessary standard. 

144

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionDirect labour organisations revenue recognition
Within our direct labour organisations, we act as a principal in arranging, completing, invoicing 
and cash collecting from each contract. As such, we recognise revenue gross at the point at 
which our performance obligations are met, which is on invoicing the customer.

Direct sales from third party suppliers
Where a franchisee buys directly from a third party supplier, but the supplier invoices the Group 
and we invoice the franchisee, no revenue is recorded. In these cases, control over the goods is 
momentary: the term of the delivery from the supplier to franchisee is delivered at place. 

The Group does not carry any inventory risk and the transaction is to facilitate the work of the 
franchisee only.

National advertising funds revenue recognition
As per Note 2, National Advertising Funds are collected from franchisees, and then spent 
on their behalf on advertising. Franchise Brands' subsidiaries performance obligations are to 
receive and manage the funds, and then spend it for the benefit of the franchise community; 
this is completed, and therefore recognised as revenue, at the point at which consideration 
is given for the advertising. We take a judgement on estimating the amount to collect from 
franchisees; this is held on the statement of financial position until it is recognised as revenue. 
An assessment is made annually on whether a constraint needs to be applied, depending on 
whether the amount held on the statement of financial position is in credit or debit.

Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

3 Critical accounting estimates and judgements continued
Revenue recognition continued
Willow Pumps revenue recognition
As part of its range of services, Willow Pumps undertakes the supply and installation of pumps 
in adoptable pump stations. These are typically projects which are performed over a number of 
accounting periods. Either an input method or an output method, depending on the particular 
arrangement, is used to measure progress for each performance obligation. Where a job 
spans a number of accounting periods but only one performance obligation exists, revenue 
and associated costs are recognised at each stage of the job using an input method. However, 
profit margin is deferred until the point the single performance obligation where control over 
goods is transferred in advance of rendering services. For most contractual fee arrangements, 
costs incurred are used as an objective input measure of performance. The primary input for 
assessing that substantially all work performed under these arrangements is labour. There 
is normally a direct relationship between costs incurred and the proportion of the contract 
performed to date. In other circumstances relevant output measures, such as the achievement 
of any project milestones stipulated in the contract, are used to assess proportional 
performance. Judgement is required regarding the timing of recognition, particularly in 
assessing progress on performance obligations, in particular whether the underlying contract 
contains a single or multiple performance obligations as to when revenue is recognised over 
time. 

Waste oil revenue recognition
Filta recognises revenue from the sale of waste oil. We have judged that this is on a principal 
basis; although it is the franchisees that collect and transfer the waste oil, Filta places restrictions 
on the inventory, giving it more than momentary control, insofar as the franchisees can only sell 
to Filta, and the onward sale of the waste oil is at Filta's contractual risk. Filta retains control over 
the oil for a period of time, it is not a back-to-back arrangement. There is no right of first refusal 
for the franchisees, so Filta retains control of the sale of the oil. It is Filta that agrees the price 
with the end customer. Filta invoices the customer and arranges all the relevant paperwork. 

145

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

3 Critical accounting estimates and judgements continued
Business combinations
Determining a value and life for assets acquired
Determining the fair value, and the life, of acquired intangible assets and goodwill acquired in 
business combinations requires the use of estimates regarding the value of intangible assets. 
The values are determined using discounted cash flows and based upon latest approved 
budgets which include estimates concerning factors such as future growth rates, new franchise 
sales and timing of such sales. Management has determined that acquired brands, licences 
and trademarks are to be treated as an indefinite life asset. Management has determined 
that there is nothing to suggest the future economic benefits will have a finite life, with the 
exception of Barking Mad and Pirtek. Given the higher level of regulatory and legal uncertainty 
in the sector the Directors have decided to amortise the Barking Mad brand over ten years 
from 1 January 2023 as a change in estimate. Pirtek has already operated for over 40 years’ 
and has consistently grown over this period. The Directors have therefore chosen to amortise 
the Pirtek perpetually licensed brand over 50 years. As with all tangible and intangible assets, 
the brands and trademarks will be reviewed at the end of each reporting period to determine 
whether there is any indication that they have suffered an impairment loss. More details of these 
estimates can be found in Note 6.

Other intangible assets with finite lives are customer relationships and franchise contracts. In 
both cases management has determined that they have a useful life of 5-10 years, based on 
historic duration of customer relationships and franchise contract duration.

The intangible assets within Filta International have been remeasured, based on an external 
revaluation report received more than 12 months after the original date of acquisition and 
errors noted in the original valuation utilised. As such these have been treated as a prior period 
adjustment. See Notes 1 and 6 for further details.

Performing impairment tests
Subsequent impairment reviews based on long-term forecasts for the Group require estimates. 
The main estimates used have been the level of sales growth, gross margin, return on sales, 
operational leverage, level of working capital, capital expenditure and tax rates. These estimates 
have been performed on a CGU basis and when averaged have resulted in a compound annual 
sales growth rate in excess of 10% across the Group, a marginal increase in return on sales from 
the current level, a consistent tax rate and consistent levels of operating cash flow divided by 
Adjusted EBITDA. The WACC has been sourced using key variables obtained from independent 
market sources.

146

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Subsequent impairment reviews also require the use of estimates to value the cash generating 
units to which goodwill and indefinite life intangibles have been allocated. The value in use 
calculations, which are run on an annual basis for goodwill and indefinite life intangibles, or 
when there is an indicator of impairment for tangible and finite life intangible fixed assets, 
determine whether there is any impairment to the carrying value of assets arising from business 
combinations. More details of these estimates can be found in Note 14.

4 Financial instruments – risk management
Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to meet their 
financial obligations as they arise while maximising the return to stakeholders.

The capital structure of the Group consists of cash and cash equivalents and equity attributable 
to equity holders of the Parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings, and 
long and medium-term debt facilities. Term loans and revolving credit facilities are used to 
finance long-term investment such as acquisitions. Revolving credit facilities are used to manage 
short-term cash requirements and minimise interest costs. The Group’s financing facilities have 
two financial covenants: minimum interest cover and maximum net debt to Adjusted EBITDA. 
The Group comfortably met these requirements throughout the year.

The Group’s dividend policy is to provide sustainable dividends to shareholders, consistent 
with the Group’s earnings growth and debt gearing levels, to attract long-term investors and to 
enable shareholders to enjoy returns on their investment in tandem with the Group’s growth. 
The payment and amount of any dividends or distributions to shareholders is at the discretion of 
the Board, and subject to shareholder approval.

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

4 Financial instruments – risk management continued
Categories of financial instruments

Group

Financial assets at amortised cost
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Trade and other payables
Loans and borrowings
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss (“FVTPL”)

Company

Financial assets at amortised cost
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Trade and other payables
Loans and borrowings
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss (“FVTPL”)

*  See Note 1 for further information.

2023
£’000

 *Restated 
2022
£’000

12,278
40,117

10,935
25,380

(31,788)
(95,312)
(86)

(19,833)
(2,568)
(107)

2023
£’000

 *Restated 
2022
£’000

875
100,558

(15,995)
(86,908)
—

3,418
608

(5,097)
—
—

Due to their short-term nature, the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other 
receivables, and trade and other payables approximates to their fair value.

Foreign currency sensitivity
The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on transactions and balances that are 
denominated in currencies other than Pounds Sterling. The currencies giving rise to this risk 
are the US Dollar, Canadian Dollar, Euro and Swedish Krona. Foreign currency risk is monitored 
closely on an ongoing basis to ensure that the net exposure is at an acceptable level. The 
Group maintains a natural hedge wherever possible, by matching the cash inflows (revenue 
streams) and cash outgoings in foreign currencies.

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonable possible change in Sterling 
against the foreign currencies with all other variables held constant.

USD
USD
CAD
CAD
EUR
EUR
SEK
SEK

Change in  

rate
%

+10%
-10%
+10%
-10%
+10%
-10%
+10%
-10%

Effect on profit 
before tax
£’000

Effect on 
net assets
£’000

(490)
599
(13)
15
(21)
26
(3)
4

(170)
208
(17)
21
(13)
16
(50)
61

Credit risk management
The Group has adopted a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties, as a means 
of mitigating the risk of financial loss from defaults. The Group only transacts with entities 
after assessing credit quality using independent rating agencies and if not available, the 
Group uses other publicly available financial information and its own trading records to rate its 
major customers. The Group’s exposure is continuously monitored and the aggregate value 
of transactions concluded is spread amongst approved counterparties. Credit exposure is 
controlled by counterparty limits.

Financial and market risk management objectives
The Group does not use or trade in derivative financial instruments. The Group’s financial 
instruments comprise its cash and cash equivalents and various items such as trade debtors and 
trade creditors that arise directly from its operations. The main purpose of the financial assets 
and liabilities is to provide finance for the Group’s operations in the year. The Group is exposed 
to interest rate risk as the Group borrows funds at variable interest rates.

Ongoing credit evaluation is performed on the financial condition of accounts receivable. The 
credit risk on liquid funds is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit-
rating assigned by international credit-rating agencies. The carrying amount of financial assets 
recorded in the financial statements, which is net of expected credit risk losses, represents the 
Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk.

147

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

4 Financial instruments – risk management continued
Interest rate sensitivity
The effect on both income and equity, based on exposure to non-derivative floating rate 
instruments at the balance sheet date, is shown in the table below.

0.25% increase in interest rates
0.25% decrease in interest rates

Sensitivity 
income
2023
£’000

(215)
215

Sensitivity 
equity
2023
£’000

(215)
215

Sensitivity 
income
2022
£’000

Sensitivity 
equity
2022
£’000

—
—

—
—

Liquidity risk management
The Group’s policy throughout the year has been to ensure continuity of funds. The Group 
manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves and banking facilities by continuously 
monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets 
and liabilities. The following table sets out the contractual maturities (representing undiscounted 
contractual cash flows) of financial liabilities.

Trade and 
other 
payables
2023
£’000

—
36,000

Loans and 
borrowings
2023
£’000

Total
2023
£’000

—
17,286

—
53,286

*Restated 
Trade and 
other 
payables
2022
£’000

—
22,554

Loans and 
borrowings 
2022
£’000

—
1,058

*Restated 
Total
2022
£’000

—
23,612

Trade and 
other 
payables
2023
£’000

—
15,995

Loans and 
borrowings
2023
£’000

Total
2023
£’000

—
14,323

—
30,318

*Restated 
Trade and 
other 
payables
2022
£’000

—
5,097

— 12,873

12,873

—

— 69,222
—
—
96,418
15,995

69,222
—
112,413

—
—
5,097

Loans and 
borrowings
2022
£’000

—
—

—

—
—
—

Total
2022
£’000

—
5,097

—

—
—
5,097

Company

On demand
Within one year
More than one year and less 
than two years
More than two year and less 
than five years
In more than five years
Total

*  See Note 1 for further information.

5 Operating segments
The Group’s operating segments are determined based on the Group’s internal reporting 
to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). The CODM has been determined to be 
the Executive Chairman, with support from the Board of Directors, as the function primarily 
responsible for the allocation of resources to segments and assessment of performance of the 
segments. The business is organised along the lines of our Pirtek, Water & Waste Services, Filta 
International and B2C businesses. 

Therefore, the Board has determined that we have six different operating segments:

—

15,071

15,071

—

735

735

•  Pirtek Europe, the franchise and direct labour operations of Pirtek across eight European 

— 72,842
453
—
36,000 105,652

72,842
453
141,652

—
—
22,554

979
186
2,958

979
186
25,512

countries;

•  Water & Waste Services, which is made up of Metro Rod and Metro Plumb, Willow Pumps and 

Filta UK; 

•  Filta International, which is made up of Filta US and Filta Europe;

•  B2C, which is made up of ChipsAway, Ovenclean and Barking Mad;

•  Azura, which is made up of the software business of Azura; and

•  Other operations including central administration costs and non-trading companies.

Group

On demand
Within one year
More than one year and less 
than two years
More than two years and less 
than five years
In more than five years
Total

*  See Note 1 for further information.

148

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

5 Operating segments continued
The CODM uses Adjusted EBITDA, as reviewed at Board meetings and as part of the Managing Directors’ and Chief Financial Officer’s weekly report to the senior management team, as the key 
measure of segments’ results as it reflects the underlying performance for the financial year under evaluation.

2023

Revenue
Gross profit
Adjusted EBITDA*
Depreciation & amortisation of software
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Share-based payment expense
Non-recurring costs
Finance expense
Other gains and losses
Profit before tax*
Tax expense
Profit after tax*
Additions to non-current assets
Reportable segment assets
Reportable segment liabilities

*  Operating segments presented before inter-company management recharges which eliminate on consolidation. 

Pirtek
£’000

Water & Waste
£’000

Filta 
International
£’000

41,947
30,539
13,318
(1,808)
(5,468)
(290)
(1,864)
(403)
—
3,485 
(1,042)
2,443 
2,573 
88,141 
(115,533)

48,880
25,597
10,907
(2,147)
—
(329)
(1,189)
(54)
—
7,188 
(1,315)
5,873
1,928 
49,315
(30,165)

27,117
9,768
6,097
(222)
(35)
(86)
(98)
(93)
—
5,563
(1,605)
3,958 
319
8,013 
(6,910)

B2C
£’000

6,106
4,899
2,316
(178)
—
(28)
(16)
(12)
—
2,082 
(409)
1,673 
136
3,836 
(2,322)

Azura
£’000

745
745
214
(89)
—
(4)
(43)
(2)
—
76 
(20)
56 
270 
545 
(206)

Unallocated 
assets
£’000

(3,530)
(343)
(2,751)
27 
(2,215)
(101)
(2,949)
(5,389)
— 
(13,378)
2,412 
(10,966)
223,539 
232,592
(12,913)

Total
£’000

121,265
71,205
30,101
(4,417)
(7,718)
(838)
(6,159)
(5,953)
—
5,016
(1,979)
3,037
228,765 
382,442
(168,049)

149

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

5 Operating segments continued

2022 (restated)**

Revenue
Gross profit
Adjusted EBITDA*
Depreciation & amortisation of software
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Share-based payment expense
Non-recurring costs
Finance expense
Other gains and losses
Profit before tax*
Tax expense
Profit after tax*
Additions to non-current assets
Reportable segment assets
Reportable segment liabilities

*  Operating segments presented before inter-company management recharges which eliminate on consolidation.
**  See Note 1.

150

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Pirtek
£’000

Water & Waste
£’000

Filta 
International
£’000

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

42,473 
22,362
9,250
(1,998)
(4,620)
(303)
(363)
(210)
—
1,756 
(75)
1,681 
1,593 
34,866 
(16,397)

23,749
8,090 
5,214 
(180)
(30)
(107)
(11)
31 
—
4,917 
(1,203)
3,714 
798
9,189 
(4,871)

B2C
£’000

6,138 
5,076 
2,457 
(188)
—
(25)
—
(14)
—
2,230 
(405)
1,825
55 
5,456 
(2,562)

Azura
£’000

797 
796 
171 
(32)
—
(10)
—
(2)
—
127 
(16)
111 
212 
328 
(9)

Unallocated 
assets
£’000

(3,318)
(383)
(1,835)
117 
2,957
(90)
(101)
(40)
—
1,008 
(213)
795
52,564 
85,496 
(8,812)

Total
£’000

69,839 
35,941
15,257
(2,281)
(1,693)
(535)
(475)
(235)
—
10,038
(1,912)
8,126
55,222 
135,335
(32,651)

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

6 Business combination
Acquisition of Pirtek
At close of business on 20 April 2023, the Company completed the acquisition of the entire share 
capital of Hydraulic Authority I Limited ("HAI") and its subsidiaries (together “Pirtek Europe”) for 
consideration of £73,527,000. Accordingly, the Company owns 100% of the entire issued share 
capital of Hydraulic Authority I Limited. The acquisition was announced to the Stock Exchange on 
21 April 2023.

Pirtek Europe was acquired to purchase a complementary high growth B2B essential services 
business in a franchise and direct labour operation with operations throughout Europe so increasing 
the Group footprint. Pirtek Europe is also the clear market leader in Europe, with a long-standing and 
highly regarded brand, excellent customer services and a range of long-standing customers across 
a wide range of industries. Pirtek Europe has multiple growth opportunities itself as well as potential 
synergies through cross selling to Group customers and operational leverage in purchasing, IT and 
finance with the rest of the Group.

Cash
Consideration shares
Fair value of consideration

Cash flows 

Cash
Cash acquired
Capitalised acquisition costs
Acquisition of subsidiaries including costs, net of cash acquired

£’000

55,936
17,591
73,527

Company
£’000

(55,936)
—
(1,919)
(57,855)

Group
£’000

(55,936)
7,042
—
(48,894)

The gross cost of the acquisition of £210.8m was funded through a combination of cash and equity. 
Cash was raised via £100.0m debt, £94.1m from the issue of new shares (after costs), and £17.6m new 
shares were given as consideration shares. Immediately following the acquisition Franchise Brands 
settled Pirtek Europe’s preference shares as well as loans and borrowings in order to consolidate 
Group borrowings. The total value of this post-acquisition settlement is £137.3m comprising of £78.2m 
loans and borrowings, £0.6m acquisition costs paid by HAI on behalf of the Company (recorded as 
an intercompany payable in the Company and an intercompany receivable in HAI), £21.7m interest on 
preference shares (recorded as an intercompany receivable in the Company and an intercompany 
payable in HAI), and £36.8m in relation to the nominal value of the preference shares (which were 
converted to ordinary shares in HAI); these were recorded as an investment in subsidiary in the 
Company and reallocated to eliminate share capital on consolidation.
151

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

In total £7.6m costs were incurred relating to this transaction. £2.6m of these costs related to the new 
share issue have been disclosed as a reduction in share premium with the remaining £5.0m disclosed 
within the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in non-recurring costs. Of the £5.0m non-
recurring costs £3.5m were acquisition-related costs and £1.5m were reorganisation costs.

The Company incurred costs totalling £6.1m; £1.6m has been disclosed within the Company 
statement of comprehensive income in non-recurring costs, £2.6m as a reduction in share premium 
and £1.9m of directly attributable costs were capitalised as investment in Group companies and 
reallocated to non-recurring costs on consolidation.

Details of the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, purchase consideration 
and goodwill were as follows:

Intangible assets
IT systems
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash
Trade and other payables
Deferred income
Loans and borrowings
Lease liability
Dilapidation provision
Preference shares
Deferred tax liability
Total fair value of the identifiable assets and 
liabilities acquired
Fair value of consideration
Goodwill

Book value
£’000

Adjustments
£’000

64,927
768
 1,219 
6,127
5,225 
14,577 
7,042 
(10,969) 
(1,126)
(78,227) 
(6,127)
—
(58,520)
(10,669) 

50,418
—
—
—
—
—
—
152
—
—
—
(334)
—
(20,519)

(65,753)

29,717

Fair value
£’000

115,345
768
1,219
6,127
5,225
14,577
7,042
(10,817)
(1,126)
(78,227)
(6,127)
(334)
(58,520)
(31,188)

(36,036)
73,527
109,563

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

6 Business combination continued
Acquisition of Pirtek continued
On acquisition net assets have been reviewed and adjusted to Fair value. Adjustments have 
been made to intangible assets, which were revalued at acquisition, giving rise to a £50.4m 
adjustment. Adjustments have also been made to trade and other payables to remove pre-
acquisition tax charges at the point of acquisition and a dilapidation provision has been 
created for warehouse relocation costs. The book value acquired has been amended to 
align with the relevant IFRS standards for rights-of-use assets, lease liabilities, IT systems and 
deferred income.

A deferred tax liability adjustment has been calculated on the value of intangible assets using 
a blended deferred tax rate of 27.3% followed by the deduction of the existing deferred tax 
liability relating to acquired intangibles. Two deferred tax assets were created in relation to the 
adjustment of IT systems at 25% and the dilapidation provision at 30%. An additional deferred 
tax asset was created in relation to pre-acquisition tax credits not recognised.

The fair value of consideration was calculated using a 13.6 times earnings multiple (and 
discounted future cash flows), which is comparable with other entities within the Group. The 
rationale behind this allowed for significant growth and performance enhancement in the 
future due to operational leverage that management believe can be achieved given the similar 
business model to current operations.

The goodwill recognised includes certain intangible assets that cannot be separately identified 
and measured due to their nature, such as the assembled workforce and synergies that are 
expected to be achieved. This includes control over the acquired business, and the scale and 
the future growth opportunities that it provides to the Group’s operations. If the acquisition had 
occurred on 1 January 2023 Group revenue would have been £139.2m and Group loss before 
tax would have been £2.4m; the revenue for Pirtek Europe would have been £59.9m and loss 
before tax would have been £5.0m (both profit figures include a £5.8m goodwill amortisation 
adjustment in Pirtek in March 2023). Since acquisition Pirtek Europe has contributed £41.9m 
revenue and profit before tax of £2.4m to the Group.

In Austria, Pirtek 24/7 HydraulikService GmbH is a subsidiary where Pirtek Austria GmbH 
(acquired by Franchise Brands) owns 51% of the ordinary shares. This gives rise to an immaterial 
non-controlling interest which has not been disclosed within these accounts.

152

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Acquisition of Filta Group Holdings Plc
On 10 March 2022, the Company announced that its all-share offer for Filta Group Holdings 
Plc and its subsidiaries (together, "Filta") became unconditional. On 1 June 2022 the Company 
announced that the compulsory acquisition of the remaining Filta shares was completed. 
Accordingly, the Company owns 100% of the entire issued share capital of Filta. 

Filta was purchased to buy a high growth complementary B2B franchisee business, in a niche 
market with no direct competitor. Filta delivers cost savings to clients and distinct positive 
environmental outcomes. Filta has opportunity to grow complementary services, increase 
revenue per customer, upgrade existing franchisees and achieve operational leverage as it 
grows. It also increases the Group’s presence in North America. 

Consideration shares
Fair value of consideration

£’000

50,991
 50,991 

The consideration paid was made up of £50,991,000 through the issue of 33,788,008 new 
ordinary shares of 0.5p each in the Company at 151 pence per share.

Acquisition costs relating to this transaction amounted to £1,011,000 and have been disclosed 
within the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in non-recurring items. The 
Company’s financial statements have been amended for the period to capitalise £924,000 of 
directly attributable acquisition costs as investment in subsidiaries that were previously reported 
as non-recurring costs; this change has no impact on the Group financial statements. 

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

6 Business combination continued
Acquisition of Filta Group Holdings Plc continued
Details of the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, purchase consideration 
and goodwill were as follows:

On acquisition adjustments were made to write off £0.25m of other receivables which 
management does not believe to be supported at the acquisition date; to cash and other 
payables for pre-acquisition share option exercises that were not reflected in the financial 
statements at acquisition; and to PPE to better reflect the fair value of assets acquired. 

A deferred tax liability adjustment has been calculated on the fair value of intangible assets 
using a blended deferred tax rate of 26% followed by the deduction of the existing deferred tax 
liability relating to acquired intangibles.

The fair value of consideration was calculated as the present value of future expected free 
cash flows using a discount rate of 18.9%, slightly above our WACC of 16.6% at acquisition. The 
rationale behind this allowed for significant growth and performance enhancement in the future 
due to synergies that management believe can be achieved given the similar business model to 
current operations.

The goodwill recognised includes certain intangible assets that cannot be separately identified 
and measured due to their nature, such as the assembled workforce and synergies that are 
expected to be achieved. This includes control over the acquired business, and the scale and 
the future growth opportunities that it provides to the Group’s operations. If the acquisition had 
occurred on 1 January 2022, Group revenue would have been £74.5m and Group profit before 
tax would have been £10.0m; the revenue for Filta would have been £37.1m and loss before tax 
would have been £0.0m.

As at 9 March 2022 the Company had received acceptances equal to 82% from the holders 
of Filta Group Holdings plc shares. As at 25 March 2022 this had risen to above 90%. This 
gave rise to an immaterial non-controlling interest which has not been disclosed within 
these accounts.

Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash
Trade and other payables
Loans and borrowings
Deferred tax asset/(liability)
Total fair value of the identifiable assets  
and liabilities acquired
Fair value of consideration
Goodwill

*  See Note 1 for further information.

Book value
£’000

*Restated 
Adjustments
£’000

6,701
 1,191 
 656 
 1,466 
 4,436 
 4,229 
(7,507) 
(2,953) 
 570 

9,594
(44)
—
—
(250)
91
33
—
(3,458)

8,789

5,966

*Restated
Fair value
£’000

16,295
1,147
656
1,466
4,186
4,320
(7,474)
(2,953)
(2,888)

14,755
50,991
36,236

On acquisition intangible assets were reviewed and adjusted by £10.6m to a deemed fair value. 
In 2023 we completed a further review of the fair value of intangible assets at acquisition 
and subsequently reduced this by £1.0m; this has reduced the deferred tax liability by £0.3m, 
and increased goodwill by £0.7m. There were no changes to the original forecasts used at 
acquisition date. The review reduced software acquired by £2.7m, reduced indefinite life 
brands by £0.1m, patent technology by £0.5m and customer relations by £0.5m; however it has 
increased franchise agreements by £2.8m. As this review was performed more than 12 months 
after the date of acquisition this adjustment has been processed as a prior period correction 
and further information can be seen in Note 1. 

153

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

7 Revenue

Management service fee income – commission agent revenue
Management service fee income – royalty fee income
Franchise sales and resales – licence fees – recognised over time
Franchise sales and resales – termination fees and immediate sales 
– recognised at point in time
Product sales
Waste oil
Direct labour income
IT Contribution SAAS
National advertising funds
Central billing fee
Training facility income
Other income

2023
£’000

7,393 
32,827
1,754

1,030
18,415 
17,469 
39,165
436 
1,632 
268 
304 
572 
121,265 

2022
(*restated)
£’000

5,358
11,339
1,209

787
3,605 
16,139 
29,017
433 
1,446 
— 
41 
465 
69,839

The table shows revenue from contracts disaggregated into major classes of revenue and 
reconciled to the Group revenue reported. 

Revenue and non-current assets by origin of geographical segment for all entities in the Group 
are as follows:

2023
£’000

26,507
68,327
26,431
121,265

2022 
(*restated)
£’000

23,273
46,089
477
69,839

Revenue

North America
United Kingdom
Europe

154

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Non-current assets

North America
United Kingdom
Europe

Contract assets

At 1 January
Revenue recognised in the year
At 31 December

*  See Note 1 for further information.

2023
£’000

44,251
167,989
107,414
319,654

2023
£’000

—
—
—

2022 
(*restated)
£’000

44,985
47,605
(937)
91,653

2022
£’000

53
(53)
—

Contract assets are included within trade and other receivables. They have historically arisen 
from advance payments made to our franchisees.

8 Operating profit

Operating profit is stated after charging:

Depreciation
Amortisation
Share-based payment expense
Auditors’ remuneration:
Fees for audit of the Company
Fees for the audit of the Group
Fees for non‑audit services:
Taxation services
Corporate finance services
Other services

*  See Note 1 for further information.

2023
£’000

3,492
8,643
838

44
618

113
726
66

2022
(*restated)
£’000

1,781
2,193
535

24
249

80
106
10

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

8 Operating profit continued
Of the total fee for the audit of the Group, £662,000 (2022: £273,000) was paid to the Group 
statutory auditors BDO LLP. No non-audit services were provided on a contingent fee basis.

The following costs have been drawn to the attention of the users of the accounts due to their 
nature and materiality within the accounts.

Acquisition-related costs
Reorganisation expense
Intellectual property dispute
Write-off software intangibles
Other exceptional costs

2023
£’000

3,514
1,496
516
314
319
6,159

2022
£’000

1,011
686
—
—
—
1,697

A summary of the separately disclosed items for the current year is as follows:

Acquisition-related costs £3,514,000 (2022: £1,011,000).
At close of business on 20 April 2023, the Group acquired the entire share capital of Hydraulic 
Authority I Limited and its subsidiaries (together “Pirtek” or “Pirtek Europe”). The Group incurred 
total professional costs of £2,855,000 for the acquisition of Pirtek. These fees were primarily 
related to legal, financial and IT due diligence £763,000, Group legal fees including legal due 
diligence £756,000, stamp duty £659,000, Pirtek legal fees funded by the Group £343,000, 
legal fees paid by the Group on behalf of the four bank lending syndicate £201,000, legal 
fees paid by the Group on behalf of the Group brokers £77,000 that helped raise the equity 
to part fund the acquisition, debt advisory fees £435,000 for raising the debt to partially fund 
acquisition, underwriting and other debt costs fees £91,000, and other professional costs of 
£189,000 including the AIM stock exchange fee for listing the shares. In addition to these costs, 
which have been separately disclosed as non-recurring costs in the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income additional costs of £2,554,000 have been charged to the share 
premium account as these costs directly related to the equity issuance on the acquisition of 
Pirtek. The 2022 acquisition related fees all relate to the acquisition of Filta Group Holdings PLC.

155

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Reorganisation costs £1,496,000 (2022: £686,000)
Following the acquisition of Pirtek, a restructuring plan has been completed that has been 
the departure from the Group of several long-serving Directors of Pirtek including the Chief 
Executive, Chief Financial Officer, Financial Controller, IT Director and Operations Director. 
The total cost of this restructuring is £1,350,000 and the legal and other associated costs are 
£146,000. The 2022 restructuring costs of £686,000 were for redundancies £250,000, loss of 
office for the Chief Financial Officer £319,000 and other reorganisation costs of £117,000.

Intellectual property dispute £516,000 (2022: Nil)
The Group has been in a long-standing relationship with Fog Fellow Designs Limited (“FF”) 
that manufactures the cyclone GRU used by Filta UK. The dispute arose over ownership of the 
intellectual property and loans to FF to enable the development of GRU. The total separately 
disclosed costs for this dispute were £516,000 broken down as loan written off to FF when this 
went into administration in the second half of 2023 £233,000, write-off of non-compliant GRU 
inventory £220,000, legal fees £23,000 and other associated costs £40,000.

Software costs £314,000 (2022: Nil)
The Group’s accounting policy has historically been to capitalise all costs related to the 
configuration or customisation of software as intangible assets. Following the agenda decision 
of the International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) certain 
previously recognised intangible assets have been treated as an expense.

Other costs £319,000 (2022: Nil)
Other exceptional costs are made up of costs such as relocation fees, redundancies and the 
abortive sale of B2C.

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

9 Staff costs

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Defined contribution pension cost
Share-based payment expense (see Note 10 for further information)

2023
£’000

28,783
3,764
805
838
34,190

2022
£’000

15,927
1,618
302
535
18,382

The average monthly number of persons (including Directors) employed by the Group was:

Administration
Sales
Operations
Directors

Directors’ remuneration

Directors’ emoluments
Share-based payment expense

285
64
313
10
672

2023
£’000

1,402
204
1,606

193
37
170
11
411

2022
£’000

1,649
169
1,818

The highest paid Director’s remuneration was £267,063 (2022: £485,336 which included 
£334,848 for gain on share exercises). The costs to the Group for the Directors is £1,550,384 
(2022: £1,948,154), after including employer’s National Insurance. The Company had an average 
of four employees during the period (2022: four) (other than the Directors) incurring staff costs 
of £550,000 (2022: £351,000). Directors’ emoluments include £151,398 (2022: £173,373) paid to 
companies controlled by Directors (see Note 29).

156

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, 
directing and controlling the activities of the Group. These are considered to be the Directors 
of the Company. Directors’ emoluments above comprise of: £1,321,000 salary and fees (2022: 
£1,242,000), £39,000 car allowance/benefit (2022: £40,000), £26,000 healthcare benefits 
(2022: £42,000), £16,000 defined pension contributions (2022: 16,000) and £nil compensation 
for loss of office (2022: £310,000). In addition to the emoluments the Directors benefitted from 
£nil gain on share exercises (2022: £689,000).

10 Share-based payments
The Company has established an LTIP in the form of an equity-settled share option scheme. 
Awards are granted and approved at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. Awards 
vest on or after the third anniversary of their issue, based on compound growth in the underlying 
earnings per share of the Group for the three-year period. If the compound annual growth rate 
is below 8%, then none of these options will vest; if the compound annual growth rate is above 
15%, then all of these options will vest; between 8% and 15% then a proportion of these options 
will vest on a straight-line basis. Currently 284 (2022: 277) members of staff hold options for 
shares in the Company under the scheme. The share-based payments expense recognised in 
respect of employee services received during the year was £752,000 (2022: £428,000). This all 
arises on equity-settled share-based payment transactions.

Additionally, all qualifying US and European employees have been awarded stock appreciation 
rights ("SARs"), which are conditional bonuses whose value is calculated by reference to the 
amount by which the price of the Company’s ordinary shares has risen above the base price 
at the date of exercise. The qualifying conditions and timing of vesting are identical to the LTIP 
above. Currently 36 (2022: 19) members of staff hold options for shares in the Company under 
the scheme. A total of £86,000 (2022: £107,000) was recognised during the year in respect of 
SARs. This all arises on cash-settled share-based payment transactions.

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

10 Share-based payments continued

Outstanding at the beginning of the period
Granted during the period
Lapsed during the period
Exercised during the period
Outstanding at the end of the period
Exercisable at the end of the period

Share options

SARs

2023

Weighted average
exercise price

6,009,014
5,862,641
(1,303,774)
(220,650)
10,347,231
3,207,666

558,000
618,000
(5,000)
—
1,171,000
—

6,567,014
6,480,641
(1,308,774)
(220,650)
11,518,231
3,207,666

106p
167p
148p
87p
136p
71p

Share options

5,219,376
2,437,924
(701,596)
(946,690)
6,009,014
1,457,576

SARs

—
1,126,000
(568,000)
—
558,000
—

2022

Weighted average
exercise price

5,219,376
3,563,924
(1,269,596)
(946,690)
6,567,014
1,457,576

71p
150p
125p
54p
106p
63p

The fair value of the options and SARs granted is estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes model, after taking into account the terms and conditions upon which they were granted. For 
options outstanding at the end of the period the range of exercise prices was 33p-180p (2022: 33p-156.5p), and the weighted average remaining contractual life was 8.1 years (2022: 7.7 years).

In order to facilitate the scheme, the Company established an onshore discretionary employee benefit trust (the “EBT”), which conducts market purchases of ordinary shares to satisfy potential 
future option exercises by employees (but not Directors). The Black-Scholes pricing model is applied on the granting dates of options, as shown in the table below.

Expected volatility for the Black-Scholes valuations has been determined using the Company’s share price in the 6.5 years preceding the grant date; and for the Mark-to-Market using the 
Company’s share price from 6.5 years prior to date of grant to 31 December 2023.

The total carrying amount at the end of the period for liabilities arising from share-based payment transactions is £193,000 (2022: £107,000). The total intrinsic value at the end of the period for the 
3,207,666 (2022: 1,457,576) exercisable share options is £2,899,000 (2022: £1,955,000).

Option pricing models

Closing share price, £
Exercise price, £
Risk-free interest rate
Expected life of option (years)
Volatility
Dividend yield

157

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Black-Scholes
10 May
2023

Black-Scholes
2 August
2023

Black-Scholes
2 November
2023

Black-Scholes
4 December
2023

Mark-to-Market
10 May
2023

Mark-to-Market
18 December
2023

1.80
1.80
3.70%
5.5
36.2%
1.1%

1.325
1.325
4.38%
5.5
35.8%
1.5%

1.340
1.325
4.22%
5.5
35.6%
1.5%

1.525
1.525
4.05%
5.5
35.8%
1.3%

1.80
1.80
3.70%
5.5
36.4%
1.1%

1.62
1.64
3.37%
5.5
35.7%
1.2%

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

11 Finance expense

12 Corporation tax

Interest element on lease agreements
Interest expense on defined benefit obligation
Loan interest

For further information please see Notes 16, 22 and 31.

2023
£’000

325
12
5,374
5,711

2022
£’000

119
—
116
235

Current tax expense
Current tax on profits for the period
Adjustment for prior period
Deferred tax expense
Origination and reversal (see Note 26)
Adjustment for prior period
Total tax expense

Accounting profit multiplied by the UK statutory rate of  
corporation tax of 23.52% (2022: 19%)
Expenses not deductible / (income not taxable) in determining 
taxable profits
Deferred tax assets not recognised
Effect of UK tax rate change
Different tax rates applied in overseas jurisdictions
Adjustment for prior period
Effects of additional tax relief
Total tax expense

Effective tax rate

2023
£’000

4,169
(325)

(1,853)
(12)
1,979

1,180

795
222
10
109
(336)
(1)
1,979

39%

*Restated
2022
£’000

2,509
(44)

(553)
—
1,912

1,913

(410)
—
—
453
(44)
—
1,912

19%

* 

The prior period reconciliation has been restated in line with corrections seen in Note 1, the deferred tax expense change 
relates to intangibles acquired, see Note 1 for further information.

The Finance Act 2021, which was substantively enacted in May 2021, increased the UK rate of 
corporation tax from 19% to 25% from April 2023. Therefore, the future rate of UK corporation 
tax of 25% has been used when calculating UK deferred tax balances at the reporting date. 
Deferred tax balances relating to overseas entities have been calculated using the latest 
substantively enacted relevant overseas tax rates, including a rate of approximately 28% for 
balances relating to the Group’s US business. Deferred tax balances relating to intangible assets 
have been calculated at rates between 25% - 27.3% based on the geography of the underlying 
intangible assets.

158

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

13 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing profit for the year attributable to 
ordinary equity holders of the Parent Company by the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary equity 
holders of the Parent Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding 
during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would have been 
issued on the conversion of all dilutive share options at the start of the period or, if later, the date 
of issue.

Profit attributable to owners of the Parent Company
Non-recurring costs (Note 8)
Amortisation of acquired intangibles (Note 14)
Change in the fair value of deferred consideration (Note 24)
Share-based payment expense (Note 10)
Tax on adjusting items
Adjusted profit attributable to owners of the Parent Company

2023 
£’000

3,037
6,159
7,718
—
838
(3,174)
14,578

*Restated  
2022  
£’000

8,126
1,708
1,693
(1,232)
535
(649)
10,181

Basic weighted average number of shares
Dilutive effect of share options
Diluted weighted average number of shares

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share
Adjusted diluted earnings per share

*  See Note 1 for further information.

2023 Total
Number

2022 Total
Number

173,090,691
2,241,161
175,331,852

122,126,350
2,042,848
124,169,198

Pence

1.75
1.73
8.42
8.31

*Restated 
Pence

6.65
6.54
8.34
8.20

159

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

14 Intangible assets

Carrying amount of assets with indefinite useful lives

Cost
At 1 January 2022
Additions*
Transfer to assets held for sale
Foreign exchange rate movements
At 31 December 2022*
Additions on acquisition
Additions
Disposals
Transfer from assets held for sale
Foreign exchange rate movements
At 31 December 2023
Amortisation
At 1 January 2022
Charge for year*
Transfer to assets held for sale
Foreign exchange rate movements
At 31 December 2022*
Charge for year
Disposals
Transfer from assets held for sale
Foreign exchange rate movements
At 31 December 2023

Net book value
At 31 December 2023
At 31 December 2022*
At 1 January 2022

*Restated 
Brands, trade- 
marks & other
intangibles
£’000

*Restated 
Customer
relationships
£’000

*Restated 
Goodwill
£’000

*Restated 
Software
£’000

*Restated 
Total
£’000

24,125
36,269
(1,315)
5
59,084
—
109,563
—
1,315
(5)
169,957

10,081
14,225
(763)
—
23,543
—
81,683
—
763
—
105,989

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

(1,791)
(1,006)
—
—
(2,797)
(4,604)
—
—
—
(7,401)

3,022
610
—
5
3,637
—
34,184
—
—
(5)
37,816

(1,418)
(444)
—
(1)
(1,863)
(2,828)
—
—
1
(4,690)

1,980
2,549
(53)
11
4,487
768
1,351
(502)
53
(20)
6,137

(721)
(743)
37
—
(1,427)
(1,211)
194
(37)
1
(2,480)

39,208
53,653
(2,131)
21
90,751
768
226,781
(502)
2,131
(30)
319,899

(3,930)
(2,193)
37
(1)
(6,087)
(8,643)
194
(37)
2
(14,571)

169,957
59,084
24,125

98,588
20,746
8,290

33,126
1,774
1,604

3,657 305,328
84,664
3,060
35,278
1,259

* 

The prior period restatement is due to a remeasurement of Filta’s intangibles acquired, see Notes 1 and 6 for further information.

160

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Pirtek – 
Franchisor
Pirtek – DLO
Metro Rod
Willow Pumps
Filta UK*
Filta 
International*
B2C
Azura
Foreign 
exchange 
movement

Goodwill
£’000

Indefinite life
intangibles
£’000

109,563
—
18,174
3,812
6,156

30,080
1,315
856

—
—
4,750
2,777
367

1,789
—
—

2023
£’000

109,563
—
22,924
6,589
6,523

31,869
1,315
856

*Restated 
Goodwill
£’000

*Restated 
Indefinite life 
intangibles
£’000

*Restated 2022
£’000

—
—
18,174
3,812
6,156

30,080
—
856

—
—
4,750
2,777
367

1,789
—
—

—
—
22,924
6,589
6,523

31,869
—
856

—
169,957

—
9,683

—
179,639

5
59,084

—
9,683

5
68,767

* 

Prior year has been restated to display Filta International as a separate CGU, rather than aggregated with Filta UK. The value 
of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles within Filta has also been restated, see Notes 1 and 6 for further information. 

Given the higher level of regulatory and legal uncertainty in the sector the Directors have 
decided to amortise the Barking Mad brand over ten years from 1 January 2023. In the prior 
period this was £763,000 held for sale in discontinuing operations.

The key assumptions for the value-in-use calculations are those regarding the discount rates 
and expected changes to operating results and cash flows during the period of four years from 
the statement of financial position dates. 

Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks in relation to the CGU. The WACC for 
each CGU is shown in the table below.

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

14 Intangible assets continued
Carrying amount of assets with indefinite useful lives continued
Changes in operating results and cash flows including the sales of franchises and the level of 
sales of the franchisees, are based on past results and expectations of future performance. 
The Group prepares cash flow forecasts for the next four years derived from the most recent 
budgets and long-term business plans which have been approved by the Board of Directors. 
The key assumptions used for estimating cash flow projections are those relating to revenue 
growth and profit margin.

For the Metro Rod, Willow Pumps, Filta UK and Pirtek businesses, revenue growth rates 
have been set at between 7% and 21%, which is consistent with historical averages. Greater 
opportunities are perceived in Filta International, with growth rates between 19% and 21% in the 
future, as there is greater market opportunity in the USA given our modest existing footprint. For 
the B2C brands franchisee recruitment and churn is consistent with historical averages, with the 
revenue growth of between 0% and 8% per annum being driven by the net new franchisees 
being introduced to the networks. Historic and future investment in IT will result in profit margins 
continually improving in all CGUs. A 2% perpetual growth rate has been assumed when 
extrapolating cash flow projections beyond the four-year period used in the long-term business 
plans, on the basis that this is a reasonable long-term growth rate for the UK, European and US 
economies. Based on the calculations prepared the recoverable amount for all CGUs exceed 
their carrying amount.

Sensitivity analysis
The recoverable amounts are not considered to be sensitive to reasonably possible changes 
in the discount rate or growth rates. The Directors do not believe that there is currently a 
reasonably possible change of key assumptions that would cause the CGUs carrying amount 
to exceed its recoverable amount. However, a sensitivity analysis has been performed on the 
base case assumptions used for assessing the level of headroom in each CGU. These are 
summarised as follows:

•  A 5% reduction in annual sales in perpetuity, with all other assumptions remaining the same. 
All CGUs would have headroom, with the exception of Pirtek DLO, where a 5% reduction in 
revenue would cause the carrying value of the unit to exceed the recoverable amount. We do 
not believe this to be an issue; whilst any reduction in revenue would be partially offset by a 
reduction in revenue-related costs, the Board would also take actions to mitigate the loss of 
gross profit by reducing other costs. 

•  Changing the WACC to 11% for each CGU, with all other assumptions remaining the same. 

At this rate there remains headroom in all CGUs, including Pirtek DLO.

•  Increasing the WACC to the point at which all headroom is eliminated in each CGU. The most 

sensitive CGU to this is Pirtek Franchisor, with an elimination WACC of 12.0%. As this is 
an established profitable business across multiple countries we do not believe that this is 
a reasonable WACC. Pirtek DLO would need a WACC of 15.7% to have no headroom.

WACC
%

Value in group
£’000

Value in use
£’000

9.3% 
10.5%
10.1% 
12.0%
12.0%
10.5%
10.4% 
10.4%

230,314 
3,200
36,654 
11,572
11,423
42,388
3,001 
1,323
339,875

317,506 
5,361
106,208
22,931
24,826
115,741
19,851
7,376
619,800

Headroom
£’000

87,192
2,161
69,554
11,359
13,403
73,353
16,850
6,053
279,925

Pirtek – Franchisor
Pirtek – DLO
Metro Rod
Willow Pumps
Filta UK
Filta International
B2C
Azura
Total

161

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

15 Property, plant and equipment

Freehold property
£’000

Leasehold improvements
£’000

Fixtures and fittings
£’000

Computer equipment
£’000

Motor vehicles
£’000

Plant and equipment
£’000

—
—
758
—
—
—
63
821
—
202
16
—
—
(35)
1,004

Cost
At 1 January 2022
Reclassified (to)/from ROU
Additions on acquisition
Additions
Disposals
Transfer to assets held for sale
Foreign exchange movements
At 31 December 2022
Reclassified (to)/from ROU
Additions on acquisition
Additions
Disposals
Transfer from assets held for sale
Foreign exchange movements
At 31 December 2023
Depreciation
At 1 January 2022
Reclassified (to)/from ROU
Charge for year
Disposals
Transfer to assets held for sale
Foreign exchange movements
At 31 December 2022
Reclassified (to)/from ROU
Charge for year
Disposals
Transfer from assets held for sale
Foreign exchange movements
At 31 December 2023
Net book value
At 31 December 2023
At 31 December 2022
At 1 January 2022
The Company has no fixed assets at 31 December 2023 or 31 December 2022. 
“ROU” assets are those categorised as Right-of-Use. Please see Note 16.

—
—
(26)
—
—
—
(26)
—
(55)
—
—
2
(79)

925
795
—

162

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

346
—
20
3
—
(113)
—
256
—
—
53
—
113
—
422

(193)
—
(26)
—
113
—
(106)
—
(45)
—
(113)
—
(264)

158
150
153

196
—
20
30
—
(63)
1
184
—
124
32
(1)
63
(1)
401

(177)
—
(32)
—
63
—
(146)
—
(31)
1
(63)
—
(239)

162
38
19

509
—
63
87
—
(110)
2
551
—
311
196
—
110
(4)
1,164

(361)
—
(86)
—
107
—
(340)
—
(176)
—
(107)
—
(623)

541
211
148

2,481
169
29
168
(399)
(50)
3
2,401
123
51
719
(476)
50
(5)
2,863

(630)
(94)
(378)
194
36
—-
(872)
(123)
(444)
318
(36)
—
(1,157)

1,706
1,529
1,851

929
—
257
134
(100)
(138)
4
1,086
—
531
167
(113)
138
(7)
1,802

(490)
—
(218)
48
60
(1)
(601)
—
(315)
100
(60)
—
(876)

926
485
439

Total
£’000

4,461
169
1,147
422
(499)
(474)
73
5,299
123
1,219
1,183
(590)
474
(52)
7,656

(1,851)
(94)
(766)
242
379
(1)
(2,091)
(123)
(1,066)
419
(379)
2
(3,238)

4,418
3,208
2,610

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

16 Right-of-use assets

Cost
At 1 January 2022
Reclassified (to)/from PPE
Additions on acquisition
Additions
Disposals
Transfer to assets held for sale
Foreign exchange movements
At 31 December 2022
Reclassified (to)/from PPE
Additions on acquisition
Additions
Disposals
Transfer from assets held for sale
Foreign exchange movements
At 31 December 2023
Depreciation
At 1 January 2022
Reclassified (to)/from PPE
Charge for year
Disposals
Transfer to assets held for sale
Foreign exchange movements
At 31 December 2022
Reclassified (to)/from PPE
Charge for year
Disposals
Transfer from assets held for sale
Foreign exchange movements
At 31 December 2023
Net book value
At 31 December 2023
At 31 December 2022
At 1 January 2022

“PPE” assets are those categorised as Property, Plant & Equipment. Please see Note 15.

163

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Land and buildings
£’000

Motor vehicles
£’000

Plant and equipment
£’000

2,709
—
119
266
(34)
(316)
—
2,744
—
3,726
1,092
(168)
316
37
7,747

(1,487)
—
(425)
34
264
—
(1,614)
—
(1,106)
91
(264)
(3)
(2,896)

4,851
1,130
1,222

2,452
(169)
534
302
(113)
(960)
7
2,053
(123)
2,246
782
(203)
960
21
5,736

(1,270)
94
(538)
98
736
(1)
(881)
123
(1,215)
163
(736)
(5)
(2,551)

3,185
1,172
1,182

392
—
3
7
—
(32)
—
370
—
155
52
—
32
1
610

(73)
—
(62)
—
31
—
(104)
—
(107)
—
(31)
—
(242)

368
266
319

Total
£’000

5,553
(169)
656
575
(147)
(1,308)
7
5,167
(123)
6,127
1,926
(371)
1,308
59
14,093

(2,830)
94
(1,025)
132
1,031
(1)
(2,599)
123
(2,428)
254
(1,031)
(8)
(5,689)

8,404
2,568
2,723

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

16 Right-of-use assets continued
Amounts recognised in profit and loss

Depreciation expense on right-of-use assets
Interest expense on lease liabilities
Expense relating to short-term leases
Expense relating to leases of low value assets
Expense relating to variable lease payments not included in the 
measurement of the lease liability
Income from sub-leasing right-of-use assets

For further information please see Notes 11 and 25.

2023
£’000

2,427
325
314
—

—
109

2022
£’000

1,025
119
277
—

—
—

17 Contracts acquisition costs
The Group capitalises incremental costs to obtain contracts with customers where it is 
expected these costs will be recoverable. Incremental costs to obtain contracts with customers 
are considered those which would not have been incurred if the contract had not been 
obtained. For the Group, these costs relate primarily to third party broker fees. The Group 
has elected to use the practical expedient as allowed by IFRS 15 whereby such costs will be 
expensed as incurred where the expected amortisation period is one year or less. Where the 
amortisation period is greater than one year, these costs are amortised over the contractual 
term on a systematic basis consistent with the transfer of the underlying goods and services 
to which these costs relate. Expense recognised in 2023 was £113,000 (2022: £110,000) whilst 
impairment of capitalised contract costs was £nil in 2023 (2022: £nil).

The amount of capitalised contract cost expected to be recovered within one year is £79,000 
(2022: £92,000); after more than one year it is £427,000 (2022: £402,000).

18 Inventories

Group

Finished goods and goods for resale

2023
£’000

7,062

2022
£’000

1,989

All amounts are carried at cost and therefore no amounts are carried at fair value less costs to 
sell. There is a provision of £1.5m against stock at the period end (2022: £0.1m) with the increase 
due to the acquisition of Pirtek. No material amounts have been written off in either year ended 
31 December 2023 or 31 December 2022. Within the income statement of the Group £21.0m of 
inventories were recognised as an expense within the year (2022: £9.5m).

19 Trade and other receivables
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a 
lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade receivables and contract assets. The expected 
credit loss rates are based on the Group’s subsidiaries’ historic credit losses experience and 
a 12 month assessment of expected credit loss on a franchisee-by-franchisee and customer-
by-customer basis. As there has been no significant increase in credit risk a longer-term 
assessment is not required. The differing segmental risks to which the Group is exposed in 
respect of the franchisee and customer base have been considered.

2023
£’000

Gross

2023
%

2023
£’000

2023
£’000

*Restated 
2022
£’000

2022
%

2022
£’000

*Restated 
2022
£’000

Provision

Net

Gross

Provision

Net

No provision* 24,830
Low risk
2,763
Medium risk
821
High risk
1,345
Total*
29,759

0%
6%
38%
70%
5%

— 24,830
2,600
507
398
(1,424) 28,335

(163)
(314)
(947)

12,966
2,795
741
596
17,098

0%
6%
32%
84%
5%

— 12,966
2,638
503
98
16,205

(157)
(238)
(498)
(893)

* 

The prior period restatement relates to Metro Rod debtors, further information can be seen in Note 1.

In relation to the Company, the credit risk for amounts owed by Group undertakings has not 
increased significantly since their initial recognition. No expected credit loss provision has been 
recognised on the basis of the significant net assets and positive cash flows of subsidiaries.

Group

Non-current other receivables
Trade receivables*
Provision at the year end
Other receivables*
Total current financial assets other than cash and cash equivalents*
Prepayments
Total current trade and other receivables*
Total trade and other receivables*

2023
£’000

*Restated 2022
£’000

641
29,759
(1,424)
11,141
39,476
3,225
42,701
43,342

811
17,098
(893)
8,364
24,569
422
24,991
25,802

* 

The prior period restatement relates to Metro Rod debtors and point of revenue recognition; further information can be seen in Note 1.

164

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

19 Trade and other receivables continued

Credit loss provision:
Brought forward
Transfer from assets held for sale
Additions on acquisition
Provision for the year
Utilised
Foreign exchange movement
Carried forward

The ageing of the trade receivables is as follows:
Due*
Past due*
0-30 days*
31-60 days*
61-90 days*
91-120 days*
121+ days*
Past due and impaired
Due
0-30 days
31-60 days
61-90 days
91-120 days
121+ days
Total*

2023
£’000

(893)
(65)
(538)
(96)
163
5
(1,424)

2022
£’000

(532)
—
(259)
(341)
244
(5)
(893)

2023
£’000

*Restated 2022
£’000

12,392

9,077

5,055
5,370
1,093
959
3,529

—
10
45
145
41
1,120
29,759

2,643
784
580
444
3,021

—
7
7
5
3
527
17,098

Company

Amounts owed by Group undertakings*
Prepayments
Corporation tax
Total current trade and other receivables

2023
£’000

100,558
4
2,615
103,177

 * Restated 
2022
£’000

608
11
1,257
1,876

* 

The prior period restatement relates to intercompany debtors and creditors, further information can be seen in Note 1c.

Company amounts owed by Group undertakings are interest free and due on demand.

20 Trade and other payables

Group

Current
Trade payables*
Accruals*
Other creditors*
Social security and other taxes*
Total trade and other payables*

2023
£’000

*Restated 2022
£’000

12,234
14,123
5,431
2,958
34,746

6,634
9,102
4,097
945
20,778

* 

The prior period restatement relates to Metro Rod debtors and point of revenue recognition; further information can be seen 
in Note 1.

Company

Trade payables
Accruals
Other creditors
Social security and other taxes
Amounts owed to Group undertakings*
Total trade and other payables

2023
£’000

169
1,506
14
315
14,307
16,311

* Restated 
2022
£’000

122
293
11
42
4,671
5,139

* 

The prior period restatement relates to Metro Rod debtors, further information can be seen in Note 1.

* 

The prior period restatement relates to intercompany debtors and creditors, further information can be seen in note 1c.

165

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Carrying values approximate to fair value. Included within Group other creditors is an amount 
of £135,000 (2022: £192,000) which represents the net payable in relation to the National 
Advertising Funds.

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

21 Deferred income
Within the franchise subsidiaries deferred income relates to certain performance obligations 
from franchise sales that are deferred over the life of the franchise agreement. The deferral 
period is determined by the length of the franchise agreement. Revenue is recognised equally 
over the deferral period.

At 1 January
Additions on acquisition
Additions in the year
Utilisation
Transfer (to)/from liabilities held for sale
Foreign exchange
At 31 December

Current
Non-current
Total deferred income

2023
£’000

2,721
1,126
2,251
(2,552)
776
(110)
4,212

2023
£’000

1,318
2,894
4,212

* 

The prior period restatement relates to the franchise sales, further information can be seen in Note 1.

22 Loans and borrowings

Group and Company

Current
Term loan
Total current loans and borrowings
Non‑current
Revolving credit facility
Term loan
Total non‑current loans and borrowings

166

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

2023
£’000

9,251
9,251

36,908
40,000
76,908

*Restated
2022
£’000

762
2,359
2,747
(2,593)
(776)
222
2,721

*Restated
2022
£’000

873
1,848
2,721

2022
£’000

—
—

—
—
—

The loans are comprised of a £50m term loan, which at 31 December 2023 carries a 7.94% 
interest rate, comprising 5.19% SONIA rate and 2.75% margin (subsequently reduced to 2.5% 
in February 2024), and is repayable in instalments until 2027; and a £60m RCF (2022: £5m), 
of which £36.9m (2022: £nil) is utilised, which is fixed until 2027 and is not renewed annually, 
and carries the same 7.94% interest rate. The Group debt facilities are secured by way of an 
English debenture, with cross-guarantees to cover, at all times, the aggregate of the EBITDA, 
turnover and gross assets and net assets of the guarantor Group companies (being all material 
companies contributing in excess of 5% of gross assets, net assets or turnover) and these 
should contribute at any time 85% or more of the consolidated EBITDA, consolidated turnover 
and consolidated gross assets respectively of the Group at that time. The Group has only two 
bank covenants: net debt divided by EBITDA and EBITDA divided by interest payable. The 
Group had comfortable headroom on both these bank covenants at 31 December 2023. This 
position has continued in 2024. On 8 April 2024, the Group extended the Group banking 
facilities by 12 months from a termination date of 3 April 2027 to 3 April 2028. The Group 
expects to have repaid these facilities before this extended date. 

The Company’s present and future assets are subject to a fixed and floating charge in favour of 
HSBC UK Bank plc, National Westminster Bank plc, Citibank N.A., and Bank of Ireland in respect 
of certain borrowings of fellow Group companies Franchise Brands plc, Metro Rod Limited, 
Willow Pumps Limited, The Filta Group Limited, ChipsAway International Ltd, The Filta Group Inc, 
WPL Group Holdings Limited and Filta Group Holdings Limited. At 31 December 2023, the net 
borrowings encompassed by the charges amounted to £86,159,000 (2022: £nil).

The Group has set up an asset financing scheme with HSBC plc for the use of Metro Rod 
franchisees, primarily for the purchase of vans and tankers. The Group participates in this 
scheme, on a step-in basis, up to a total value of £1m. In the event of a default of a franchisee, 
the Group would step in and have the rights of the financed asset, and the obligation of the 
liability. At the year end, £1.0m (2022: £0.4m) had been lent through this scheme. There are no 
expected credit losses to recognise in respect of the asset financing scheme.

Based on contractual undertakings, Metro Rod Limited franchisees can request for payment for 
local account sales that have been invoiced, but not yet collected from the customer, and not 
yet paid on the typical standard monthly payment run to franchisees. The value of this open 
commitment at 31 December 2023 is £2.1m (2022: £1.8m).

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

23 Discontinuing operations 
In 2022, following a strategic review the Company instructed Cavendish Corporate Finance 
to assist in finding a buyer for the B2C business. Having only received an offer for part of the 
business, which would leave a sub-scale operation in the remaining B2C businesses, the 
Directors declined this offer and subsequently decided to no longer actively market the division 
for sale. There was no indication of impairment based upon the offer received. Trade and other 
receivables held for sale in the prior period have been restated due to a review on the timing of 
the recognition of franchise sales, see Note 1a for further information.

Assets held for sale
Intangible assets
PPE
Right-of-use assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Deferred tax asset
Total assets held for sale

Liabilities held for sale
Trade and other payables
Deferred income
Obligations under leases
Current tax liability
Total liabilities held for sale

* 

See Note 1 for further information.

2023
£’000

*Restated 2022
£’000

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

2,094
95
277
763
2,180
46
5,455

1,097
776
298
390
2,561

Following this change of intention the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows has been re-
presented to include the B2C business as a continuing operation.

24 Contingent consideration
On 25 May 2022, the Group announced the early settlement of the contingent consideration 
relating to the 2019 acquisition of Willow Pumps Limited. Under the terms of the original 
acquisition agreement, further consideration of up to £7.5m was payable in respect of the five 
years to 31 December 2024, linked to sales and profits growth over the period.

167

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

During 2022 £345,000 was paid in respect of the performance conditions met in 2021. A further 
£1.34m was paid as a result of a Deed of Variation during the year to fully settle this liability. 
The net gain of £1.2m was taken to the income statement within non-recurring expenses within 
administrative expenses. There is no deferred consideration in 2023.

25 Lease liabilities

Group

Current
Non-current (between one and five years)
Non-current (greater than five years)
Total lease liabilities

At 1 January 2022
Additions on acquisition
Additions
Interest expense
Lease payments
Disposals
Transfer to liabilities held for resale
Foreign exchange movements
At 31 December 2022
Additions on acquisition
Additions
Interest expense
Lease payments
Disposals
Transfer to liabilities held for resale
Foreign exchange movements
At 31 December 2023

The Company has no lease liabilities.

2023
£’000

2,617
5,371
416
8,404

Plant and
equipment
£’000

310
3
7
7
(50)
—
(1)
—
276
155
52
14
(89)
—
1
1
410

2022
£’000

831
1,626
—
2,457

Total
£’000

2,534
697
565
119
(1,156)
(11)
(298)
7
2,457
6,127
1,926
325
(2,687)
(95)
298
53
8,404

Land &
buildings
£’000

1,273
126
261
38
(463)
—
(54)
—
1,181
3,726
1,092
176
(1,169)
(77)
54
34
5,017

Motor
vehicles
£’000

951
568
297
74
(643)
(11)
(243)
7
1,000
2,246
782
135
(1,429)
(18)
243
18
2,977

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section 
Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

26 Deferred tax liability
Deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method using the latest substantively enacted tax rates in the relevant countries, including 25% for the UK, 
approximately 28% for the US and rates of between 25% - 27.3% for intangibles depending on the geography of the underlying assets.

Group

At 1 January 2022
Acquired in the year
Recognised through the statement of changes in equity
Foreign exchange movements
Transfer to assets held for resale
Credit/(charge) in the year
At 31 December 2022
Acquired in the year
Recognised through the statement of changes in equity
Foreign exchange movements
Transfer from assets held for resale
Credit/(charge) in the year
At 31 December 2023

*Restated
Intangibles
£’000

(2,474)
(4,237)
—
—
—
457
(6,254)
(31,478)
—
—
—
2,051
(35,681)

Losses
£’000

—
1,163
—
—
—
(31)
1,132
300
—
—
—
(551)
881

 Accelerated 
allowances
£’000

Provisions
£’000

Share-based 
payment
£’000

ROU assets
£’000

Lease liabilities
£’000

(314)
(312)
—
(2)
36
162
(430)
(27)
—
—
(36)
213
(280)

3
497
—
55
—
(95)
460
16
—
(17)
—
(8)
451

646
—
334
—
(82)
60
958
—
(496)
—
82
139
683

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,532)
—
—
—
258
(1,274)

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,532
—
—
—
(237)
1,295

* 

The prior period restatement relates to the deferred tax liability and charge on intangibles acquired, see Note 1 for further information.

27 Subsidiaries and audit exemption
The investment in Group companies held by the Company are as follows:

Cost
At 1 January 2022
Additions in year
Assets held for sale
At 31 December 2022
Additions in year
Assets held for sale
At 31 December 2023

* 

The prior period restatement relates directly attributable costs in the acquisition of Filta Group Holdings, see Note 1 for further information.

168

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

*Restated
Total
£’000

(2,139)
(2,888)
334
53
(46)
553
(4,134)
(31,189)
(496)
(17)
46
1,865
(33,925)

*Restated 
£’000

42,823
52,255
(2,564)
92,514
112,752
2,564
207,830

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

27 Subsidiaries and audit exemption continued
The subsidiaries of the Company included in the consolidated financial statements are as set out below. 

Name of undertaking

Country of incorporation and 
operation

Share class owned

% of share class 
held by the Group Principal activity

Registered office address

Azura Business Solutions Limited2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Dormant

Azura Design Studio Limited2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Dormant

Azura Group Limited1,2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Trading

Barking Mad Limited1,2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Trading

ChipsAway International Limited1,2

England & Wales

£0.10 Ordinary shares

100

Trading

CSK Hydraulics Limited2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Trading

CSS Hydraulics Limited2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Trading

CST Hydraulics Limited2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Dormant

Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom

CSY Hydraulics Limited2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Non-trading Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 

Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom

DentsAway Limited2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Non-trading Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 

Edwin Investments Limited2

England & Wales

£0.25 Ordinary shares

100

Dormant

Environmental Biotech Limited2
FB Holdings Limited1,2

England & Wales
England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares
£0.01 Ordinary shares

Filta Environmental Canada Limited

Filta Group Europe BV
Filta Group Holdings Limited1,2
Filta Refrigeration Limited2

Canada  
(British Columbia)
Netherlands
England & Wales
England & Wales

Common Stock  
(no par value)
€1.00 Ordinary shares
£0.10 Ordinary shares
£1.00 Ordinary A shares

100
100

100

100
100
100

Non-trading
Dormant

Non-trading

Trading
Holding
Non-trading

Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
The Locks, Hillmorton, Rugby, Warwickshire, CV21 4PP, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
27th Floor – PO Box 49123 595 Burrard Street Vancouver,  
British Columbia, Canada, V7X 1J2
Maasstraat 1A, 7071 VR, Ulft, Netherlands
The Locks, Hillmorton, Rugby, Warwickshire, CV21 4PP, United Kingdom
The Locks, Hillmorton, Rugby, Warwickshire, CV21 4PP, United Kingdom

169

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

27 Subsidiaries and audit exemption continued

Name of undertaking

Country of incorporation and 
operation

Share class owned

% of share class 
held by the Group Principal activity

Registered office address

FiltaFry Deutschland GmbH

Germany

FiltaFry Limited2
Grease Management Limited2
Hydraulic Authority I Limited1,2

England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales

€25,500 Ordinary 1 
share and €24,500 
Ordinary 2 share
£1.00 Ordinary shares
£1.00 Ordinary A shares
£0.10 Ordinary shares

100

100
100
100

Hydraulic Authority II Limited2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Hydraulic Authority III Limited2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Kemac Services Limited2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Trading

Pliniusstrasse 8, 48488, Emsbüren, Germany

Non-trading
Non-trading
Holding 
company
Holding 
company
Holding 
company
Non-trading Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 

The Locks, Hillmorton, Rugby, Warwickshire, CV21 4PP, United Kingdom
The Locks, Hillmorton, Rugby, Warwickshire, CV21 4PP, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom

M&M Asset Maintenance Limited2
Metro Plumb Limited2

England & Wales
England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares
£1.00 Ordinary shares

100
100

Non-trading
Dormant

Metro Rod Limited1,2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Trading

Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
The Locks, Hillmorton, Rugby, Warwickshire, CV21 4PP, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom

MRB Drainage Limited2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Non-trading Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 

MRE Drainage Limited2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Trading

Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom

Oven Clean (Ontario) Limited2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Non-trading Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 

Oven Clean Domestic Limited1,2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Trading

Pirtek (UK) Limited2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

Trading

Pirtek 24/7 HydraulikService GmbH
Pirtek Austria GmbH
Pirtek Brussel BV
Pirtek BV

Austria
Austria
Belgium
Netherlands

51
€1.00 Ordinary shares
€35.00 Ordinary shares
100
€100.00 Ordinary shares 100
100
€1.00 Ordinary shares

Trading
Trading
Trading
Trading

Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Brückenkopfgasse 1/6 , 8020, Graz, Austria
Gonzagagasse 4, 1010, Wien, Austria
Avenue Newton 7, 1300, Wavre, Belgium
Hongkongstraat 29, 3047BR, Rotterdam, Netherlands

170

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

27 Subsidiaries and audit exemption continued

Name of undertaking

Pirtek (Deutschland) GmbH
Pirtek Europe Limited2

Pirtek Europoort BV
Pirtek France Holding SAS
Pirtek Hydraulique Service SAS
Pirtek Liége BV
Pirtek Lummen BV
Pirtek Rotterdam Noord BV
Pirtek Sweden AB
The Filta Group Limited2
The Filta Group, Inc
The Handyman Van Limited1,2

Watbio Holdings Limited2
Watbio Limited2
Watling Hope (Installations) Limited2
Willow Drainage Limited2

Netherlands
France
France
Belgium
Belgium
Netherlands
Sweden
England & Wales
USA (Delaware)
England & Wales

England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales

Country of incorporation and 
operation

Share class owned

% of share class 
held by the Group Principal activity

Registered office address

Germany
England & Wales

€100.00 Ordinary shares 100
100
£1.00 Ordinary shares

100
€1.00 Ordinary shares
100
€1.00 Ordinary shares
100
€21.95 shares
100
€100.00 shares
€100.00 Ordinary shares 100
100
€1.00 Ordinary shares
100
SEK100 Ordinary shares
100
£1.00 Ordinary shares
100
Common Stock (no par)
100
£1.00 Ordinary shares

£1.00 A Ordinary shares
£1.00 Ordinary shares
£1.00 B Ordinary shares
£1.00 Ordinary shares 
and £1.00 Ordinary A 
shares
£1.00 Ordinary shares

100
100
100
100

100

Trading
Holding 
company
Trading
Holding
Trading
Trading
Trading
Trading
Trading
Trading
Trading
Trading

Maarweg 165, D-50825, Köln, Germany
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Moezelweg 104, 3198 LS, Europoort, Netherlands
3 rue des Lancés, 94310, Orly, France
3 rue des Lancés, 94310, Orly, France
Rue de l’Informatique 10/3, 4460 Grâce-Hollogne, Belgium
Klaverbladstraat 16, 3560, Lummen, Belgium
Schuttevaerweg 88, 3044BB, Rotterdam, Netherlands
Vendevägen 85B 6tr, 182 91, Danderyd, Sweden
The Locks, Hillmorton, Rugby, Warwickshire, CV21 4PP, United Kingdom
7075 Kingspointe Parkway, Suite 1, Orlando, Florida, 32819, United States
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
The Locks, Hillmorton, Rugby, Warwickshire, CV21 4PP, United Kingdom
The Locks, Hillmorton, Rugby, Warwickshire, CV21 4PP, United Kingdom
The Locks, Hillmorton, Rugby, Warwickshire, CV21 4PP, United Kingdom

Non-trading
Non-trading
Non-trading
Non-trading Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 

Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom

Trading

Holding 
company

Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom
Ashwood Court, Springwood Close, Tytherington Business Park, 
Macclesfield, SK10 2XF, United Kingdom

Willow Pumps Limited2

England & Wales

WPL Group Holdings Limited1,2

England & Wales

£1.00 Ordinary shares

100

1.  Entities directly owned by Franchise Brands plc
2.  For the purposes of section 479A to 479C, Companies Act 2006 (the ‘Act’) the Company confirms that the UK subsidiaries of the Company, all of which are included in these consolidated accounts, are exempt from the requirements of the Act relating to the 
audit of individual accounts by virtue of s479A of the Act. The outstanding liabilities at 31 December 2023 of the UK subsidiaries have been (or will be) guaranteed by the Company pursuant to s479A to s479C of the Act. In the opinion of the Directors, the 
possibility of the guarantee being called upon is remote.

171

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

28 Share capital and other reserves

Allotted, called up and fully paid

At 1 January 2023
Placing
Acquisition of Filta Group plc
Acquisition of Hydraulic Authority I 
Limited
Exercise of share options
At 31 December 2023

2023
£’000

652
268
—

49
—
969

2022
£’000

480

2023
No. of shares

2022
No. of shares

— 53,700,180 

130,311,112 95,865,609
—
— 33,788,008

169

—
3

9,772,788
—
652 193,784,080

—
657,495
130,311,112

Share capital comprises the nominal value of the Company’s ordinary shares of 0.5 pence each. 
During the year the Group completed the placing of 63,472,968 ordinary shares at a price of 
180p raising £110.7m (net of expenses), and issued 9,772,788 ordinary shares as consideration for 
the acquisition of Hydraulic Authority I Limited.

Share premium: The share premium reserve is the premium paid on the Company’s 0.5 
pence ordinary shares. During the year costs of £2.6m were charged against share premium 
representing directly attributable costs of issuing shares for the acquisition of Hydraulic Authority 
I Limited.

Share‑based payment reserve: The share-based payment reserve represents the movement in 
cost of equity-settled transactions in relation to the long-term incentive plan.

Merger reserve: The merger reserve represents the premium above the nominal value of the 
equity issued as part of the consideration in relation to acquisitions.

EBT reserve: This represents the amount that the Company paid for its own shares held in 
the EBT. During the year, the EBT purchased 18,420 ordinary shares (2022: 1,852,870 ordinary 
shares) at an average price of 200 pence per share (2022: 143 pence per share). 226,418 
ordinary shares (2022: 301,427 ordinary shares) have been used to satisfy the exercise of 
options. Accordingly, at the year end the EBT held 1,562,685 ordinary shares (2022: 1,770,683 
ordinary shares) which represents 0.81% (2022: 1.36%) of the Company’s current issued 
share capital.

29 Related party transactions
Remuneration of Directors and other transactions
During the year the Group employed family members of two of the Directors. The total 
remuneration paid was the same as other employees at an equivalent level in the organisation. 
During the year £151,398 (2022: £173,373) was paid to Roxanna Inc, a company which Jason 
Sayers is a Director of under a consultancy arrangement with Filta US in relation to Jason 
Sayers. This is included within the Director’s remuneration. During the year £12,300 (2022: 
£nil) was paid to Robin Bellhouse, who at the time was a Non-executive Director, for corporate 
secretarial and governance services, prior to his permanent appointment as Company Secretary 
on 2 October 2023. 

We operate a number of businesses which provide consumer-facing services. From time-to-
time, Directors of the Parent Company and other Group companies may use some of these 
to provide services to them or their immediate family members in a personal capacity. These 
transactions are conducted at arm’s length and no discounts or special terms are offered by 
virtue of the Director’s position. The value of these transactions, individually and collectively, 
are not material for either the individual or the Group company involved. There are no other 
transactions with Directors.

Notes payable to related party
On 31 January 2018, FiltaFry Deutschland GmbH entered into notes totalling £48,201, bearing 
interest at 2.5%, with companies which held the master licences acquired in the acquisition. 
The Managing Director of FiltaFry Deutschland GmbH is the sole Director of one of these 
companies. The notes matured on 31 January 2023 and were fully repaid; at year end the total 
amount outstanding under these notes was £nil (2022: £25,004). Interest accrued on the notes 
amounted to £nil at 31 December 2023 (2022: £609).

30 Dividends

Final 2022 dividend of 1.1p per ordinary share paid and declared 
(2022: Final 2021 dividend of 0.9p)
Interim dividend of 1.0p per ordinary share paid and declared 
(2022: 0.9p)

2023
£’000

1,433

1,938
3,371

2022
£’000

1,169

1,170
2,339

Movements on these reserves are set out in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

A final dividend of 1.2 pence per ordinary share is proposed.

172

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionStrategic Report Governance Financial Statements
Governance Financial Statements

31 Employee benefits

Country
Valuation date
Fiscal year
Currency
Plan
Actuarial methodology

Key assumptions

Discount rate
Measurement date
Salary increase rate
Mortality table

Movement in defined benefit obligation
At 1 January 2023
Additions in year
Current service cost
Interest expense on defined benefit obligation
Actuarial gain – financial assumption charges
Actuarial gain – demographic changes
Foreign exchange movements 
At 31 December 2023

Funded status
Defined benefit obligation at end of year
Funded status liability
Net pension liability

173

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Net liability reconciliation

Balance sheet reconciliation
At 1 January 2023
Additions in year
Expense recognised in consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Remeasurement amounts recognised in other comprehensive income
Foreign exchange movements 
At 31 December 2023

Expense
Current service costs
Interest costs
Total expenses recognised

2023
£’000

—
514
62
(63)
(6)
507

2023
£’000

50
12
62

The Group assumed defined benefit retirement schemes for all qualifying employees in France 
as part of the acquisition of Pirtek Europe. The scheme is an unfunded plan, therefore there are 
no separately identifiable assets associated with the scheme. The Group recorded expenses of 
£62k (2022: £nil) in the consolidated income statement for the year. That expense represents 
contributions payable to the trust fund for this scheme by the Group at rates specified in 
the rules of the scheme. The unfunded benefit obligation for this scheme reflected on the 
consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2023 is £507k (2022: £nil).

Pirtek France operates a post-employment bonus scheme which is as required by French law. 
Under this national scheme, employees accrue a bonus based on years of service and a bonus 
is paid out at retirement. The scheme is an unfunded plan, therefore there are no separately 
identifiable assets associated with the scheme. The following sensitivities have been modelled 
by the Group actuaries: 1% increase/ decrease in the discount rate has a potential impact of 
£56k, a 1.5% increase / decrease in salary inflation £59k and a 2% change in social contribution 
£11k.

France
31 December 2023
31 December 2023
Euro (€)
Pension
OCI

3.17%
31 December 2023
2.50%
Insee 2022

2023  
£’000

—
514
50
12
(6)
(57)
(6)
507

2023  
£’000

507
—
507

Notes forming part of the Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 December 2023Contents Generation – PageContents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionFive Year Financial Summary (Unaudited)

2023
£’000

350,053
121,265
30,101
(4,417)
(5,953)
19,731
(5,153)
14,578
(7,718)
—
(838)
(6,159)
3,174
3,037
1.75p
8.42p
2.20p

2022
Restated
£’000

186,353
69,839
15,257
(2,281)
(235)
12,741
(2,560)
10,181
(1,693)
1,232
(535)
(1,707)
648
8,126
6.65p
8.34p
2.00p

2021
Restated
£’000

93,571
34,133
8,474
(1,716)
(292)
6,465
(1,154)
5,311
(393)
223
(334)
(187)
(387)
4,233
4.42p
5.55p
1.50p

2020
Restated
£’000

75,849
30,454
6,640
(1,357)
(446)
4,836
(899)
3,937
(393)
151
(205)
(707)
9
2,793
3.09p
4.35p
1.10p

2019
Restated
£’000

76,652
24,822
5,182
(755)
(357)
4,069
(687)
3,382
(260)
(26)
(238)
(270)
121
2,710
3.48p
4.34p
0.95p

Definition

Customer Relationship Management 
Direct Labour Organisation
Fats, Oil and Grease
Grease Recovery Unit
Mobile Filtration Unit
Mobile Service Unit
Mobile Service Technician
Total Hose Management 

Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Five Year Financial Summary (Unaudited)
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Five year financial summary

System sales
Statutory revenue
Adjusted EBITDA
Depreciation & amortisation of software
Finance expense
Adjusted profit before tax
Tax expense
Adjusted profit after tax
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Other gains & losses
Share-based payment
Non-recurring items
Tax on adjusting items
Statutory profit
Basic EPS
Adjusted basic EPS
Dividend

Glossary of key terms

Term

CRM
DLO
FOG
GRU
MFU
MSU
MST
THM

174

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionCompany Information

Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Company Information

Directors and Company Secretary
Stephen Hemsley 
Mark Fryer 
Peter Kear 
Andy Brattesani 
Nigel Wray 

Executive Chairman
Chief Financial Officer
Senior Independent Non-executive Director
Independent Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director

Rob Bellhouse 

Company Secretary

Management Board
Stephen Hemsley 
Mark Fryer 
Robin Auld  
Rob Bellhouse  
Julia Choudhury  
Tim Harris  
Andrew Mallows  
Peter Molloy 
Colin Rees 
Jason Sayers 
Chris Stuckey 

Executive Chairman
Chief Financial Officer
Group Marketing Director
Company Secretary 
Corporate Development Director
Managing Director, B2C Division
Group Commercial Director
CEO, Water & Waste Services
Chief Information Officer
CEO, Filta International
CEO, Pirtek Europe

Registered office and principal place of business
Ashwood Court
Springwood Close
Tytherington Business Park
Macclesfield
SK10 2XF

Auditor
BDO LLP
3 Hardman Street
Manchester
M3 3AT

175

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Nominated adviser and joint broker
Allenby Capital Limited
5 St. Helen’s Place
London
EC3A 6AB

Financial public relations advisers
MHP Group
4th Floor, 60 Great Portland Street
London
W1W 7RT

Joint brokers
Stifel Nicolaus Europe Limited
150 Cheapside
London
EC2V 6ET

Dowgate Capital Limited
15 Fetter Lane
London
EC4A 1BW

Legal advisor
Gateley Plc
One Eleven Edmund Street
Birmingham
B3 2HJ

Registrars
Neville Registrars 
Neville House
Steelpark Road
Halesowen
B62 8HD

Principal bankers
HSBC Bank
8 Canada Square
London
E14 5HQ

Other syndicate banks 
National Westminster Bank  
(Syndicate bank agent)
250 Bishopsgate
London
EC2M 4AA

Citibank
Citigroup Centre
33 Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London
E14 5LB

Bank of Ireland
26 Cross Street
Manchester
M2 7AF

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionNotes

Strategic Report

Governance Financial Statements

Notes

Warning to shareholders – investment fraud 
We are aware that shareholders in UK companies sometimes receive unsolicited telephone calls or correspondence 
offering to buy or sell their shares on very favourable terms. The callers can be extremely persistent and very persuasive 
and often have professional-looking websites and telephone numbers to support their activities. These callers will 
sometimes imply a connection to the company and provide incorrect or misleading information. This type of call should 
be treated as an investment scam – the safest thing to do is hang up and ignore any written communications. 

You should always check that any firm calling you about potential investment opportunities is properly authorised and 
regulated by the FCA. If you deal with an unauthorised firm, you will not be eligible for compensation under the Financial 
Services Compensation Scheme. You can find out more about protecting yourself from investment scams by visiting the 
FCA’s website www.fca.org.uk/consumers, or by calling the FCA’s helpline on 0800 111 6768. 

If you have already paid money to share fraudsters contact Action Fraud immediately on 0300 123 2040 or through their 
website, www.actionfraud.police.uk.

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements 
Certain statements contained in this document relate to the future and constitute ‘forward-looking statements’. These forward-
looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. In some case, these forward-looking statements can be 
identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes”, “estimates”, “anticipates”, “expects”, 
“intends”, “plans”, “may”, “will”, “could”, “shall”, “risk”, “aims”, “predicts”, “continues”, “assumes”, “positioned” or “should” or, in 
each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology. They appear in a number of places throughout this 
document and include statements regarding the intentions, beliefs or current expectations of the directors, Franchise Brands or 
the Group concerning, amongst other things, the results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies 
and dividend policy of Franchise Brands and the industry sectors in which it operates. 

By their nature, forward-looking statements are not guarantees or predictions of future performance and involve known and 
unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors, many of which are beyond the Group’s control, and which may 
cause the Group’s actual results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, dividend policy and the development of the industry 
and business sectors in which the Group operates to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements 
contained in this document. In addition, even if the Group’s actual results of operations, financial condition and the development 
of the business sectors in which it operates are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this document, 
those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. Past performance 
cannot be relied upon as a guide to future performance and should not be taken as a representation or assurance that trends or 
activities underlying past performance will continue in the future. Accordingly, readers of this documents are cautioned not to 
place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. 

Other than as required by English law, none of the Company, its Directors, officers, advisers or any other person gives any 
representation, assurance or guarantee that the occurrence of the events expressed or implied in any forward-looking 
statements in this document will actually occur, in part or in whole. Additionally, statements of the intentions of the Board and/
or Directors reflect the present intentions of the Board and/or Directors, respectively, as at the date of this document, and may 
be subject to change as the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors alters, or as circumstances require. The forward-
looking statements contained in this document speak only as at the date of this document. 

Except as required by the Market Abuse Regulation or other applicable law, the AIM Rules for Companies or other requirements 
of the London Stock Exchange, Franchise Brands expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any 
updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained in this document to reflect any change in the Group’s 
expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

176

Franchise Brands plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – SectionPrinted by:

perivan.com

Franchise Brands plc
Ashwood Court
Springwood Close,
Tytherington Business Park
Macclesfield
Cheshire
SK10 2XF